linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 3 nomor 1, desember 2019 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v3i1.1002 132 an analysis of reading comprehension difficulties in toefl test by high school students anita loviagirsang 1 universitas prima indonesia fransiska vanny guitara marbun 2 universitas prima indonesia yusri apriani margaretha turnip 3 universitas prima indonesia erikson saragih 4 universitas prima indonesia anitagirsang88@gmail.com 1 submit, 30-11-2019 accepted, 21-12-2019 publish, 23-12-2019 abstract this research was conducted with the aim of finding out the difficulties that were felt by high students in answering reading comprehension questions on the toefl test.the method used in this research is qualitative method. this research was conducted on high school students who had taken the toefl test. from the results of this study it was found that the biggest problem in reading comprehension in the toefl test was due to the lack of interest in reading high school students so they would feel bored by seeing the text in front of them and it was still difficult for high school students to find the meaning of the text due to lack of vocabulary, and lack of practice to answer questions related to reading comprehension with the lack of practice, they think that the time to answer questions is not enough. so from the research conducted it is expected to overcome these difficulties, high school students must increase their practice of reading comprehension questions both at home and at the course, and must increase interest in reading and increase vocabulary so that it is easier to work on problems in the reading comprehension section. keywords: reading comprehension,toefl introduction in this era, english is not a strange thing for everyone. because english is an international language, which is used in all corners of the world. in indonesia, english has become one of the subjects in the world of education. there are 4 skills in english, currently the toefl test is the most internationally recognized mailto:anitagirsang88@gmail.com1 2019. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (1):132-137 133 test for measuring a person's level of english (warfield, et.al, 2013). one of which is reading. according to grabe & stloller, (2002) reading is a way to draw information from the printed page and to interpret the information appropriately .everyone actually has to master this skill because by mastering this reading skill the message of a text can be conveyed. to find out how high our english level is, we can take the toefl test, because the toefl is a standard test used to measure english language proficiency. at present the toefl score has become one of the requirements to get a scholarship abroad. so many people who have taken the toefl test. in indonesia, the toefl certified internationally is held by the english language system (ets) (mahmud, 2014).). even now all universities in indonesia have a toefl score to pass and even to get a job toefl score has become one of the requirements. the authority of universities set this precondition because they believe that toefl is able to evaluate students’ ability and skills to understand english in academic tasks (aliponga, 2013). previous research conducted by febriani et.al (2019) this research said that the problems faced by eighth semester students were lack of students' understanding of the text, lack of student background, lack of student reading strategies, which caused students to fail in answering reading comprehension questions on the toefl test. antoni (2014) also said the difficulties experienced by students in interpreting texts, vocabulary restrictions, and time constraints. another research was conducted by octarina (2018) in this research many questions were asked from deborah philips toefl book. that is, difficulty in finding the main idea, implied detail question, unstated detail, stated detail question and vocabulary queation. in this research said that the most difficulty faced by students is when they have to find the main ideas of the text, because of the lack of student vocabulary. then the thing that is most important is to increase the vocabulary. this research was conducted by making a few changes from previous research that only use research subjects from english education. however, the data in this study were obtained from diverse research subjects ranging from graduates from 2015 to graduates in 2019 who had taken the toefl test. so the data obtained is also very diverse because with different majors backgrounds. this is also done to find out the difficulties experienced by students in taking the toefl test not only one course, but from various majors. literature review many experts have defined meaning rather than reading, sweet & snow (2003) define reading as a process of constructing meaning from text.there are various techniques in reading as conveyed by grellet (1998) which are 2019. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (1):132-137 134 summarized as; cursory reading, extensive reading, intensive reading, receptive reading, responsive reading. according to moat (2011) in reading we must be able to understand the meaning of symbols and be able to create words.difficulty in reading comprehension is no longer rarely heard because there have been many studies of the biggest problem in reading is to understand the contents of the text. vogel as cited in chen & chen (2015) has said that about 52% of adults with l2 reading comprehension problems had difficulties in learning a foreign language.however, problems also arise because of the low vocabulary of someone, so it is not enough to interpret the contents of a text and do not know the background of a text. goodman (1979) has said that even the most excellent readers frequently have difficulty to connect what they already know before they read something. the toefl test also contains reading comprehension questions which the toefl is test which is usually used to find out a person's ability level, about his english. this test itself is intended for those who do not use english as a mother tongue, or also countries that use english as a foreign language or also their second language. the toefl test consists of 4 parts, namely reading, listening, speaking and writing.in completing reading comprehension, there are many problems experienced by high students. as said by al-rawashdeh (2010) who conducted research in jordania universities students which in this study revealed that the toefl test was intended for english students, and assumed that the toefl test was useless.to solve the difficulties experienced by students, many researchers suggest that universities increase their time in terms of improving reading comprehension. research method the research method used in this study is a qualitative method, which aims to analyze the difficulties experienced by high scool students in answering reading comprehension questions on the toefl test. the subjects in this study were high school students from several campuses in medan and their graduates varied from 2015 to 2019 who had taken toefl tests of 45 people consisting of 27 women and 18 men. with the procedure of collecting data through interviews and filling out questionnaires related to the test toefl specifically in the reading section. finding in this study, researchers began their research by meeting and contacting people who had taken the toefl test, until finally information was obtained from 45 people who had taken the toefl test and then the researcher asked matters related to his research. in his research, researchers asked what parts were tested on the toefl until finally asking the hardest part in the toefl test. most 2019. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (1):132-137 135 people say that when they have to answer a listening section, but most also say when they have to answer a question by having to read text that is very boring. that makes most people do not have time to answer questions because they have run out of time to read the text. not to mention the vocabulary used in the text including difficult vocabulary so that it must make the head spin around around to understand the meaning and contents of the text. lots of information obtained in this study. from 45 people there were 12 people who said they did not like answering questions in the reading section because reading was a very boring thing, especially not our own language. 8 people gave reasons not to like reading comprehension because of lack of reading interest. 15 people said that in answering reading comprehension questions was confusing because it was very difficult to find the meaning, purpose and meaning of the text, 5 people said it was very difficult to answer reading comprehension questions in the toefl test because it required a lot of time. so they felt the time given in answering the test was lacking, 2 others said that it was very rare to practice working on reading comprehension questions, and 3 people said that there was not enough money to take the toefl course. based on the data found by the researcher, the researcher concludes that the difficulty in answering reading comprehension questions on the toefl test is because the participants' lack of interest in reading, the meaning and purpose of the text in reading comprehension questions is difficult to understand, lack of practice and time become one of the difficulties for each participant who follows toefl test. discussion reading is one of the skills in english, so reading and understanding are required to be mastered by every student. as well as in the toefl test which has comprehension reading questions. but in reality there are still very many obstacles experienced by students, especially high students in mastering the techniques of solving reading comprehension problems in the toefl test.from the results of data collection many high school students still have difficulty answering questions on reading comprehension due to several things. as from the data found due to lack of interest in reading, the meaning of the text is difficult to understand, time to work on the problem is very lacking and lack of practice in working on reading comprehension problems, and the lack of foreign language vocabulary as a second language and not their true culture so that they will only get used to what they often hear and this is the biggest problem in answering toefl test questions so it is very difficult to find the main idea of the text. this is similar to what is expressed (carrell & eisterhold, 1988) that research on schema theory shows students can fail if they do not have the same 2019. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (1):132-137 136 access as the text. other researchers also argue that cultural background is very influential on what they read (davoudi & ramezani, 2014) and incidental vocabulary acquisition (pulido, 2004). in his research mahmud (2014) said that the highest difficulty of high students in answering questions because high students do not have the skills and motivation to read. difficulties experienced by high students in solving toefl test problems become a big problem in the world of education. so it needs a lot of attention and actually the problem of facilities is also one of the supporting factors to increase student motivation to read so that students' reading skills also increase. so from the research conducted, it is expected to overcome these difficulties. high school students must increase their work on reading comprehension questions both at home and at the course, as well as increasing interest in reading and increasing vocabulary so that it is easier to work on problems in the treading comprehension section. conclusion so from the research conducted it is expected to overcome these difficulties, high school students must increase their practice of reading comprehension questions both at home and at the course, and must increase interest in reading and increase vocabulary so that it is easier to work on problems in the reading comprehension section. references aliponga, j. (2013). reading journal: its benefits for extensive reading.internationaljournal of humanities and social science, 3(12), 7380. al-rawashdeh, h. (2010). difficulties that face graduate students during their toefl preparation program at jordanian universities. antoni, r. (2014). an analysis on 6th semester students’ toefl experience at english department of teachers training and education faculty of pasir pengaraian university. journal ilmiah edu research, 3(1), 9-16. carrell, p. & eisterhold, j. (1988). schema theory and esl reading pedagogy. in p. carrell & d. eskey, (eds.), interactive approaches to second language reading. cambridge: cambridge university press. chen, s. c., & chen, k. t. (2015).the use of efl reading strategies among high school students in taiwan. the reading matrix, 15(2), 156-166. davoudi, m & ramezani, h. (2014). the effects of cultural familiarity on reading comprehension of iranian efl learners. international journal on studies in english language and literature (ijsell), 2(8), 58-71. febriani, d., elfrida, & fernandita., j.(2019). reading comprehion problem in reading section of toefl test.jaal, journal of applied linguistic and literasi, 3(2) 2019. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (1):132-137 137 goodman, k. (1979). the know-more and the know-nothing movements in reading: a personal response. language arts, 55(6): 657-663. grabe, w., & stoller, f. l. (2002).teaching and researching reading. harlow: pearson education. grellet, f. (1998). developing reading skill. cambridge: cambridge university press. mahmud, m. (2014). the efl students’ problems in answering the test ofenglish as a foreign language (toefl): a study in indonesian context. theory and practice in language studies, 4(12): 2581 -2587. moats, l. c. (2001). teaching reading is rocket science: what expert teachers of reading should know and be able to do. washington, dc: american federation of teachers. oktarina, r. (2018). difficult skills in reading section of toefl faced by sixth semester english students. pulido, d. (2004). the effect of cultural familiarity on incidental vocabulary acquisition through reading. the reading matrix, 4(4), 20-52. retrieved december, 21, 2014 from http://www.readingmatrix.com/articles/pulido/article.pdf. sweet, a. p., & snow, c. e. (2003). rethinking reading comprehension. new york: guilford press. warfield, w., laribee, r., & geyer, r. w. (2013). examining results and establishing benchmark data from the toefl itp test. american academic & scholarly research journal, 5(3), 191-198. http://www.readingmatrix.com/articles/pulido/article.pdf linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 3 nomor 2, juni 2020 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v3i2.1019 258 students’ strategies used for idiom translation at sma swasta pencawan medan stevani lika sari tarigan universitas prima indonesia marta rejeki manalu universitas prima indonesia ayu supriani tampubolon universitas prima indonesia yenita br sembiring universitas prima indonesia stevani.tarigan01@gmail.com submit, 13-12-2019 accepted, 30-01-2020 publish, 03-02-2020 abstract the research aims to find out the student's strategies in translating idioms. the method used in this study qualitative descriptive, this study was conducted at sma swastapencawan medan with the samples were 23 students of xi-mia-2. the researcher used an essay test with 25 questions to translate idioms sentences. the result collection collected data from the students convert sentence researchers provided the database on the results of students' strategies in translating idioms on an essay test. using a phrase of similar meaning in form result show there were 61 (34,27%), using a language of same meaning but dissimilar form in form show there were 19 (10,67%), translating by paraphrase in form result show there were 70 (39,33%) and translation by omission in form show there were 28 (15,73%). the result showed that many students translate idioms sentences with translation by paraphrase. the dominant strategies students are predominantly translation by paraphrase, and most students cannot turn the idiom in to the sentence that has been given. keywords: strategies, translation idiom sentences, senior high school introduction language is the most effective device to express and communicate well and help to transmit information to one another at an individual or international level. all words have phrases and sentences that cannot be understood literally, but they know the meaning of the words, but it is difficult to translate into actual sentences. students understand the meaning of a word using english phrases, but mailto:stevani.tarigan01@gmail.com 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):258-264 259 they are tough to translate sentences in english. they turn proverbs in sentence form with a word per word, and their translation does not correspond to the meaning of the sentence. but using the english language is less and sentences without us realizing it is unique to read and heard, but in people who already understand or often listen to them already know the true meaning of phrases that are heard by him. researching students is very beneficial for students in answering test and understanding about the phrases or proverbs students are listening to or are currently watching. by the millennial now all have used idioms or proverbs because the prelingual is very important in shortens the sentences and has the meaning contained therein and is not so difficult in explaining lessons or others using sayings or phrases, if not done research or understand which students are still lacking in knowing the language is not very good because until whenever students will not be able to understand a sentence idioms or example idioms because it is very sound is not uncommon anymore all human beings often use the sentence of languages in addition to the lack of much waffle. because of example, idioms have a little punishment, but it contains a significant meaning or meaning. during the writer's experience while practice teaching in sma swasta pencawan medan, there were many students' problems, especially idiom and translate. the english language has millions of idiomatic sentences as it is more compatible with conveying the purpose of the speaker in different situations. idiomatic expressions function in role-playing on the meaning of phrases performed by more than two people., in the same information that means, and in generating different sentence styles. fernando explains the nature of varying atmosphere idiomaticity in balancing between everyday expressions and different moods. (fernando,1996, p. xvii). humans will not have a deeper understanding of the meaning of idioms in fact "because the purpose of the languages cannot be determined by the knowledge of the essential parts and the different moods. (collis, 1994). someone proficient in translating deserves to change sentences with the original sentence. in this respect, catford (1965) states that translating is exchanging a similar sentence in the same sense as the equivalent sentence in another pronunciation. according to newmark (1981), turning is a creation that is divided into efforts to combine express orders or phrases in the same sentence as the same message but spoken in different sentences. meanwhile, nida (1964) states a translator has a critical task to provide the sending of messages, meanings, and the habit part of the communication used in the conversation and generate accurate replies with the recipient. based on the above statement, students as beginners in learning english it usually makes mistakes in translating as a learning 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):258-264 260 process. for example, in translating idioms, students must know the translating strategy and the appropriate translating way that produces true meaning. so, translating strategies have an essential role in the knowledge skills of students in theory. based on the above statement, the author will discuss "translation strategies students in translating idioms in senior high school. " and the author uses the essay test to find out what strategies students are using in translating languages. there are four strategies for translating idioms proposed (khosravi & khotib, 2012). there is (1) using a phrase of similar meaning and form (2) using a language of comparable meaning but different form (3) translation by paraphrase (4) translation by omission. in this research, the writer discussed the idioms mostly found in indonesia. this is a difference with the previous study mentioned by khosravi and khatib, which focussed on english idioms in persian novel. in this study, the researcher knows more students use paraphrase in translating the translated idioms. the results of previous research found the same research results as research researchers, but in previous studies not described the cause of many students chooses to use the translation by paraphrase strategy in translating idioms. thus the researchers are interested in researching the analysis of students ' strategies used for idioms translation and explaining what plans are most dominant used by students in translating idioms. literatur review idioms are difficult to learn because they are not literal, and they do not mean what they say mcpartlandas cited hussien et al. (2000). the meaning of idioms is not the sum of the purpose of its parts or its constituents (hussien et al. 2000). a translator has to render the meaning of an idiom over and above the essence, and the difficulties that might be encountered and the suitable strategies for translating expressions are of utmost importance in successful idioms translation. translation strategies are because they usually enable translators to overcome difficulties that might be encountered in the process of conversion (dweik & thalji, 2016). to the best of the researchers’ knowledge, research that investigates difficulties in the omani context is scant. this is expected to contribute to the significance of the present study and its findings and potential implications. the goal of a good translator is to translate idiomatically, using making many adjustments in the forms. in other words, the translator's goal is the ability to reproduce a text in the target language, which communicates the same idea or message as the source language. many works of art face the complexity of the problem. besides the capability of looking for appropriate meanings, a translator should be able to transfer the moral message of the author to be 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):258-264 261 accepted by the readers of the translation product duly. newmark (1993) points out that slang and idioms are closely linked to culture and a particular period. a way that refers to idioms can be translated into other languages depending on many translation strategies. not in terms of phrases, it is converted by the same meaning but how to bring the idioms by producing the true meaning with the plan already available. the first strategy explains that discovering the languages and the true meaning of the habit is always heard and produces real sense. fernando and flavell are correct in warning us against the 'strong unconscious urge in most translators to search hard for an idiom in the receptorlanguage, however, inappropriate it maybe (baker,1992) baker (1992) suggests the following strategies for translating languages: 1. using a vocabulary of similar meaning and form. this strategy discusses that translating uses the true meaning of idioms, and the outcome is also identical to its purpose. 2. using an idiom of similar meaning but dissimilar. this strategy explains translating languages to produce purpose and meaning is not identical to the true meaning 3. translation by paraphrase. this strategy explains that turning using explanation is to re-interpret a sentence in another way in the same language without altering its original purpose. 4. translation by omission. this strategy explains that translating using oversight is to remove the actual or original meaning. from the explanation above, the author concluded that translating it has a strategy without altering its true meaning. it realizes that to bring something, we do not know the sense of such a purpose that makes people understand and can translate the idioms of the ones we make. learning the languages can not be separated from the translation because we learn our idioms need the meaning of the sentence idioms themselves. from the above statement, writers come to the perception that idioms translate has a crucial role in improving students ' ability in the translation strategy, so teachers must teach strategies in explaining to students since students in the age of growth so that students will easily translate. they can achieve the purpose of teaching and learning foreign languages, which produce idiom sentences. research method the research design is qualitative research. in this research, qualitative data used to find the result of some questions with systematic and accurate. the subject of the study this research were 11 th grade students of sma swastapencawan medan; it is located at bungancole raya no. 50, kemenangantani, kec medan tuntungan. the reason why researchers chose this 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):258-264 262 place because the researcher already observed the research topic in this school before. the instrument of the researchwastestwas used to collect the data. the type of test used in this research was an essay test. the techniqueanalyzingdataafter the data is collected, the researcher analyzed it to find the students' strategies in translating idioms. the procedure of analyzing information there were same procedures were applied: the researcher checked the students’ answer questions, and the researcher derived the strategy used in translating idioms finding the data of this research were the student's strategies in translating idioms. below is the table shows the student's strategies in translating languages. table 1 the students’ strategies in translating idioms no student’s initial type of translating idioms using an idiom of similar meaning and form using the language of comparable meaning but dissimilar form translation by paraphrase translation by omission 1. aas 2 1 2 2. as 4 2 11 3 3. cms 5 7 4. cbp 1 1 1 5. dabs 1 1 6. emh 4 1 2 1 7. aim 2 3 8. ffg 5 5 11 2 9. hmf 4 3 10. icbt 3 9 11. lb 1 2 3 12. lsn 1 1 13. ms 2 1 14. ns 4 2 1 15. pas 3 1 4 1 16. p 2 1 17. rebt 1 1 1 18. rl 3 2 2 19. ts 1 2 3 20. tdr 2 1 2 1 21. um 4 1 3 22. yp 2 1 3 3 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):258-264 263 23. yfs 6 2 2 2 total 61 19 70 28 discussion after conducting the research, the writer got the result. the students still had difficulties in translating idioms. writers get data on student mistakes, commonly meaning form. based on baker's theory, the writer's errors made the students, namely, using an idiom of similar meaning but a different way. from the data, the students’ errors in translating expressions focused on using a language of comparable meaning, but a different form, the more significant mistakes are made in bringing strategies using an idiom of similar meaning but different way. the first, researcher identify students difficulties in strategies for translating idioms answer sheets then analyzing students' false answer. researchers provided the database on the results of students' strategies in turning phrases on an essay test. using a language of similar meaning in form result show there were 61 (34,27%), using an idiom of same meaning but dissimilar form in form show there were 19 (10,67%), translating by paraphrase in form result show there were 70 (39,33%) and translation by omission in form show there were 28 (15,73%). many students made a mistake in translating idioms sentences. many students do not turn; there were eight students. this issue was discovered by researchers based on the results of translations of idioms of students. many factors affect students in translating. knowing students ' mistakes in reading is essential because this method can help english teachers find the next way or technique to teach excellent and correct translating strategies and help students if they encounter difficulties in doing the translation. knowing the error is a tool to help researchers check for mistakes on sentences made by students, mainly translating meaning in sentences idioms. based on the previous study that used researchers from hassan (2014), a learning translation is growing obedience that is increasingly popular over time. translating idioms is not only a straightforward burden when a person has a varied habit as the enforcement of practices is not merely a simple meaning in resembling a real sense. a translator uses a variety of methods, plans, and tactics to require sl & tl and attempts to equate with real meaning. a good translator has the mastery and understanding of both habits, and a person translator takes the strategy according to the needs of encouragement and goals. then based on holi ibrahim ali, the researcher found that the complexity students encounter the weakness of students to create similarities similar to the meaning of the actual idioms. translating by eliminating the purpose is the wrong strategy. the strategy used to bring the expressions is translation by paraphrase, which translates without removing the actual meaning. according to fachrizal 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):258-264 264 (2017), researchers explained the theory by fernando and mona baker to achieve research goals. this research results in a strategy that is often used are translation by paraphrasing due to the suitability and continuous way of translating and giving a more natural impact on the translator in translating idioms. based on the result of the data analysis essay test, the researchers were found that the lack of students' interest in learning idiom and translate. recognize the sentences idioms such as a hot potato should students better know the languages like what, if the hot potatoes that have the meaning of the first thing that the hot has long been silence will cool just as it is with humans do not first just burn his spirit like fire but until the end of his mind is also like fire. therefore. the last cause is because students have limitations idioms, so they difficult to translate languages. conclusion based on the results and the data analysis, researchers concluding the cause difficulties of students' strategies translating used for idiom translation are the first student's challenges in approach translating idioms the form of the sentence be the second cause because the written from the spoken form in english. the last is student forget the most students does not give their attention to study english more, knowing words much more, and limitations their time to the source of information about a new strategy for translating idioms. references fachrizal, a (2017). the translation strategy of idiomatic expression in english indonesian subtitles of the infiltrator movie. repository.uinjkt.ac.id baker, m. (1992). in other words: a coursebook on translation. london and new york catford, j., c. (1965). a linguistics theory of translation. london: oxford university press. collis, h. (1994). 101 american english idioms, illinois: ntc publishing group dweik, b & thalji, m., b. (2016). strategies for translating proverbs from english into arabic. academic research international, 7(2),120-127. fernando, c. (1996). idioms and idiomaticity. oxford: oxford university press hussein, r., f., khanji, r., makhzoomy, k., f. (2000). the acquisition of idioms: transfer or what? j king saud university, lang, & transl. (12), 23-34. khosravi, s. (2012). strategies used in translation of english idioms into persian in novels. academy publisher manufactured in finland, 2(9), 1854-1859 newmark, p.(1981). approaches of translation. oxford: oxford university press nida, e. (1964). towards a science of translating. leiden: e.j.brill. saadia, m., h & muhammad, f., t. (2014). strategies for translating idioms. british journal of english linguistics, 2 (3), 14-29 linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 4 nomor 2, januari-juni 2021 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v4i2.1851 249 the use of crossword puzzles as the way to increase student’s vocabulary mastery at sma tamansiswa binjai imam fahmi fachrozi 1 universitas prima indonesia rahmawati 2 universitas prima indonesia mustiara ayu andini 3 universitas prima indonesia elisa mutiara tampubolon 4 universitas prima indonesia evelyn athalia br tarigan 5 universitas prima indonesia imamfahmifachrozi99@gmail.com 1 submit, 30-11-2020 accepted, 10-01-2021 publish, 22-01-2021 abstract the aim of the researcher was to find a technique that could increase the students’s vocabulary. to find out whether interactive method by applying crossword puzzle can improve students’ vocabulary. the researchers gives the students pretest and post test. the researcher use two cycles in this research.we can see that in the first cycle the number of students who got a score of 75 was 6.6% andin the second cycle the number of students who got a score of 75 was 76.6%. this technique add insight to the student’s mastery of the english vocabulary and also it will not make the classes to be boring but also fun. keywords: class action research, vocabulary,crossword puzzle. mailto:imamfahmifachrozi99@gmail.com1 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):249-256 250 introduction language is related to communication, people are using language in their daily life. everyone in the world usually use the first language or the second language. by language all people, all students can reveal what they want to say. according to the article that can support our research simamora, et.al (2019) explained that language is a system of conventional spoken and written symbols by human as members of social group for intraction. english is a foreign language for indonesian to be taught from elementary school until a lifetime. according to the article that can support our research oktaviani, et.al (2019) explained that english is a king of the language in the world. students must be invited to learn english to make it more fun with the games method. therefore, a fun learning method will increase students’ vocabulary to improve their english language.in accordance with the times, the formation of vocabulary also developed. vocabulary is a factor in the formation of a language system that changes frequently. according to the article that can support our research ramasari, m. (2017) explained that, almost students in indonesia, who learnt english as foreign language, create their mindset for learning english as a negative stereotype. vocabulary is the first basic part in english. the more vocabulary they have learnt the more they increase their english skill not only in vocabulary, but also increase their speaking, reading, listening, and even writing. according to sabiqoh (2016) states that crossword puzzle is effective teaching tool of terminology, definition, spelling, and pairing key concepts with related name, resulting in greater retention and memorization of facts.vocabulary is easly understood and learned by children because there are no rules that children need to know like when learning grammar. the fact is that vocabulary mastery is still lacking because their curiosity is still low and they think that learning vocabulary is not interesting and not very important in learning. as explained above shows how important vocabulary is in language learning, we must realize that without our vocabulary cannot communicate, it is difficult to express something and interactions between people will never happen. therefore vocabulary is one of the important things in language learning today. in this introduction there are some articles that supported our research. according to the articles we have found that, vocabulary has an important role in language teaching, because the mastery of vocabulary is very influential in language skills.vocabulary is the total number of words as people know and use it in their language activities, a group of words and meaning to communicate with others as a main part of language. mastering english is not as easy as taking something for granted. learners have to go through many steps and parts of learning. one of those parts is learning and mastering the vocabulary in english. one of the language that we can use to communicate is english.the learning of 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):249-256 251 vocabulary is an important part in foreign language learning. the meanings of new words are very frequently emphasized, whether in books or in verbal communication.teaching vocabulary at school aims to increase students vocabulary, but it’s not easy to teaching vocabulary. based on the researcher’s experience when researching in junior high school grade 7 obtained the results of interview data that researchers found difficulties in speaking english because they thought that english was confusing. english is followed by grammar so that it makes it difficult for students to speak english due to lack of grammar and vocabulary. what's more, an additional problem by most teachers relies solely on books using the old method of practicing vocabulary by simply reading and translating. so it makes student speak english incorrectly while pronouncing. the aim of teaching vocabulary is to develop students vocabulary so that students can speak, write, hear, and read english effectively. some factors which makes some words harder than others are: 1) pronunciation; research shows that words that are difficult to articulate are more difficult to learn. words that are considered difficult usually contain sounds that are not clear to certain groups of learners in the teaching, 2) spelling; voicespelling bungle will in general be a reason for blunder, either spelling elocution, and can add to word challenges. words which contained quiet letters was more risky in the learning, 3) length and complexity; long words doesn't appear to be more hard to learn short ones. managing complex words additionally will in general be more troublesome than straightforward one., 4) grammar; besides complicated is the grammar associated with the word. grammar words are very problematic acts of phrases, 5) meaning; when two words have the same meaning, students will be confused to interpret them. words that have multiple meanings can also distract students from learning. therefore, the teacher must use a fun method in teaching .besides the pleasant nature possessed by a teacher can also provide the effect of closeness between students and teachers. the more students feel close to the teacher, then what is conveyed by the teacher will also be more easily absorbed by them. various methods can be applied to increase students' vocabulary. the researcher assumes that using crossword strategy is one way of teaching. in using crossword all activities in vocabulary will be done by students. since it needs to spell the thing accurately to fathom the riddle, understudies will have the option to utilize words effectively, in light of the fact that they associate realities as puzzle hints with words that have to the spelling is known. students become the main role to solve word problems and make crossword. 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):249-256 252 so this puzzle is very easy to make so it can be used in all languages, all subjects, and all ages. by making a summary of the words that are natural to students. based on this statement, the researchers summarize, to help students by building and increasing student motivation to learn vocabulary, students can practice with answers and questions that have been arranged by educators to find the right clues so that we can use a method called crossword puzzle. literature review vocabulary is one of four skills in language. the main problems studentswhenmastery and learning english lacking in vocabulary. skills in english including speaking, listening,reading and writing. so students afraid to learn english. vocabulary is the basis for mastering all english language skill. the vocabulary is a unity of letters into words formed by a set of user communities. sedita (2005) notes that vocabulary knowledge is important because it encompasses all the words that must known to understand ideas, to express ideas, and to communicate effectively in short,vocabulary is a the unity of letters which becomes the world taught in a foreign language. vocabulary has the tools used to understand and master english. vocabulary is a major component of improving all skill english.indeed mastering vocabulary is difficult,not as easy as turning your palm requires a process in mastering vocabulary. this method can be used to improve and explore knowledge and interests students vocabulary. this method can help students become happy with the language and thus, students’ language will increase their enjoyment of the subject. the goal of the method allows students too add vocabulary because students produce vocabulary and meanings of the texts the use. the most common problem is that students have very limited grammar difficulties. when doing puzzle, students are traind to involve in the problem solving. crossword puzzle will make the students feel fun, enjoy in their learning english. it can encourage students’ to participate in their learning english. based on the researcher’s experience when researching in junior high school grade 7 obtained the results of interview data that researchers found difficulties in speaking english because they thought that english was confusing. english is followed by grammar so that it makes it difficult for students to speak english due to lack of grammar and vocabulary. indonesian vocabulary is all the words that are in indonesian as registed in indonesian dictionaries. how many words there are in indonesia language can not be mentioned with certainty,because they are part of a language system that is very vulnerable to change and development. crossword puzzle is a game that makes the learning process in the classroom attractive and fun. this game provides opportunities fopr students in practicing and repeating vocabulary and stringing a simple sentence pattern. vocabulary is the oldest known term, a 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):249-256 253 translation of the dutch term woordenschat. vocabulary is all words in a language which is the wealth of the language. franklin et al (2013) states that crossword puzzles game can significant increase students’ motivation and students’ interest in the topic at hand. tricia, et al (2009) in their research found that crossword puzzle could influence positively in students’ interaction, it pushes up students’ interesting to be active in learning process. the main task of developing vocabulary is carried out by the teachers is to help students to see similarities and differences that they have never seen before. the development of vocabulary means more than adding new words to the vocabulary of our experiences. research method in this research, the researcher used action research method. this method began with some questions or question about a class experiences, problems, or problem challenge about vocabulary. this method called as reflective process that can make it easier for teachers to examine the aspects of learning and taking action to change and increase students' interest teaching and learning process. qualitative data were obtained from observations during research in the learning process in the classroom. questionnaires, interviews and student diaries are the media used by teachers to analysis the data. quantitative techniques are used to analyze data from student research results. then the writer will calculate the average test results. this is used to find out whether there is vocabulary mastery or not. findings qualitative and quantitative data obtained from the first cycle until the last cycle. when cycle 1, researcher knew that students’ vocabulary still low. they did not how to fill in the blank of the crossword puzzle because they did not understand. the mean of the cycle 1 was 62,3. only six students who get score 75 above. their grades was still low. in cycle 2, the students can improved their vocabulary and the mean in cycle 2 was 76,3. only twenty three who get score 75 above. from in cycle 1 to the cycle 2 were significantly improved. they can use crossword puzzle to improve their vocabulary. the researcher, also know qualitative data to conduct findings and discussions. students had weaknesses in answering the questions in cycle i because some of students are still looking the answer of the questions. students find it easier to learn with crossword puzzles. based on the results of quantitative data, the researcher discovered the crossword puzzles method had improved the quality of their vocabularies. 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):249-256 254 table 1 student’s vocabulary scories in test i, test ii no initial name test 1 test 2 1 raa 60 80 2 mdp 60 90 3 dhps 60 70 4 aws 50 80 5 na 70 90 6 nm 80 100 7 cn 70 90 8 irh 60 80 9 dt 60 70 10 an 60 70 11 ta 70 80 12 bp 60 70 13 eer 60 80 14 rl 70 80 15 ft 80 100 16 lsr 60 80 17 gn 70 90 18 wn 60 70 19 fe 70 80 20 ld 60 70 21 g 70 80 22 ba 60 90 23 ma 60 80 24 mia 60 70 25 afw 60 80 26 k 70 80 27 dfa 60 100 28 ry 50 80 29 r 60 90 30 p 60 100 total 1890 2470 mean 63 82,3 the vocabulary used in crossword puzzles, there are student scores from test i and test ii in the table below. the highest mean score was in test 2 among other tests. the students’ vocabulary test scores were calculated based on the students' correct answers using crossword puzzles. 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):249-256 255 disscussion based on the study, the researcher found some weaknesses and strengths in applying vocabulary self-collection strategy as a way to improve students' vocabulary mastery. it can be seen that in the first cycle the number of students who got a score of 75 was 6.6% in the second cycle the number of students who got a score of 75 was 76.6%. according to salawazo et.al (2020) researchers provided the data based on the results of students’ ability in vocabulary mastery based on vocabulary comprehension test. students can pay more attention and focus on researchers well during the learning process, and students also respond to researchers by giving various kinds of questions when researchers provide opportunities for them to ask questions. based on the result, of data analysis questionnaire, the researchers was found that lack of student interest to learning vocabulary english. this part convers the discussion english vocabulary through crossword puzzle game. the implementation of crossword puzzle game got positive responses from students in their teaching learning process of vocabulary mastery. this proves that crossword puzzle can help student increase vocabulary conclusion when finished what the researcher done in qualitative and quantitative researc, the researcher get some good results. student scores increased from the first cycle until the second cycle. the observation show that students gave their atitudes, respons and can learn while playing with crossword puzzle. the researcher propose to english teacher that crossword puzzle as a solution when teaching english. this technique add insight to the student’s mastery of the english vocabulary and also it will not make the classes to be boring but also fun. in addition, researchers may also be a very profitable source or information for those who are still doing research related to this research. references franklin, s., peat, m., & lewis, a.. (2003). non-traditional interventions to stimulate discussion: the use of games and puzzles. journal of biological education, 37(2), 76-82. oktaviani, a., saparingga, p., & susanto, d. (2019). survey research about the importance of english for young learners at elementary schools. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal, 2(2), 173–188. https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v2i2.583 ramasari, m. (2017). students pronounciation error made in speaking for general communication. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal, 1(1), 37–48. https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v1i1.32 https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v2i2.583 https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v1i1.32 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):249-256 256 salawazo, i. s., simbolon, m., hutabarat, v. e., veronika, a. n., & saragih, e. (2020). analysis of students’ vocabulary in learning english. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal, 3(2), 469–475. https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v3i2.1017 sabiqoh, n. (2016). teaching vocabulary by using crossword puzzle at the fifth semester of the seventh grade students of mts ma’arif nadatul ulama mataram. a thesis. sedita, joan. (2005). effective vocabulary instruction. (http://www.keystoliteracy. com/ wp-content/ uploads/2012/08/effective-vocabularyinstruction. pdf) (date of access: 30 jun. 2015). simamora, j. m., sinaga, r., & tarigan, s. n. (2019). improving students speaking skills by recount text. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal, 3(1), 219–229. https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v3i1.999 tricia, m. (2009). reviewing for exams: do crossword puzzles help in the success of student learning. the journal of effective teaching, 9(3),410. https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v3i1.999 linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 4 nomor 2, januari-juni 2021 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v4i2.1824 233 the revitalization of batu parsidangan batak toba folklore into teaching materials in english subject for junior high school fungky lusiana sinamo 1 universitas prima indonesia bambang nur alamsyah lubis 2 universitas prima indonesia thesa ayu emalinta barus 3 universitas prima indonesia syeba jenita sembiring 4 universitas prima indonesia fungkylusiana@gmail.com 1 submit, 24-11-2020 accepted, 10-01-2021 publish, 17-01-2021 abstract this research aims to find out the original story of batak toba folklore “batu parsidangan” and transformed it into a script as teaching material in junior high school. this research was conducted at batu parsidangan, desa siallagan pindaraya, kabupaten samosir, north sumatera. this research used descriptive qualitative method to describe words and clauses systematically, accurately, and factually. the instrument of data collection was observation, interview and documentation. the source of data were bataknese informant. the result of this research is batu parsidangan was used by the batak king to punish and execute the defendant who does the criminals in his village. keywords : folklore, batu parsidangan, revitalization, teaching materials introduction education is a learning process for students to have an understanding of something and make it a critical human being in thinking. education is preparation for some worthy activity. education should be guided by legislation to make it correspond with the results of psychological analysis, and follow the gradual development of the bodily and mental faculties ("aristotle" 384-322 bc). a folklore can be used as teaching learning materials in school because indonesian folklore contains culture and it’s needed to be preserved. through the mailto:fungkylusiana@gmail.com 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):233-239 234 folklore, students are expected have the attraction to increase their reading intentions and curiosity about the culture that exists in indonesia. besides learning folklore has a positive impact to the students. for example, the folklore of malin kundang taught us not to fight our parents. indonesian folklore also has moral value that can be related to the values of character’s education. it is expected to help the development student’s character to be better. by learning folklore the students have logically thinking, critical, creative and innovative, and nasionalist. folklore is a set of fictional stories, cultural myths and even quotes. it was description as culture, which has been passed down from generation to generation. folklore is also known as “folk literature” or “oral traditions”. folklore described the way main characters manage their everyday life events, including conflicts. some folklore described universal truths, unfounded beliefs and supersitions are also basic elements of folklore tradition. according to noyes (2007) folklore is a metacultural category used to mark certain genres and practices within modern societies as being not modern. folklore therefore typically evokes both repudiation and nostalgia. brunvand (1968) stated folklore is the traditional, unofficial, non-intitutional part of culture. it encompasses all knowledge, understandings, values, attitudes, assumptions, feelings, and beliefs transmitted in traditional forms by word of mouth or by customary examples. based on the experts’ explanation above, it can be concluded that folklore is a story as a culture of people that has been told from generation to generation that every story has moral value. indonesia has many folklores. indonesian folklore reflects the diverse cultural of indonesia as well as the diversity of ethnic group indonesia. many ethnic groups have their own collection of tales and folklores that have been told for generations. the researchers choose malin kundang and a golden snail as an example folklore from indonesia. according to ginting, et al. (2019), the revitalization of pancur kuta folklore is carried out by transforming the story into a drama script and make it as a teaching materials in language education and literature of indonesia program university of prima indonesia so that people know and describe the original story of pancur kuta folklore. to support this research, the researcher took some previous research. nur, et al. (2018) mahangke folklore used as a literature object learning that mahangke exists in karonese to avoid something unwillingness among the member of family that do not husband and wife such as sex contact. according to handayaninst, et al. (2019) the revitalization of lau kawar folklore through the comic as the media can be an effort to preserve folklore. comic media provides a narrative and illustrated style ofstory telling and provides easy access to the stories previously rarely known. 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):233-239 235 according to saragih, et al. (2019) the legend of parnamoraan is used as a literary teaching material for indonesian language subjects in legendary material for junior high school. in this legend there are also exemplary secondary values that can be imitated by students or readers. the revitalization of the folklore of the batak toba community is an effort made to revive existing traditions, as an alternative source of learning based on local wisdom (irwansyah, et al, 2020). this revitalization will produce new works or texts as a scientific strengthening that reflects cultural values and plays a role in the preservation of traditional arts. according to hilman & adha (2019) the revitalization of folklore gave some positive benefits in education, especially in the development of children’s character as the next generation in the digital era. according to baiduri & khairani (2018) revitalization of the values contained in batak toba folklore can be done by preserving and transforming it to the young generation in the form of education, especially in the local content curriculum, extracurricular activities in the form of theater/drama and film/video making. the revitalization of bonai literature can be filtered the negative impacts of globalization so that the indetity of bonai ethnic group will be well maintained. the result shows that bonai ethnic group has many folklores: oral folklore, half oral folklore, and non-oral folklore. after studied by using analytic descriptive method, the tradition of bonai ethnic group shows specific cultural enchantment and local identity so that they can be contributed to strengthen learning material as local wisdom (wahyuni, 2017). the differences this research with all the relevant research is the revitalization of batu parsidangan folklore through the script can be used as teaching materials in school, so that the students have more knowledge about indonesian folklore especially folklore in their tribe. literature review folklore is a form of culture that is collective in nature, because folklore is generally spread and passed down from generation to generation. folklore is one of indonesian culture. this is because folklore tends to the aspects of locality that exist in society in indonesia. as long as the times, folklore has been left behind and it’s needed to revitalize. revitalization is a process or way to revive something that was previously empowered which means making something or an act to be vital. according to rais (2007) revitalization is an effort to revitalize an area or part of the city that once lived, but then lose the ground. in the process of revitalization, an area needed to improve in physical, economic and social aspects. danisworo (2002) stated an approach revitalization must be able to recognize and utilize the potential that exist in around the environment such as history, meaning as well as the uniqueness and mage of the location. based on the 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):233-239 236 expert’s explanation above, it can be concluded that revitalization is a process to revive something that was left behind and how to make it alive. theoritically, the result of this research provides the revitalization of batu parsidangan batak toba folklore as a teaching materials in english junior high school students. it makes the students more interested to study folklore. this research also helps english teacher and students to preserve the culture that exists in indonesia. research method this research uses descriptive qualitative. the purpose of it was to describe words and clauses systematically, factually and accurately. the researcher was conducted this research at batu parsidangan, desa siallagan pindaraya, kabupaten samosir, north sumatera. the source of data that is used by the researcher is primary data, data that obtained directly from the informants. the instrument of data collection was observation, interview and documentation. for collecting data the researcher do some procedures. the procedures are the researcher visits the batu parsidangan , meets the culture figures, interviews the culture figures, writes the story, and makes the story to be a script. findings in general, folklore that develops in indonesia has its own uniqueness and values. the folklore that adopted by the researcher is folklore which has never been recorded or published. the data obtained to be compiled into a folklore is the result of interviewing with the informant who lives in the research location, precisely in desa siallagan, pindaraya, kabupaten samosir . based on the results of interviews with the informant, batu parsidangan folklore was formed according to the informations from the informant. in order to achieve the effectiveness of information, there are categorizations in interviewing from the informant, was stated as the following: 1) the truth of "batu parsidangan", 2) the reason for naming the place as "batu parsidangan", 3) the form of "batu parsidangan", 4) the situation of "batu parsidangan" until now, 5) the situation of previous society’s toward the presence of "batu parsidangan", 6) the unique things of "batu parsidangan", 7) the informant retells the story according to his perception based on the categorizations above, the researcher concludes that the data in the form of folklore has been validated by the informant from desa siallagan pindaraya, kabupatensamosir. as for the form of the story is : 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):233-239 237 batu parsidangan folklore once upon a time, there was a batak king named raja siallagan. he lived in the village named hutasiallagan. huta siallagan is an old village that was existed for hundreds years, and was built during the reign of the first leader of huta siallagan, siallagan king. siallagan is a descendant of naimbaton king who follows the line of isumbaon king, the second son of the king of batak. huta siallagan constructed by stones, the walls were equipped with forts and sharp bamboos to protect the village from wild animals and attacks from other tribes. there is a collection of tables and chairs was made from the stones which is called “batu parsidangan”. the location of the batu parsidangan was in front of the king's house, and under the hariara tree. a hariara tree is a sacred tree for the batak people.in the past, batu parsidangan was used by the king for meetings with the elders regarding problems in the village. the problem was a crime, such as murder, rape, theft and even attack the king. every crime that related to the king such as disturbed king’s wife, the traitor who attacks the king will be executed. mostly the defendant who attacks the king had a black magic. before being executed, the defendant will be jailed under the king's house. the king's house is a rumah bolon. rumah bolon is a traditional batak toba house which house has a pit that usually used as a place for animals. then the defendant was shackled in front of the king's house. the psychic determined the execution date by using manitiari. manitiari is the primbon of batak people. after the execution day has arrived, firstly the defendant would be brought to the batu parsidangan to be tried. then the defendant will be taken to the place of execution. the defendant will be placed on a stone table with eyes covered by the ulos cloth. first of all, the defendant will be given food containing a psychic formula to weaken the black magic. then the defendant would be beaten with a longhaired stick, namely panaluan is a magical stick was carved the head of a human and an animal. before being executed the defendant's clothes would be removed to ensure that no more amulets were left. after that, the whole body will be cut into pieces. if the defendant already injured and bleeding, the black magic on the defendant will have disappeared. after the execution process was completed, the heart of the defendant were eaten by the king to increase the king's strength. meanwhile, the head that has been separated from the body will be placed on a round table, while the body will be placed on a square table. then the defendant's body was thrown into the lake and his head hung at the entrance gate of huta siallagan as a warning sign. 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):233-239 238 discussion this research is relevant with the research ginting & lubis (2018) the research was rised to find out the original story of mahangke karonese ethnic and explore it became literature’s object learning in language education and literature of indonesia program university of prima indonesia. another relevant research is the research of handayaninst, et al. (2019) the research aims to increase people’s interest in reading, especially children. in addition, there is a lack of community habits in introducing the legend to their children. based on this relevant research, the transformation of this folklore into a script is expected to be able to make the revitalization of batu parsidangan folklore as teaching materials for junior high school students because education is a forum for creating students as the successor of the nation’s culture to the wider community. by using it as teaching materials in junior high schools, it is hoped that students will get to know more about indonesian culture and the folklore contained in that culture. so that their curiosity about indonesian culture is higher and they can introduce it to the surrounding community so that people know more about indonesian culture. thus, this research can also open insights to get to know and love ancestral heritage more, especially folklore in indonesia. conclusion based on the research results, it can be concluded that batu parsidangan folklore can be used as a teaching materials for junior high school. the culture of folklore needs to be preserved. folklore contains values that can be associated with characters education because education is a forum for realizing students as the successor of the nation culture. this story comes from desa siallagan pindaraya kabupaten samosir. it is known that there are relics of this cultural site, namely a stone shaped like a chair and table. based on the information during observation, the stone was marked as the existence of the village was found. the stone was also used as a meeting place for king with the elders and also used as a place for the execution of criminals (defendants) in ancient times. 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):233-239 239 references baiduri, r., & khairani, l. (2017) revitalization of value and meaning toba batak folklore in the formation of character education of children.in 2nd international conference on social and political development (icosop 2017).atlantis press. brunvand, jan. (1968) the study of american folklore: an introduction, 2nd edition. new york. danisworo, m., & widjaja, m. (2002). revitalisasi kawasan kota, sebuah catatan dalam, pengembangan dan pemanfaatan kawasan kota dalam newsletter urdi (urban and regional development institute. 13 (1) ginting, s. d. b., lubis, b. n. a., & sari, n. p. (2019) revitalisasi legenda suku karo “pancur kuta” sebagai bahan ajar kesusasteraan di prodi pendidikan bahasa dan sastra indonesia universitas prima indonesia. kode: jurnal bahasa, 8(3). handayaninst, s., parapat, d., marbun, p., siregar, y., &syahfitri, d. (2019) revitalisasi legenda danau lau kawar melalui komik. jurnal basataka (jbt), 2(2), 23-32. hilman, a., & adha, i. d. u. (2019) revitalisasicerita rakyat sebagaipengembangankarakteranak di era digital.in prosiding seminar nasional fkip universitas mataram, 138-141 irwansyah, i., adli, d., & akbar f, r. (2020) traditional theater learning based on the revitalization of the folklore of the hanging stone of batak toba community.budapest international research and critics in linguistics and education (birle) journal, 3(4), 1782–1790. noyes, dorothy. (2007) folklore in the social science encyclopedia. 3rd edition. adam kuper and jessica kuper, ods. new york: nur, s. d. b. g. b., & lubis, a. (2018) mahangke” foklore of karonese ethnic as a literature’s object learning.in susunan kepanitiaan seminar nasional fkip universitas prima indonesia rais, a. (2007). pengaruh air payau terhadap beton yang memakai semen padang di kota padang sumatera barat. medan: universitas sumatera utara. saragih, k. n., nababan, d. n., &ginting, s. d. b. (2019) eksplorasi legenda parnamoraan” suku batak toba sebagai bahan ajar sastra. bahasa indonesia prima, 1(2), 2684-6780. wahyuni, d. (2017) the revitalization of bonai literature. gramatikal jurnal ilmiah kebahasaan dan kesastraan, 5(1), 64-74 linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 3 nomor 2, juni 2020 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v3i2.1134 340 facilitating english learners competence in listening through flowerdew and miller’s listening strategies diyan anita puspitasari 1 universitas negeri surabaya slamet setiawan 2 universitas negeri surabaya ahmad munir 3 universitas negeri surabaya diyananita24@gmail.com 1 submit, 20-03-2020 accepted, 13-06-2020 publish, 14-06-2020 abstract this study aims to examine the use of listening strategies to facilitate the students’ listening competence and aims to examine the students’ perception about the roles of listening strategies. using a qualitative research as the design of the research, the researcher collects the data through observation in listening classroom and interview to the university students. the result reveals that the lecturer used flowerdew and miller’ listening strategies, such as metacognitive strategies, cognitive strategies, and socioaffective strategies to facilitate the students in improving their listening competence, moreover, the students perceive that the roles of listening strategies can help them to enhance their competence and help them become more skillful in listening. keywords: listening strategies, cognitive, metacognitive, socioaffective introduction nowadays, the use of english has spread over the world. it causes teaching english become more important because the english learners are expected that they master in using english in order to be able to communicate with people from other countries. since english as global language (liu & fang, 2017). there is an upgrading of english learnt by many people. to success in learning of english, there are basic skills of language learning that have to be mastered. one of the skills is listening. because listening can increase the other language skills like speaking, reading, and writing. since the learners of english expend about 40-50 mailto:diyananita24@gmail.com 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):340-347 341 % of learning time for listening. thus, listening is the competence that is the most oftenly used by the learners. the role of listening is crucial since listening as the basic skill to master a language especially english. listening is the ability to understand all information delivered by the speaker through the process of communication (vahdany, et.al, 2016). when the english language learners are listening, they have to recognize the speech sounds and they have to interpret it to catch the information. therefore, listening is active mental process of learning a language. in communication and education process, listening is vital. since most process of teaching and learning use verbal explanation. before the lesson in the classroom is started, the students should prepare to be ready in listening all the materials that will be explained by the teachers. therefore, becoming proficient in listening is needed by the learners. awareness of lecturers to apply listening strategies in teaching english especially to facilitate the students to enhance their proficiency in listening is important. because teaching listening becomes challenging for the lecturer. one of the ways to facilitate the ells enhancing their listening competence is using listening strategies (madani & kheirzadeh, 2018). the lecturers become central role in the process of teaching and learning. particularly, teachers should aware about the way they teach in the classroom. ngo (2015) state that the learners of english can improve their competence in listening through listening strategies. therefore, listening strategies can enhance the english language learners become proficient. corcerning about listening strategies there are some studies that have done by the researchers. al-azzemy & al-jamal (2019) the results reveal that strategies of cognitive, metacognitive, and socioaffective strategies are significant affect the students’ listening comprehension. kassem (2015) the results displays that listening strategies are significantly with both listening comprehension and selfefficacy of the students and the listening strategies that are more often used by the students is cognitive strategies. in indonesia context, there is few update research corcerning on three types of listening strategies, namely metacognitive strategies, cognitive strategies, and socioaffective strategies. the researchers only concern one of the three types of listening strategies. as setiyawati (2018) the results demonstrate that cognitive strategies have significant to listening comprehension for the participants. therefore, this study examines the use of three types of listening strategies. moreover, because all the previous studies do not seek how the roles of listening strategies from the students’ perception when the lecturer use it to facilitate the students in mastering listening. therefore, this study also examines the students’ perception about the roles of listening strategies. 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):340-347 342 literature review listening listening is the processes of recognizing, understanding, and interpreting of spoken language to get the information (yulisa, 2015). hence, listening is an active process. because there is an active activity during perceiving the speech to get the information from what the speakers said. to be able to succes in learning english, the learners have to be master the skills of language. because the learners spend 40-50% time to listen when they are communicating with others. so, listening is one of the language skills that is important to be mastered by the learners. teaching listening for english language learners teaching listening is not easy for lecturers. because listening is hard to be assessed. so, the lecturers need a listening strategy to facilitate in teaching listening. there are two models of teaching listening (liu & fang, 2017). the first is intensive listening. intesive listening is teaching listening in the classroom usually focus on a certain specify. the second is extensive listening. extensive listening is teaching listening usually in out side of classroom and the situation is more relaxe flowerdew and miller’s listening strategies there are three types of listening strategies proposed by flowerdew and miller (cited in kassem, 2015), namely metacognitive strategies, cognitive strategies, and socioaffective strategies. metacognitive strategies are listening strategies by manipulating the process of mteaching and learning through some activities of 1) planning: the strategy to arange before the listening process is started, 2) monitoring: the strategy in checking and monitoring the continuing comprehension of the learners , and 3) evaluation: the strategy to evaluate the learners’ performance in listening. cognitive strategies are listening strategies by manipulating or managing the materials of listening in order to make the learners become easier to learn. cognitive strategies contain of 1) inferencing: the strategy when the missing information are filled with the use of known words, 2) elaboration: the strategy when the missing information are filled with the use of new information into texts or conversation, 3) summarization: the technique to synthesis what is heard to confirm that the information has been recalled, 4) translation: the ideas from target language are translated into first language, 5) transfer: the strategy to draw considertion from the listeners, 6) repetition: the strategy that allow the listeners repeat the materials of listening, 7) resourcing: the strategy that the reference materials are used, for examples: dictionary, text book, encyclopedia, etc, 8) 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):340-347 343 grouping: the strategy in categorizing words according to their meaning, 9) note taking: the strategy which is the key words are written down to help the learners, 10) deduction/induction: the strategy that gives the listeners clues to find the rules, and 11) substitution: the strategy that allow the listeners to replace informations into other but the same meaning. socioaffective strategies are the strategies to stimulate the learners through some efforts: 1) clarification is the strategy to elicit explanation about the materials of listening, 2) cooperation is the strategy that allow the listeners to work together, 3) lowering anxiety is the strategy to reduce anxiety, 4) selfencouragement is the strategy that allow the listeners thinking about swear that oneself can be success, 5) taking emotional temperature is the strategy that allow the listeners to express their emotion (kassem, 2015). the roles of listening strategies the learners of listening have their own belief about the role of listening strategies in facilitating to learn english. as stated by gilakjani & sabouri (2016) that listening strategies have important roles for the students who are learning english, such as: 1) improve the students’ performance of listening, 2) increase listening ability, 3) help the learners become more skillful, 4) increase awareness of listening process. research method this study uses qualitative research design. because this study examines the lecturer’s experiences when teaching listening by using listening strategies to facilitate the students’ competence in listening. moreover, the data of this study is not in the form of number. so, qualitative research design is appropriate with this study. the participants of this study are one lecturer and english language learners from one of universities in surabaya. they are from english department and they are first year students. the students consist of female and male students with total 25 students. there are two sources of data in this study. the first source is from observation by using field note about the listening activities in classroom when the lecturer uses listening strategies. and the second source is spoken data from the interview to the students about the role of listening strategies. to collect the data, the researcher done through an observation in the classroom and also interview to the students. in the observation, the researcher joined to the listening class to observe how the listening strategies used by the lecturer in listening class to facilitate the students’ listening proficiency. the researcher notes all the listening strategies used by the lecturer. 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):340-347 344 moreover, the interview done to the students. the aim of the interview is to get depth information about the role of listening strategies. by recording the process of interview with the students. in analysing the data, the researcher review and reduce the data the data from fieldnote through the observation in the classroom. the data of activities when the lecture used listening strategies are selected by reducing the types of listening strategies used by the lecturer to know what the listening strategies used by the lecturer to facilitate the students in learning the listening. furthermore, to analyse the data from the interview, the researcher transcribes the audio recording. then, the data from transcription is selected to know what the role of listening strategies for the students. findings listening strategies used by the lecturer to facilitate the students enhance their listening competence here is the table of listening strategies used by the lecturer, the table below is from observation: table 1. the results of observation using field note metacognitive strategies field note planning the lecturer write the topic of listening about “recycling” in the white board before the lecturer starts playing the audio for listening conitive strategies field note elaboration the lecturer asked to the students whether or not they have experiences to do “recycling” translation there are some difficult words that are translated by the lecturer, for instance: recycle= mendaur ulang repetition the lecturer repeated some parts of listening when the students do not catch the answers when they are given exercises based on the audio socioaffective strategies field note cooperation the lecturer asked the students to discuss in pair about the answers of the exercise from the audio listening self-encouragement the lecturer told to the students that if the students do not answer all the questions, the students can do next time. the students perceiption on the roles of listening strategies from the interview to the students, the researcher found how the students perceive the roole of listening strategies. excerpt 1 s1: for me, when the lecturer repeats the audio twice or more times. i can get the information easily. it helps me to improve my competence. because i 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):340-347 345 sometimes hard to catcth the information from the audio if the lecturer only play the audio once. from the response of studens 1 in excerpt 1, she perceives that when the lecturer repeated the audio listening twice, she will get the information easily. this repetition of audio is clasified into cognitive strategies. as stated by flowerdew and miller (cited in kassem, 2015) that repetition is one of the activities in cognitive strategies. the role of the listening strategy that used by the lecturer as the student 1 said that it helps me to improve my competence. from this response, the student 1 perceives that by repetition, the lecturer helps the student 1 improve her listening competence. as stated by gilakjani and sabouri (2016) that listening strategy can increase the students listening competence. the perception about the role of listening strategies for the student 1 is appropriate with the roles of listening strategis proposed by gilakjani and tafaghodtari (2010). excerpt 2 s2: i think when the lecturer used listening strategies, for examples: asks all the students in my class to discuss together, translate the difficult words, and etc. all these efforts can help we as the learners become skillful in listening. we can improve our competence if our lecturer alsways use listening strategies. from the answer of students 2 in excerpt 2, it shows that this student perceives that the role of listening strategies can help the students become skillful in listening. as stated by gilakjani and tafaghodtari (2010) that listening strategies play the roles to make the learners become more skillful in listening. discussion from the table 1 about listening strategies used by the lecturer, it shows that the lecturer used listening strategies, such as metacognitive strategy, cognitive strategies, and socio affective strategies. in metacognitive strategy, the lecturer only done one activity that is planning. the lecturer wrote the topic of listening before the lecturer started the lesson. as stated by flowerdew and miller (cited in kassem, 2015), planning of metacognitive strategy is the strategy to arange before the listening process is started. in cognitive strategies, the lecturer done some activities that are elaboration, translation, and repetition. as stated by flowerdew and miller (cited in kassem, 2015), that cognitive strategies are the listening strategies by manipulating or managing the materials of listening in order to make the learners become easier to learn. thus, elaboration, translation, and repetition that used by the lecturer are the strategies in manipulating the listening materials. as the 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):340-347 346 evidences, after the students listen the audio, the lecturer asked to them whether or not the students have done recycling. this is elaboration of cognitive strategies. in addition, because during the listening, some students do not know the meaning of difficult words. therefore, the lecturer helped the students by translating the difficult words. and to make sure that al the students catch all the information from the audio, the lecturer also played the audio twice. this strategy aims to improve the students’ competence in listening. when the lecturer facilitates the students by using socioaffective strategies in teaching listening, the lecturer done through cooperation and selfencouragement activities. the lecturer asked the students to discuss with their pair about the answers from the audio listening. and in the end of the lesson, the lecturer motivated the students that they can improve their listening competence step by step if they do not get all the answers from the audio. the students can do better in the next lesson. those strategies are socioaffective strategy. conclusion from the research, this study concludes that the lecturer used metacognitive strategies, cognitive strategies, and also socioaffective strategies while teaching listening to the students. the listening strategies help the students to enhance their competence in listening. moreover, from the interview to the students, it concludes that the students perceive that listening strategies can help them to enhance their competence in listening and the students become more skillful in listening. therefore, the students believe that listening strategies has important roles in mastering english. references al-azzemy, a., f., t., & al-jamal, d., a., h. (2019). evaluating cognitive, metacognitive and social listening comprehension teaching strategies in kuwaiti classrooms. heliyon, 5(2), 1-16. flowerdew, j., & miller, l. (2005). second language listening: theory and practice. cambridge: cambridge university press. gilakjani, a., p., & sabouri, n., j. (2016). the significance of listening comprehension in english language teaching. theory and practice in language studies, 6(8), 1670–1677. kassem, h., m. (2015). the relationship between listening strategies used by egyptian efl college sophomores and their listening comprehension and self efficacy, 8(2), 153-169. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v8n2p153 liu, j., & fang, f., g. (2017). perceptions, awareness and perceived effects of home culture on intercultural communication: perspectives of university students in china. systems, 6(7), 25–37. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2017.04.003 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):340-347 347 madani, b. s., & kheirzadeh, s. (2018). the impact of pre-listening activities on efl learners’ listening comprehension. international journal of listening, 2(3), 1–15. ngo, n., t., h. (2015). some insights into listening strategies of learners of english as a foreign language in vietnam. language, culture and curriculum, 28(3), 1–16. setiyawati, e., p. (2018). the cognitive strategy training: blocked buttom-up top-down approaches in a listening class. universitas lampung. vahdany, f., akbari, e., shahrestani, f., & askari, a. (2016). the relationship between cognitive and metacognitive strategy use and efl listening test performance. theory and practice in language studies, 6(2), 385– 391. vandegrift, l., & tafaghodtari, m., h. (2010). teaching l2 learners how to listen does make a difference: an empirical study. language learning, 60(2), 470–497. https://doi.org/doi:10.1111/j.1467-9922.2009.00559.x yulisa, d. (2015). learning to listen: listening strategies and listening comprehension of islamic senior high school students. edukasi: jurnal pendidikan dan pengajaran, 5(1), 22–30. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 3 nomor 2, juni 2020 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v3i2.1045 265 students’ comprehension and difficulties on reading descriptive text at sma swasta pencawan medan herna sianturi universitas prima indonesia christina siahaan universitas prima indonesia syarifah isma dinda universitas prima indonesia yenita br sembiring universitas prima indonesia hernasianturi06@gmail.com submit, 15-01-2020 accepted, 30-01-2020 publish, 06-02-2020 abstract this research aims to find out the student's reading descriptive text. the method used in this research is qualitative; the study was conducted at sma swasta pencawan medan with the samples were 30 students of xi mia-2. the researcher used multiple-choice with ten questions, reading tests, and interviews. the data collected from the students' scores. the result showed that there is 0 student or 0 % who was categorized excellent, there were two students or 6,67% who were classified as very good, there were seven students or 23,3 % who categorized as good, there were seven students or 23,3% were categorized as fair, there were five students or 16,7 % who were classified unsatisfactory. there were nine students or 30 % who were categorized very poorly. so, from the result, the researcher can conclude that the students were still in the poor category. keywords: reading, comprehension; reading comprehension problem; descriptive introduction reading comprehension is one of language skill should mastered by students. reading is a language skill learned in senior high school. however, students must know and understand what they read. this condition decreased their reading ability and comprehension about what they read; it also affects the knowledge of students. the poor reader will start reading a passage much as you just did, without understanding the title and predicting what is in the text. reading comprehension is a relational process between reader and book. mailto:hernasianturi06@gmail.com 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):265-273 266 moat (2011), in reading, we must be able to understand the meaning of symbols and be able to create words. difficulty in reading comprehension is no longer rarely heard because there have been many studies of the biggest problem in reading is to understand the contents of the text. however, reading does not only know about the book, but the students get information and add new vocabulary. reading in a foreign language is a critical skill because it will increase his or her knowledge. there is some kind of text, such as descriptive text, narrative text, report text, procedure text, etc. based on the researcher observation in sma pencawan medan, the researcher found that the students had a low interest in reading english text. there hasn't been the definition, generic structure, even the kind of the book. they do not know the meaning of the text because of their lack of vocabulary, so that's making them not interested in learning english. according to anderson in nunan (2003) that reading is a natural process of readers combining information from a text and their background knowledge to build meaning. these show that the information on the book is not enough to make a reader comprehend a text. to understand a version, a reader brought his previous knowledge on their topic and related it to the information in the book. reading comprehension is the process of simultaneously extracting and constructing meaning through interaction and involvement with written language (snow, 2002) reading comprehension means how the reader can find out the message comprehend the text well. so, the teacher is not only to teach the students how to read, but how to understand and find out the meaning of the book. based on the researcher's experience when they did a field teaching practice program, students are not interested in reading text. this situation happened because the teacher teaching with an old strategy, so they're lazy to study. woolley, (2011) state descriptive text is a text which says as what a person or the thing is like. its purpose of describing the particular person, place, or words. the general structure of the descriptive text is identification and description-identification to explain the phenomenon. the description is described as parts, characteristics, and qualities. descriptive writing is a kind of text with a purpose to give information. it explains how a thing is done (a place, a person, an animal). students still have difficulties in reading descriptive text; the problems are the lack of vocabulary and lazy to reading book — the researcher focus on the descriptive text in this research. the researcher wants to find the difficulties of reading descriptive text. this research had previously been conducted by hariyadi et al. (2018) from the study conducted by researchers found 0 students or 0% in the excellent category, two students or 6,67% in the outstanding group, seven students or 23,3% in the as good grade, seven student or about 23,3% in the fair category, five student or approximately 16,7% as poor category and nine student or about 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):265-273 267 30 % who was categorized very poor. another research conducted by siahaan (2013), the results found by researchers, some students have been able to write a semantic structure of descriptive text using appropriate linguistic features. but there are still confused students so that it is needed to improve their skills to write a descriptive paragraph. in this study, the researcher analysis reading comprehension and difficulties in reading descriptive text. on the results of previous research was found that the students most problems in vocabulary. the students didn't know the meaning of the reading text, and also they lazy to bring a dictionary. the results were not explained to the students' difficulty in learning english. the researcher is interested to know students' comprehension and problems with reading descriptive text. literatur review understanding the reading text oberholzer (2015) stated that ―understanding the reading text is far more important than knowing the mechanical skill of reading. without comprehension, reading would serve no purpose.‖ it means that understanding the text is very important to the students because reading is not merely about mechanical skills. therefore, understanding the book is not an easy thing, so that is why many students find difficulties in understanding the text. shalahuddin (1991) stated that ―interest is a concern that contains elements of feeling. it can motivate the students to be active in their job or their activity.‖ if the students' interest in reading, it will be easier for them to know what they read. motivation is one of the essential things to support the students' read the book or text. as brown points out, motivation includes factors such as the need for exploration, activity, stimulation, new knowledge, and ego enhancement. by giving motivation before the study can provide the students with such a new spirit to know about something by reading. this research was also previously conducted by salam (2018), who did her research in early junior high school with his research subjects in the eighth-grade academic year 2017/2018, where her research results showed that students' reading comprehension was still at an average level. the results show that in the identification section, students get an average value of 55, 75. in terms of describing 50.25 of the overall results, then after averaging, students get a value of 51. hence, researchers assume that the ability to write descriptive text students are still limited to average. other research was also conducted by dian (2019) at mandau junior high school in the academic year 2019/2020 to know students comprehending in reading descriptive text; she found that students' percentage of students' 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):265-273 268 difficulties in learning a graphic book in terms of the level of the document (reliability) was 75.14%. research method in this research, the researcher uses qualitative analysis. qualitative is to find the result and collected the data from the object of the study. in this study, the writer used descriptive qualitative research method to expose the result. place and purpose of the education the objective of this study was students' 11 th grade of sma swasta pencawan medan in the academic year 2019/2020. the researcher conducted in class xi mia -1 that consisted of 30 students. the instrument of collecting data in collecting data the writer used reading test with giving the form of a question of five descriptive texts. the researcher interview to ask students' difficulties in answering the test paper and reading test used by the writer to analyzed reading comprehension in reading. after giving a trial, the writer collects the data from the worksheet of students and then identification the paper answer and gives it score. the researcher interviewed the students who have difficulties in comprehending the descriptive text. the students answered the question with their own words, and there was no alternative answer from the researcher. the instruments used to support the research by collecting the data from teachers and students. the test will be an instruction to prepare some research procedures, as follow: 1) explained the material, 2) gave the reading test to the students, 3) collected the answer sheet, 4) conducts an interview. after conducting reading tests, the researcher analyzed the score of the reading test. the researcher then calculated the score of a reading test and changed into the percentage of students' scores. after giving the reading test, the writer interviewed the students. the results of the interviewed were analyzed to find students' problems in understanding english texts. to get the score of students,' the writer used arikunto’s formula. the researcher calculated the students’ reading test by using this formula: s = x 100 notes: s = score of the data analysis r = number of the correct answer t = total of item 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):265-273 269 in this step, the writer describes the students' score into some categorized brown theory states that to grading system can be classified into five categories, namely: excellent, very good, good, fair, weak, and very poor. score grade 90 – 100 excellent 80-89 very good 70-79 good 60 – 69 fair 50 – 59 poor less than 50 very poor according to best states that to calculating the test, it must be determined the value of the mean first. the calculating of the meaningful use of the formula below: m = where: m = mean = total score n = number of students findings the number of items test was ten items with multiple choice. when all scores were found, the writer gets only two students who got to score 80, which is the highest score. after finding out the data, the researcher combined with the kkm of the subject, which has a category of how the students to understand the text. the kkm of sma swastapencawan medan is 75. from the result, the researcher concludes how the students to answer the book. the data were shown below: table 1. the students’ score on reading test no students’ initial name score 1. am 20 2. as 70 3. cs 60 4. cb 70 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):265-273 270 5. das 40 6. em 50 7. ei 60 8. fa 50 9. ff 60 10. hf 30 11. it 50 12. lb 60 13. ls 70 14. nss 20 15. ps 70 16. re 10 17. rl 80 18. rat 70 19. rs 60 20. rar 60 21. sva 40 22. ss 50 23. sc 70 24. tgs 70 25. tas 60 26. td 30 27. ts 50 28. um 40 29. yf 80 30. ypa 40 total 1590 mean 53 table 2. students’ criteria no students’ initial name score criteria 1. am 20 very poor 2. as 70 good 3. cs 60 fair 4. cb 70 good 5. das 40 very poor 6. em 50 poor 7. ei 60 fair 8. fa 50 poor 9. ff 60 fair 10. hf 30 very poor 11. it 50 poor 12. lb 60 fair 13. ls 70 good 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):265-273 271 14. nss 20 very poor 15. ps 70 good 16. re 10 very poor 17. rl 80 very good 18. rat 70 good 19. rs 60 fair 20. rar 60 fair 21. sva 40 very poor 22. ss 50 poor 23. sc 70 good 24. tgs 70 good 25. tas 60 fair 26. td 30 very poor 27. ts 50 poor 28. um 40 very poor 29. yf 80 very good 30. ypa 40 very poor discussion this section presents the analysis based on the findings of the study. it concerned about students' difficulties and the factors causing the problems in understanding english reading descriptive text. the researcher identifies by analyzed worksheets and students’ answers. it is in line with kennedy‟s theory (1981). it is difficult to any, but the most thoroughly disciplines readers to concentrate on material 75 they dislike or that related to their interest. in his research, mahmud (2014) said that the most significant difficulty of high students in answering questions because top students do not have the skills and motivation to read. the researcher categorized the student‟s score into four categories using brown theory (2003) there is excellent, very good, good, fair, weak, and very poor. researchers provided the database on the result of students' scores, from the result show that there was 0 student or 0% who was categorized excellent. there were seven students or 23,3% who were classified as useful. there were seven students or 23,3% who were categorized as fair. there were five students or 16,7% who were categorized as weak. there were students 9 or 30% who were classified as very poor. freeman and long stated that a teacher is a subject in education who must transfer the knowledge to the students. most of the students' said their teacher's technique is not unusual, she does not give explicit instruction in teaching reading; he rarely uses media in teaching and cannot create exciting activity in learning. a similar opinion was also expressed by syakira (2016), who said that students are reading on the descriptive text in the average category. 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):265-273 272 in his research, he found students still had many difficulties in reading explanatory books. based on the data, the researchers found that some factors that make students' comprehension and difficulties in reading descriptive text are: the first factor of students' problems on reading a graphic book in eleventh-grade students' was the low vocabulary mastery. it happened to many students of xi mia – 2 in the academic year 2019/2020. the students did not understand the english text that the researcher gave. the students' lazy to bring a dictionary; they preferred to ask the teacher the meaning of the problematic word. also, thinking critically is the ability to reason in an organized way. this is an essential mental activity in comprehending a reading text because reading comprehension is an active process between the reader and the book. in the process, the reader needs to bring what he/she knows about the topic and related it to the information on the text. thinking critically make the students use their knowledge and intelligence effectively (caroll, 2004). the second factor is that the students’ that still use the textbook on their teaching-learning process. they did not have other books as references. the facilities such as in focus and speaker not available make them bored. having a reason to learn, of course, make the students are interested to learn. the teacher sometimes is monotonous, so that makes the students not interested in studying english. conclusion in this part the writer drew the following conclusion: the students of sma swasta pencawan medan, the result showed that there are three problems the students face in understanding english reading descriptive text that is 1) lack of students, interest 2) lazy to study english 3) lack of vocabulary mastery. references brown, h., d. (2003). reading on second language acquisition. new york: longman. carroll, r., t. (2004). critical thinking. retrieved in 2012, march, from http://www.scribd.com/doc/16426858/critical-thinking-ch1-drrobert todd-carroll. dian h.,n, (2019) an analysis of students’ difficulties in comprehending narrative text at senior high school 8 mandau. skripsi thesis, universitas islam negeri sultan syarif kasim riau. haryadi, p., & wennyta, n., f. (2018). an analysis of students’ ability in writing descriptive text at the tenth grade students of sman 11 jambi academic year.jelt: journal of english language teaching, 2(2) http://www.scribd.com/doc/16426858/critical-thinking-ch1-drrobert%20todd-carroll http://www.scribd.com/doc/16426858/critical-thinking-ch1-drrobert%20todd-carroll 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):265-273 273 kennedy, e,. c. (1981). the method of teaching development reading. washington: peacock publisher. moats, l., c. (2001). teaching reading is rocket science: what expert teachers of reading should know and be able to do. washington, dc: american federation of teachers. mahmud, m. (2014). the efl students’ problems in answering the test of english as a foreign language (toefl): a study in the indonesian context. theory and practice in language studies, 4(12): 2581 -258 nunan, d. (2003). practical english language teaching.new york: mcgraw – hill companies, inc. oberholzer, b. (2005). the relationship between reading difficulties and academic performance (submitted in part fu1fiiment of the requirements for the degree of m ed (ed. psych) in the department of educational psychology at the university of zululand, 2005). salam, r., s., 2018. analysis of students’ reading comprehension of descriptive text at seventh grade at smp pangeran antasari medan. stkip riama medan. shalahuddin. (1991). students motivation learning. washington dc : american federation siahaan, j. (2013). an analysis of students’ ability and difficulties in writing descriptive texts. bandung: alphabeta snow. (2010). reading comprehension for learning in harvard graduate school of education, cambridge journal (5) 5. syakira, a (2016). analysis of the students' reading comprehension in comprehending descriptive text. in journal surakarta kartawijaya sekolah tinggi sakti alam kerinci. woolley, g. (2011). teaching english. in australian journal of language and literacy, 33 (2), 108-125. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 5 nomor 2, januari-juni 2022 e-issn : 2597-3819 p-issn : 2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v5i2.3309 216 the use of vocabulary learning strategy by undergraduate students arpinda syifa’a awalin uin sayyid ali rahmatullah arfindasyifa@gmail.com submit, 09-01-2022 accepted, 29-06-2022 publish, 30-06-2022 abstract this research investigates the vocabulary learning strategies used by undergraduate students with high proficiency in vocabulary. the data was gained from questionnaires. in addition, the result showed that undergraduate students with high proficiency in the vocabulary used different vocabulary learning strategies based on their interests, according to three kinds of vocabulary learning strategies (i.e., discovery, social, and consolidate strategy). using these strategies, language learners can quickly learn or memorize the vocabulary. based on the study, it can be concluded that students with high proficiency in vocabulary use monolingual and bilingual dictionaries to help them learn vocabulary. the monolingual and bilingual dictionary represents the discovery strategy. for social strategy, they ask english teachers and communicate with a native speaker to help them learn vocabulary quickly. for the last strategy consolidation, they take notes, make word lists, and use english media. keywords: undergraduate students, vocabulary learning strategy introduction language learners should master vocabulary. fan (2020) language as a tool to help the users in engaging relationships with each other. in addition, language, especially english as international language, should be mastered by the people who want to be accepted in the international world. it is also used in multilingual contexts for communication among non-native speakers (nns) tan among its native speaker (vodopija-krstanović & marinac, 2019). that is why people should learn about the english component to support them in speaking or using english in daily activities. since english is used in most majors in the world, such as politics, economics, and education, in learning english, the language learners should pay https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v5i2.3309 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):216-223 217 attention to fundamental english components such as vocabulary, grammar, and pronunciation to achieve a higher level of english. based on the previous paragraph, language learners should be mastered vocabulary. fan (2020)states that vocabulary teaching has not yet been established in the field, and most language teachers are unaware of the importance of vocabulary in establishing tremendous communication benefits. it is suitable if vocabulary is one of the most crucial components of studying vocabulary because it may enhance four english skills. aside from that, vocabulary can help us communicate and learn. the most commonly held opinion in foreign language teaching is that foreign language learners are more successful than others. one explanation is that successful learners are more creative in engaging the function of language acquisition in exciting ways, such as by experimenting with more effective tactics (anderson, 2005). successful foreign learners often understand how to acquire the basics and meanings of many foreign words, memorize and retain them, and utilize them in suitable contexts and situations. according to ahmed (1989), practical esl students can employ many of the learning methods regularly, whereas less successful learners use fewer strategies and use them seldom. furthermore, we understand that vocabulary plays a massive part in language acquisition. typically, esl students employ an approach to motivate them to acquire vocabulary. the vocabulary learning approach refers to a strategy that is commonly used to acquire vocabulary. foreign language learners select or employ this method based on habit. in that situation, students will discover a proper technique to assist them in acquiring language. catalan (2003) argued that information about the step (processes of the strategy) utilized in order to acquire vocabulary as well as the function by students is knowledge about the vocabulary learning strategy (vls). there are four functions: finding out the meaning of new words, memorizing them in long-term memory, remembering them, and using them. based on the pre-observation, the researcher found that not all the undergraduate students memorized and recognized vocabulary during speaking class. since the learners are not english majors, the researcher wants to investigate the students gaining vocabulary through vocabulary learning strategy. concerning the problem above, the current study will investigate the vocabulary learning strategy used by undergraduate students. this study will give advantages for the reader who wants to train their vocabulary ability by using one of these strategies. since there are many kinds of vls that might be, they can use, using one of the strategies can help them memorize or understand new vocabulary faster. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):216-223 218 literature review there is one thing that can help someone communicates with other people. it is vocabulary, often known as words that people should employ in order to communicate appropriately. there are two kinds of words or vocabulary: vocabulary in speaking (expressive vocabulary) and vocabulary in listening (receptive vocabulary). according to moats (2005), vocabulary is the number of words with meanings that let individuals declare, infer, and grasp what people assume and opinions. furthermore, burns (1972) in sihotang & afriazi (2017) defines vocabulary as the collection of words employed by a person or class. aside from speech, one element that might help us communicate successfully is body language. vocabulary is sometimes the "basic" or "essential" aspect of learning english. according to zimmerman, as described in coady and huckin (1998), vocabulary is the foundation of language and plays a critical role in conventional language learning. in addition, vocabulary classifies into several types. the vocabulary of hammer (1991) is split into two groups. the first of those is the one the pupils have been taught, and it is predicted that they will be able to utilize it. meanwhile, the second relates to terms pupils will recognize when encountering them but will most likely be unable to pronounce. it is referred to as direct and indirect vocabulary. several experts categorize vocabulary into two types: productive and receptive vocabulary, also known as recognition vocabulary, is a set of words that individuals use to generate meanings when hearing and reading. those words are unknown to the kids, and they rarely use them. meanwhile, productive vocabulary is described as a collection of words that individuals may employ when speaking and writing. those are terms that are well-known and often used. in helping the esl students to memorize the vocabulary, vocabulary learning strategies take part in this case. in terms of vocabulary acquisition methods, catalan (2003) suggested a definition for vocabulary learning strategy (vls) as knowledge of the steps (processes of the strategy) utilized to acquire vocabulary as well as the role performed by students. according to the preceding statements, a vocabulary learning strategy is any combination of approaches, including actions or mental processes that learners use to enhance their english vocabulary acquisition and increase their vocabulary size. meanwhile, nie (2017), a vocabulary acquisition technique must meet four characteristics. before determining a particular strategy, associating various options indicates some strategies to be picked. second, the requirement for a complicated process implies that some processes must be taught. third, comprehension is required, as does practice. fourth, discover the value of language study and application. schmitt (1997) develops a comprehensive inventory of vocabulary learning strategies. he divides the strategy into two groups: discovery strategy and consolidation strategy. discover strategy consists of 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):216-223 219 determination and social strategy, while consolidation strategies involve social, cognitive, metacognitive, and memory strategies. to make it clear, schmitt's taxonomy classifies vocabulary learning strategies. there are two main strategies; discover strategy and consolidation strategy, and each strategy is divided into sub-strategy. for discovery, the strategy consists of determination and social strategies. meanwhile, the consolidation strategy consists of social, memory, cognitive, and metacognitive strategies. the first type is the discovery strategy, used to infer the meaning of the unknown words. it is also classified into two strategies; (1) discoverydetermination is a strategy that the learner uses to determine its meaning by guessing from their structural knowledge of the language, guessing from l1 cognate, guessing from the content, using reference material (e.g., dictionary), (2) discovery-social is a strategy used by the learner to determine new words by asking some for help (e.g., asking the teacher for an l1 translation, asking a classmate for meaning and discovering meaning through a group work activity) the second type is consolidation strategy, according to schmitt (1997), which is a strategy used to combine the new words. there are four types of this strategy; (1) consolidation-social is an approach for determining new words by including cooperative group learning in which learners study and practice the new meaning of new words in a group setting (e.g., practice and study new words in a group and interact with native speakers), (2), consolidation-memory consists of previous study helping relate new words to presented knowledge system (e.g., imaging word form, and connecting words to a personal experience), (3) consolidation-cognitive, this strategy has a similar definition with consolidation-memory strategy but is it not focused on manipulating rational processing. they included repetition and the use of mechanical means. (e.g., taking notes, flash notes, and words list), and (4) consolidation-metacognitive is a strategy used by students to control and evaluate their learning by having a summary of the learning process in general (e.g., test oneself with word tests, and use of target language media.) research method this study's design is descriptive and qualitative. descriptive research entails documenting and evaluating the nature and occurrence as they exist at the time of the investigation. furthermore, they suggested that descriptive research studies be conducted to gather information about the existing phenomenon of "the usage of vocabulary acquisition approach by junior high school." then, it may be reduced to a study that depicts a natural phenomenon. the researcher saw and described the event on this occasion. a descriptive qualitative study is a research that relies on the gathering of qualitative data as well as non-numerical data such as words and pictures. it entails gathering information through descriptive qualitative 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):216-223 220 research while observing, perceiving, and comprehending what occurred in the classroom. for gaining the data, the researcher chooses the undergraduate students who do not belong to english major of one of university in tulungagung. the subject of this study is 12 students who have high proficiency in vocabulary. thus, the researcher wants to know what strategies students with high proficiency in vocabulary use. the researcher chose purposeful sampling to pick the subject of the study. these samples are obtained through the use of a test and the questioning of an english teacher. the researcher picked this method to differentiate and identify pupils with large and limited vocabulary by utilizing a test adapted by paul nation. while speaking with the english teacher, the researcher sought to validate the kids with huge classes. the researcher used a questionnaire and a test to collect data. a questionnaire was utilized to learn about the students' vocabulary acquisition strategies, and a test was used to define the subject. the vocabulary exam kicked off the data collection process. in order to decide the topics, first ascertain the students' scores following the completion of the exam and the researcher's knowledge of the subjects. she began distributing questionnaires to the pupils. finding the first result highlighted the vocabulary learning approach employed by undergraduate students who have a high level of vocabulary competence. the strategies were classified into three types: determination strategies, social strategies, and consolidation strategies. they employ these strategies to encourage them inappropriately learn vocabulary. the table below shows undergraduate students with high proficiency in vocabulary strategies. the table is divided into two columns; the first is the main strategy and the second is chosen strategies. they use main strategies: discovery, social, and consolidation. in addition, each strategy has a different chosen strategy that the student chose. as shown in table 1, bilingual and monolingual dictionaries are the strategies students choose to help them learn vocabulary. in this case, using bilingual and monolingual dictionaries represent the discovery strategy. a bilingual dictionary is a specialized dictionary used to translate words or phrases from one language to another. in contrast, a monolingual dictionary provides a translation or explanation using another language you are familiar with, usually your native language. the following strategy is social strategy. students' chosen strategies to help them learn vocabulary are asking english teachers to translate the new words' meanings and communicating with native speakers. the last main strategy is the consolidation strategy. junior high students with large vocabulary sizes take notes in class to help 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):216-223 221 them learn vocabulary. besides taking notes, they also use word lists and english media to help them learn vocabulary. meanwhile, taking notes in class, using word lists, and using english media represent consolidation strategy. thus, undergraduate students with high proficiency in vocabulary use and learning strategies to help them learn vocabulary. they use all main strategies, discovery, social, and consolidation. nevertheless, each of them has a different chosen strategy that students use. the first strategy is the discovery strategy. they use bilingual and monolingual dictionaries to help them in learning vocabulary. second, social strategy is represented by asking english-teacher to translate the new words' meaning and communicating with native speakers to help them in their learning strategy. the last strategy is the consolidation strategy. it is represented by taking notes in class, using word lists, and using english media. table 1. vocabulary strategy used by students who have large vocabulary size. main strategy chosen strategy discover strategy use bilingual dictionary use monolingual dictionary social strategy ask english-teacher to translate the meaning communicate with a native speaker consolidation strategy take notes in class word lists using english media the current study discovered a vocabulary learning approach adopted by undergraduate students. furthermore, maría & catalán ( 2003) argued that information about the step (processes of the strategy) utilized in order to acquire vocabulary as well as the function by students is knowledge about the vocabulary learning strategy (vls). meanwhile, schmitt (1997) develops a comprehensive inventory of vocabulary learning strategies. he divides the strategy into two groups: discovery strategy and consolidation strategy. discover strategy consists of determination and social strategy, while consolidation strategies involve social, cognitive, metacognitive, and memory strategies. in this case, vocabulary learning strategy is the process of learning vocabulary quickly. by using some aspects of both strategies, students use these strategies to help them in learning vocabulary. thus, this part will be elaborated on what aspects of vocabulary learning are used by junior high school students with large and small vocabulary sizes and why they use these aspects to help them learn vocabulary. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):216-223 222 discussion according to the result, the vocabulary learning strategy can be used by undergraduate students with high proficiency in vocabulary. each aspect represents vocabulary learning strategy; discovery strategy, social strategy, and consolidation strategy(schmitt, 2008). for instance, the students can use the aspects they use to help them learn vocabulary and improve their ability in vocabulary (gu & johnson, 1996) since vocabulary learning strategy benefits everyone curious about the particular terms. meanwhile, students with high proficiency in vocabulary use specific strategies to help them learn vocabulary; bilingual dictionaries and monolingual dictionaries in learning vocabulary. these aspects represent the discovery strategy. for the next aspect of social strategy, they ask english teachers. they communicate with native speakers to help them learn vocabulary, and the last strategy is consolidation, represented by taking notes, making word lists, and using english media. the students use those consolidation aspects. meanwhile, it is different from the strategy used by students with high proficiency in vocabulary. according to schmitt (1997), these characteristics are already contained in a thorough inventory of vocabulary acquisition strategies, which he has already split into two groups. it demonstrates that esl students with varying degrees of learning experience and skill must have some information about language learning, which influences their approach to language learning as well as their expectations about learning tactics and the outcomes of their efforts (gu & johnson, 1996) conclusion the vocabulary learning strategy employed by undergraduate students in this study might help students acquire vocabulary more quickly. students previously picked each technique with a high level of vocabulary competency, which assists learners in acquiring vocabulary. there are three basic strategies (discovery strategy, social strategy, and consolidation strategy), each with various components. the students with high proficiency in vocabulary apply monolingual and bilingual dictionaries to help them learn vocabulary. the monolingual and bilingual dictionary represents the discovery strategy. for social strategy, they ask english teachers and communicate with a native speaker to help them learn vocabulary quickly. for the last strategy consolidation, they take notes, make word lists and use english media. all of the aspects already have been divided into the main vocabulary that students use to help them learn. junior high school students use seven aspects of vocabulary strategy with an extensive vocabulary. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):216-223 223 references. ahmed, m. o. 1989. vocabulary learning strategies. in p. meara, (ed.) beyond words (pp. 3–14). london: british association for applied linguistics, in association with the centre for information on language teaching and research. cohen, a. 2011. strategies in learning and using a second language (2nd edition). harlow, uk: longman cohen, l., et al. 2007. research methods in education. new york, routledge. fan, n. (2020). strategy use in second language vocabulary learning and its relationships with the breadth and depth of vocabulary knowledge: a structural equation modeling study. frontiers in psychology, 11. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.00752 gu, y. 2002. gender, academic major, and vocabulary learning strategies of chinese efl learners. regional english language centre journal, 33(1), (pp. 35). gu, y., & johnson, r. k. (1996). vocabulary learning strategies and language learning outcomes. in language learning (vol. 46). gu, y., & johnson, r. k. 1996. vocabulary learning strategies and language learning outcomes. language learning, 46(4), 643-679. harmer, j. 1991. the practice of english language teaching. london: longman. maría, r., & catalán, j. (2003). differences in l2 vocabulary learning strategies. in international journal of applied linguistics (vol. 13, issue 1). medani, o., & ahmed, m. a. (1988.). vocabulary learning strategies: a case study of/sudanese learners of english. nie, y. (2017). a study of vocabulary learning strategies used by excellent english learners. 101–106. https://doi.org/10.24104/rmhe/2017.04.02010 schmitt, n. (2008). instructed second language vocabulary learning. in language teaching research (vol. 12, issue 3, pp. 329–363). https://doi.org/10.1177/1362168808089921 schmitt, n., & mccarthy, m. (eds). 1997. vocabulary, description, acquisition, and pedagogy: vocabulary learning strategies. cambridge: cambridge university press. scrivener, j. 1994. vocabulary. in learning teaching. oxford: macmillan/heinemann. vodopija-krstanović, i., & marinac, m. (2019). english as an international language and english language teaching: the theory vs. practice divide. iranian journal of language teaching research, 7(2), 19–38. https://doi.org/10.24104/rmhe/2017.04.02010 linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 6 nomor 1, juli-desember 2022 e-issn : 2597-3819 p-issn : 2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v6i1.4365 12 the effect of toefl preparation course on efl undergraduate students’ toefl scores nita kaniadewi1 university of muhammadiyah prof. dr. hamka1 dinda ismu asyifa2 university putra malaysia2 dindadia271@gmail.com2 submit, 20-08-2022 accepted, 17-12-2022 publish, 22-12-2022 abstract this study aimed to determine the effectiveness of the toefl preparation course on students' toefl scores. the method of this research was quantitative experimental research. 80 efl students from various study programs in the faculty of teacher training and education, university of muhammadiyah prof. dr. hamka, participated in this study. before conducting the preparation program, the students took a toefl pre-test. after that, they took a toefl preparation class for seven meetings. the toefl post-test was used to see participants' scores after the preparation course. this research revealed that the students’ scores increased from the previous pre-test. thus, toefl preparation classes significantly improve students' toefl scores and are therefore recommended for students who want to take the toefl test. keywords: efl students, toefl, toefl preparation, toefl score introduction english is an important language since it is used for international communication, not to mention for indonesian students, especially students in higher education. one of the english tests to measure students’ english proficiency is the toefl (test of english as a foreign language). according to smart (2019), this test measures english language skills. this test has been developed by educational testing services (ets) since 1962. this test assesses english language proficiency in terms of communication competence, namely four skill areas: 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):12-20 13 reading, writing, speaking, and listening. this test has been accepted at universities in many other countries. however, the toefl test is a university entry requirement, especially for international students. asides that, toefl test is usually used by some agencies such as government agencies, business agencies, and scholarships. in addition, this test is used by several universities in indonesia as one of the graduation requirements. despite the importance of the toefl, especially for students in higher education, some scholars state that undergraduate students face difficulties in answering the test. halim (2018) said four challenges faced by efl students in higher education in the indonesian context. students’ basic english skills are limited, and they are not used to english because they need to realize its importance. even though students have already learned english for many years, they still have to adjust to the toefl test because this test is something new for them. less practice is the next difficulty faced by efl students. students thought they still needed more practice to get used to the questions on the toefl test. moreover, they need help managing their time during the test. next is less motivation; this is an important aspect. many students take the toefl test only for graduation requirements. this affected their success in the toefl test because they were not motivated to practice english other than as a requirement for their graduation. last is students' differences. students have different backgrounds where they have different gender, ages, race, etc. in halim’s research (2018), some students stated that their local language could affect their english abilities in answering the toefl test. rahman (2021) said that students faced difficulties in answering toefl tests, namely limited basic english skills, lack of practice, and lack of motivation in learning toefl tests. the common challenges efl students face are less practice, limited basic english skills, lack of motivation, and students' various backgrounds. considering these facts, students still need a program such as preparation or a course to enhance their english skills to answer the toefl test better. on halim (2018), it is stated students needed toefl preparation classes because the classes got them used to practice toefl questions. also, the classes gave them tips and tricks to answer the questions. toefl preparation program is important for undergraduate students. this course increases students' knowledge about toefl and makes them familiar with the test questions; therefore, they will be more skillful in answering the test. on sudrajat's (2018) research, 86.6% of students had a positive attitude toward the toefl preparation course. in addition, it can be trusted that course preparation can help them learn english grammar effectively and master english grammar competencies effectively. in addition, toefl preparation can increase their confidence, motivation, and attitude, especially in understanding english grammar, 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):12-20 14 which focuses on the structure and material of expression. it can be said that toefl preparation is essential. another expert stated that the effectiveness of toefl preparation is from pranoto's research (2020) which noted that preparation is an excellent step to becoming mentally fit and skilled. pranoto conducted an experimental study on the effectiveness of toefl preparation for reading skills and mastery of structure. preparation is needed to help students at the pre-intermediate level of english, especially for reading and english structure. this is important for students' english readiness for higher education levels. however, the results showed a positive effect of the toefl preparation program on reading skills. thus, the toefl preparation program is essential for students to join to improve their english skills. in addition, it can increase students' motivation, confidence, and attitude in english lessons. some scholars ever stated the effectiveness of toefl preparation. for example, pranoto's (2020) research conducted experimental research on the toefl preparation program's effectiveness on reading skill and structure skills. in contrast, he only saw the effect of toefl preparation on reading and structure and did not see the effect on all skills. it is as same as simanjuntak's (2018) research which only measures reading skills. another study from djamereng (2021) conducted experimental research on the effectiveness of the toefl practicum class. this program was held for six meetings to learn toefl skills (structure, reading, and listening). the result of the research stated that there is a creation of students' scores after toefl practicum class treatment. there are differences from previous research, which in this research, researchers measure all of the skills (listening, structure, and reading). it is different from pranoto’s (2020) research. in addition, this research has more meetings and time in the preparation program, whereas in the treatment phase, there are seven meetings, and it has 90 minutes for a meeting. this is different from djamereng’s (2021) research. it is expected that if the preparation time is longer, students will understand toefl better. from the background above, it can be concluded that the toefl test is essential to measure students' english proficiency. many students take toefl tests for reasons such as graduation and scholarship purposes. in contrast, they still face some problems in answering the toefl test. therefore, the toefl preparation program is needed for university students to overcome their problems in toefl and increase their toefl scores. some scholars even researched the toefl preparation program. in this study, the treatment was longer, and this study measured all of the toefl skills (listening, structure, and reading). therefore, this research investigates the effectiveness of the toefl preparation course in improving students’ toefl scores as the question for this research 1). is the toefl preparation course effective in increasing students' toefl scores? 2). is 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):12-20 15 there any significant difference in the student's toefl score after the toefl preparation course is carried out? literature review some scholars ever researched the effectiveness of the toefl preparation program. simanjuntak (2018) investigated the effectiveness of toefl preparation, especially for reading skills. it was an experimental class. thirty undergraduate students joined this study. after receiving treatment, such as reading lessons, they got the reading test. the instrument used for this research was the toefl sample reading test version which the item number was 50 questions and the time was 60 minutes. thus, the result stated that the effect of toefl preparation on the performance of reading scores was more visible. however, this study only sees the effect of toefl preparation on reading skills. it is the same as pranoto (2020), which conducted experimental research on the toefl preparation effect on reading and structure skills for senior high school students who would continue their studies to college. toefl preparation was needed for their english preparation in university. this study used a one-group experiment design. the participants of this research were all third-grade students in senior high school. the students took a pre-test before they got treatment. the toefl preparation program had five days (including pre-test, treatment, and post-test). the result stated that the positive effect of toefl preparation only affected reading skills. meanwhile, djamereng (2021) conducted toefl preparation experiment research for all skills. this study used experimental research, and pre-test and post-test were used as the research design. however, the sample used for this research was 64 undergraduate students from english and literature major. this study has three stages: preparation, implementation, and evaluation. thus, this study has six meetings of preparation class, in which students were taught how to answer reading, listening, and structure questions properly. according to the pre-test and post-test results, it can be seen that there was an increase in students' toefl scores after getting treatment. to conclude, some scholars have conducted previous research related to toefl preparation. some of them only measure certain skills, such as reading and structure. however, all skills should be measured to see the effectiveness of toefl preparation. in addition, a longer preparation time and meeting are needed to make students understand better. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):12-20 16 research method this research used a quantitative method. based on gay (2010), the quantitative method is used to collect numerical analysis data and then analyze it statistically. the researcher used pre-experimental research by applying a onegroup pre-test/post-test design. there is only one group that got treatment in this design. the group took a pre-test, then was given some treatment, and finally got a post-test. this research also used only one group of undergraduate students. they got a pre-test for the toefl test, and they were enrolled in a toefl preparation course. finally, after the course, a post-test was given to see how effective the treatment was. the treatment was held from the beginning of march 2022 until the middle of april 2022. this course was held in seven meetings, each 90 minutes long. the instructors for the course were lecturers from the english department of uhamka. the materials taught in the course were the listening section in two meetings, the structure and written expression section in two meetings, and the reading comprehension section in two meetings. the last meeting was a review session in which the students reviewed the toefl materials from all three sections. the data (pre-test and post-test results) was analyzed using spss ver 25. the researcher analyzed the normality tests and paired t-tests to answer the research questions. the hypothesis for the research are; ho: there is no effect of the toefl preparation course on students' toefl scores ha: there is an effect of the toefl preparation course on students' toefl scores. the total number of participants in this research was 80 undergraduate students from the university of muhammadiyah prof. dr. hamka jakarta, indonesia. however, this was a small number of participants due to the number of participants being less than 100. in addition, the students were divided into five classes (there were 16 students in one class) because the class was not overloaded, and the learning activities were more effective for students. the researcher used purposive sampling and took 80 undergraduate students. the participants came from various background majors in the faculty of teacher training and education. here is the table of participants; 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):12-20 17 this research instrument was adopted from baron's book (2000). this is a toefl book that contains models of the toefl test. the pre-test and post-test instruments included three sections. the first section was listening comprehension (50 items), the second was structure and written expression (40 items), and the last was reading comprehension (50 items). therefore, there were 140 items in total used for each pre-test and post-test. in the beginning, participants were given toefl test for the pre-test. after that, they got a toefl preparation course for seven meetings. two meetings were for preparing the listening section, two for structure and written expression, two for reading comprehension, and one for reviewing the materials given. in addition, the course was held for 90 minutes in a meeting. the instructors of this course were the english lecturers from the english department of uhamka (university of muhammadiyah prof. dr. hamka). after the researcher got the data (participants’ pre-test and post-test scores), the data was analyzed. the researcher did a normality test of the pre-test and post-test scores using shapirowilk. then, the researcher did a t-test to see the significant differences between the pre-test and post-test scores and how the toefl preparation course affected the participants’ toefl scores. finding this section explains the result and findings of this research. it covers normality tests and t-test statistics to answer the research questions. table 1.1: research participants frequency gender male 11 female 69 total 80 age 20 36 21 29 22 12 23 1 25 2 total 80 major primary school education 24 mathematics education 15 early childhood education 6 history education 2 biology education 1 economy education 3 english education 11 physic education 3 guidance and counselling 6 geography education 4 indonesian education 5 total 80 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):12-20 18 normality test the researcher used the shapiro-wilk normality test due to the participants being only 80, which was a small number of participants (<100). the result showed that sig. > .05 in which pre-test sig. 0.13 and post-test sig. .011. it means that the pre-test and post-test scores used in this research had a normal distribution. t-test statistics table 1.2 shows that the mean pre-test score was 413.33, and the post-test was 438.36. it can be seen that there was an increase in the mean between the pretest and the post-test scores. table 1.3: paired t-test paired differences t df sig. (2tailed) mean std. deviation std. error mean 95% confidence interval of the difference lower upper pair 1 pre-test posttest -25.038 23.997 2.683 -30.378 -19.697 -9.332 79 .000 table 1.3 shows the calculation by using spss ver 25. this result showed that paired sample test or t-test was used to see the significant difference between the pre-test and post-test scores. from the table above, the p-value or sig. (2-tailed) < .05 or .000 < .05. it means that h0 was rejected and ha was accepted; in other words, there was a significant difference between participants' pre-test and post-test scores. from the table above, it could be concluded that the toefl preparation class effectively increased students' toefl scores. it can be seen from the participants' mean scores that there were differences between their pre-test and post table 1.2: tests of normality shapiro-wilk statistic df sig. pre-test .960 80 .013 post-test .959 80 .011 table 1.2: paired samples statistics mean n pair 1 pre-test 413.33 80 post-test 438.36 80 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):12-20 19 test mean. the post-test mean was higher than the pre-test means. in addition, the researcher also analyzed using paired t-tests to see a significant difference between students’ pre-test and post-test scores on students’ toefl tests. from the result of the t-test, it can be seen that there was a significant difference in students’ toefl scores after the toefl preparation course was carried out. discussion from the data analysis, it can be stated that each instrument used for the pretest and post-test has a normal distribution. the researcher has done the normality test using shapiro-wilk due to the small number of participants. the normality test showed that students' pre-test results were .013>.05 and students' post-test results were .011>.05, which, if sig. is higher than .05, means that the data has a normal distribution. in addition, the result of this research stated that the toefl preparation class effectively increases students' toefl scores. this is approved by the different mean results, in which the participants' pre-test mean 413.33, and the post-test mean was 438.36. furthermore, it could be proved by the significant difference between students' pre-test and post-test. the research used a t-test, in which the result was the p-value or sig. (2-tailed) <.05 or .000 <.05, which means that there is a significant difference in students’ toefl scores after the toefl preparation course was carried out. this result is the same as the result of the previous studies by djamereng (2021). the sig two-tailed values are 0,000 < 0.025. it means there were differences in the values before and after learning, which the toefl preparation program can improve students' scores. moreover, this research resulted in the same as suryani's (2021), which stated that the toefl preparation program conducted online had a significant effect on students' toefl scores where the result stated that the sig value. (2-tailed) was 0.008 ˂ 0.05. it means there was a significant effect on students' toefl scores after they got toefl preparation online as the treatment. conclusions the finding of this result showed that the toefl preparation test has a significant effect on increasing students' toefl scores. this was proven by the ttest result, which is p-value or sig. (2-tailed) < .05 or .000 < .05. it means that h0 was rejected and ha was accepted; in other words, there was a significant difference between participants' pre-test and post-test scores. this proved that students must be more prepared before the final test to improve their toefl scores. from this research, the researcher suggested that toefl preparation courses should be conducted for a longer duration, not only 90 minutes for each meeting, since it is proven to positively affect students' toefl scores. this statement is supported by masfufah (2018), an undergraduate student who 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):12-20 20 suggested that the toefl preparation course should be held for 120 minutes in a meeting. it is expected that take a longer duration in a meeting. the result would even be a lot better. references djamereng, j., & yusuf, f. (2021). the implementation of the toefl practicum class toward the result of students' toefl scores in english and literature department. 1(2). halim, n., & ardiningtyas, s. y. (2018). difficulties faced by the students in answering toefl test questions. eternal (english, teaching, learning, and research journal), 4(2), 219. https://doi.org/10.24252/eternal.v42.2018.a7 masfufah, s. (2018). indonesian college students' perception of toefl preparation class. edulite: journal of english education, literature and culture, 3(1), 66–78. pranoto, y. h. (2020). the effects of the toefl preparation program. journal of english teaching adi buana, 05(01), 77–88. rahman, i. f., islam, u., & alauddin, n. (2021). the analysis of students' difficulties in accomplishing toefl minimum score as the final requirement. eternal (english, teaching, learning, and research journal), 7(2), 359– 373. simanjuntak, a. e. w. (2018). the effect of test preparation toefl reading tests. globish: an english-indonesian journal for english, education, and culture, 7(2). https://doi.org/10.31000/globish.v7i1.844 smart, j. (2019). affordances of toefl writing tasks beyond university admissions. assessing writing, 41(june), 80–83. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asw.2019.06.006 sudrajat, w. n. a., & astuti, e. r. (2018). students’ perceptions of the use of toefl preparation online course on the test performance: the case of toefl structure and written expression test. humaniora, 9(3), 275. https://doi.org/10.21512/humaniora.v9i3.4807 suryani, n. y. (2021). the effectiveness of virtual classroom in toefl preparation. acitya: journal of teaching and education, 3(2), 198–209. https://doi.org/10.30650/ajte.v3i2.2199 linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 5 nomor 2, januari-juni 2022 e-issn : 2597-3819 p-issn : 2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v5i2.3801 207 students’ english learning style in lubuklinggau yulfi 1 universitas pgri silampari, lubuklinggau syaprizal 2 universitas pgri silampari, lubuklinggau yulfipatmo@gmail.com1 submit, 14-05-2022 accepted, 26-06-2022 publish, 28-06-2022 abstract this research aimed to explain the students' english learning style of eighth-grade students of mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau. the method applied in this research was the descriptive quantitative method. all the eighth-grade students of mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau in the academic year of 2018/2019 were this research's subject. the population was 244 students. whiles sample of this research was taken by using simple random sampling. there were 30 students in class viii as the sample result. to get the data, the researcher used a questionnaire and interview. the data were analyzed by describing students' answers and dividing students' english learning styles into three categories: 1) visual learning style, 2) auditory learning style, and 3) kinesthetic learning style. based on the result of data analysis, the researchers found that: 1) 10 (33.33%) students as visual learners, 2) 13 (43.33%) students as auditory learners, and 3) 7 (23.33%%) students as kinesthetic learners. in conclusion, the auditory learning style was the most frequently used style by the students. whereas the least frequently learning style used by viii.6 class of mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau was kinesthetic. keywords: english, learning style, students. introduction students have different levels of motivation, different attitudes about teaching and learning, and different responses to specific classroom environments and instructional practices. consequently, each student has a different way of perceiving or acquiring information from the learning process. how a student chooses the learning process is based on her/learning style. learning style is how each learner begins concentrating on, processing, absorbing, and retaining new and challenging information. the interaction of these https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v5i2.3801 mailto:yulfipatmo@gmail.com 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):207-215 208 elements occurs differently in everyone. therefore, it is necessary to determine what is most likely to trigger each student's concentration, how to maintain it, and how to respond to his or her natural processing style to produce long-term memory and retention. english teachers at mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau stated that they still find problems applying appropriate teaching methods in english subjects. each student has a different character and different school background as well. some elementary schools include english as a subject, and some do not learn english subjects. the teacher does not yet know each student's learning styles because all students could not show and improve their learning styles in the teaching-learning process. since learning style has a vital role in the learning process, the teacher needs to know the various learning styles because the importance of variation in students' learning styles can help the teacher become aware of accommodating students' learning styles. thus, all students can succeed in their learning process by their learning style. there is some significance to knowing learning style. firstly, for the students, by knowing their learning style, they can raise awareness of their learning style preferences and use them to improve their ability. secondly, it can encourage students to expand their learning style repertoire. lastly, it can help students know each other and foster respect for and awareness of diversity in learning styles. meanwhile, knowing the teacher's learning style can contribute to choosing the best teaching and learning method. of course, it can boost the learning activity in the classroom. for that, the researchers were interested in doing research that described the learning style of students in english subjects in mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau. the reason was why the researcher chose the school as the place of the research because the school has a high enough interest. mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau was one of the most qualified islamic junior high schools in lubuklinggau. this school can be noted as an old school still developing significantly and remains a famous school now. based on the information from the vice principal in the academic field of mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau, compared to other junior high school that has been built earlier, the students of mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau are average and more competent in learning. they can compete tightly in getting achievement to the other students of other company researches used research that bold learning style as the research topic. berlianda and indriani (2020) analyzed about learning style of efl students in online speaking classes. they gave focus on how students' learning styles in learning speaking. it was found that the most learning style suitable in speaking class was auditory. in comparison, ida and maksum (2020) investigated the contribution of learning style, learning creativity, and exploratory interest to 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):207-215 209 students' simulation and digital communication learning outcomes during the covid-19 pandemic. they can prove that there was a contribution among them. based on the background described above, the research problem was “what were the students' english learning styles at the eighth-grade students of mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau?" this research was focused on analyzing the types of learning styles used by the students in learning english. besides that, finding the effect of students' learning styles and their english achievement will also be analyzed. consequently, this research aimed to determine the eight-grade students' english learning styles of mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau. literature review zagoto et al. (2019) define learning style as an approach that shows how a student learns and how she/he learns, which concentrates on the process, and mastered complex and new information through different views. it is individual to others, so one another will have a different learning styles. this is also a characteristic of students' cognitive and psycho-social behavior in the learning process (wang et al., 2020). every student has different learning styles that are not the same as others, depending on age, learning achievement, and experience (huang, 2019). learning style is divided into four types (fleming and bonwell, 2019). these are visual style, auditory style, writing and speaking, and kinesthetic style. the first is visual learners. it prefers to learn by seeing. students have good visual recall and prefer information to be presented visually, in the form of diagrams, graphs, maps, posters, and displays, for example. visual students will assimilate the lesson through picture descriptions because they have high affectability in remembering. shah in hermini (2021) explains that visual learners prefer using symbolic devices such as diagrams, graphs, flow charts, and models representing printed information. the second type of learning style is auditory learners. students with this learning style prefer to learn by listening. they tend to have the best way of lectures and recalling things they said before. while reading and writing, learners prefer to require knowledge and information shown as words and text. they frequently perform well in lectures, requiring point-by-point notes of everything the teacher says. furthermore, their note-taking improves their quality because it helps strengthen their learning. the last is kinesthetic learners. they prefer to learn by doing. they are good at recalling events and associate feelings or physical experiences with memory. they enjoy physical activity, field trips, manipulating objects, and other practical, first-hand experiences. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):207-215 210 helena & sreenidhi (2017) stated that all the three learning styles have their own set of characteristics below: 1) visual learners, individuals who prefer this learning style are those who learn through seeing things. they prefer to see information & instructions and may forget information that has only been heard, (2) auditory learners may struggle to understand a chapter they have read but then experience a complete understanding as they listen to the class lecture; and 3) kinesthetic learner, students who have a predominantly kinesthetic learning style are thought to be natural discovery learners. they prefer learning by doing instead of having thought before initiating action. characteristics of learning styles possessed by learners are one of the models that influence learning processing and communication. similarly, if the student knows the characteristics of his learning style, then the student will be easy to motivate himself to learn. students must use the learning style optimally to achieve effective results (wahab and nuraeni, 2020). in addition, learning style is one of the supports for achieving student learning performance (alberta et al.: 2021). research method this research applied the descriptive quantitative method. it is used to observe a specific population or sample, and the data collection is numerical and analyzed statistically. descriptive research is used to identify and explain students' english learning styles. the study took place at mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau. the research population was all the eighth-grade students, consisting of 8 classes, with the total number of the students being 2ts. moreover, viii.6, with students total number of 30, became the research sample, which was chosen using a simple random method. in collecting data, two instruments were used. they were questionnaires and interviews. in this research, the questionnaire contains 12 close-ended questions written in indonesia so students can easily understand and answer the questions. the questions were formed based on the theory of pritchard about three kinds of specific learning styles as a guide to making the questionnaires. the three are 1) visual learning style, 2) auditory learning style, and 3) kinesthetic learning style. the researcher used the likert scale with yes or no likert items. the students were allowed select the answer from the number of options or items. furthermore, a face-to-face interview was applied to obtain the data on the students' reasons for using the english learning style. the interview was done after the researchers shared and collected the data from the questionnaire. to analyze the data, the researchers used descriptive analysis by using a simple basic statistical student learning style based on the data in their questionnaire. the researcher scored 1 for the student who answered yes in the questionnaire. after that, the researcher counted the total score and the average of 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):207-215 211 each learning style used by each student in order to investigate the data and the use of english learning styles. then, the researchers classified the learning style used by students based on the types of learning styles. finally, the researcher concluded the result after analyzing the data. finding based on the two instruments above, the researcher found out students' learning styles investigated at mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau. the questionnaire result was shown in the analysis of students' learning styles. the data were described as follows: table 1. questionnaire data statement yes no total % total % i learn english from seeing words in books, on the whiteboard, and in workbooks well. 30 100 i prefer to learn english by seeing rather than listening. 20 66.67 10 33.3 when i explain and remember english i use hand movements. 8 26.67 22 73.33 when i think english i always look up 17 56.67 13 43.33 i learn english from listening words spoken and from oral explanation 25 83.33 5 16.67 i remember english more what i listen than what i see 21 70 9 30 i usually repeat and summarize the english material i have learned. 16 53.33 14 46.67 i tend to tilt my head and use level eye movements when i try remember english 23 76.67 7 23.33 i prefer to learn english by moving around and doing something in class 14 46.67 16 53.33 i remember english well when i actively participate activities in the classroom. 23 76.67 7 23.33 i enjoy learning english in class by doing something 15 50 15 50 i feel difficult to learn english when i do not active in the classroom 23 76.67 7 23.33 discussion learning style in the learning process is how each individual concentrates on the learning process, comprehend the information received and manages the information to be comprehension and knowledge. knowing the students learning styles can make the teaching and learning process more effective. and the use of 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):207-215 212 learning styles is that it makes it easy for teachers to incorporate them into their teaching. so, the researcher aims to identify the student learning style of eighth grade students. based on the result of this research, the researcher analyzed the students' learning styles. there are three learning styles they are visual, auditory, and kinesthetic. this data is related to a statement from flemming and bonwell (2019). whereas this research only finds the three learning styles. visual learners prefer to learn by seeing. they have good visual recall and prefer information to be presented visually, in the form of diagrams, graphs, maps, posters, and displays, for example. they often use hand movements when describing or recalling events or objects and look upwards when thinking or recalling information. the second is auditory learners prefer to learn by listening. they have good auditory memory and benefit from discussion, lectures, interviewing, hearing stories, and audio tapes, for example. they like sequence, repetition, and summary, and when recalling memories, they tend to tilt their head and use level eye movements. the last is kinesthetic learners prefer to learn by doing. they are good at recalling events and associate feelings or physical experiences with memory. they enjoy physical activity, field trips, manipulating objects, and other practical, first hand experiences. they often find it challenging to keep still and need regular breaks in classroom activities. the subject of this research was 30 students. the data was collected through a questionnaire and interview. based on the students' answers in the questionnaire and interview, the researcher found three learning styles used by the eighth-grade students of mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau. they were visual, auditory, and kinesthetic learning styles. the result of the instruments was found that the most significant number of language learning styles preferred by students was auditory. it is different from what wahhab (2020) found in his research. the dominant learning style used in his research was visual. still, in line, rahmah (2018) found that only about 30% of the students are visual learners in senior high school. it means that teachers cannot use only visual teachers as the students have different learning styles. pritchard (2009) argues that auditory learners prefer to learn by listening. they have good auditory memory and benefit from discussion, lectures, interviewing, hearing stories, and audio tapes. there were 13 students (43.33%). they enjoy preferring to learn by listening. it was supported by interviews with the students at mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau as the research subject. they said they understand better when listening to the teacher's explanation during the teachinglearning process. these results were similar to the previous research conducted by alberta et al. (2021), which revealed that most of their participants were auditory learners. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):207-215 213 the second place was visual. flemming and bonwell (2019) explain that visual learners prefer to learn by seeing. they have good visual recall and prefer information to be presented visually, in the form of diagrams, graphs, maps, posters, and displays. ten students (33,33%) preferred to learn by seeing. the first indicator's result showed that respondents prefer to learn by seeing. it was supported by interviews with the students at mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau as the research subject. they said it would be easier to understand or receive the material when they saw the english subject matter in the book or the teacher wrote on the whiteboard. then, seven students (23,33%) learned best with a kinesthetic learning style. kinesthetic learners prefer to learn by doing. the researcher found seven students who used kinesthetic learning styles. they recall events and associate feelings or physical experiences with memory during teaching and learning. they enjoy physical activity, field trips, manipulating objects, and other practical, first hand experiences. they often find it challenging to keep still and need regular breaks in classroom activities. manalu & hasanah (2019) stated that students who know or optimize their learning styles could focus more on receiving and processing information in learning, so they can work on questions and obtain good learning outcomes in the future. based on the results of this research, the researchers found that whatever students learning styles, they have their way of learning in the class. language learning style also did not affect students' class level because learning style did not change but developed all the time. by identifying students' learning styles, the students know their learning styles and can choose the best way, technique, or strategy to master english. it is also essential for the teachers to help accommodate the diversity of students' learning styles by providing an appropriate teaching method in the classroom; as ariani et al. (2021) mentioned, the purpose of applying learning styles is to facilitate language learning effectively by finding the best ways to learn. this study found that students' learning performance did not differ significantly even though students' learning styles were different. it is still in line with what alberta et al. (2021) found. although students have their ways and different learning styles, their goal is to achieve learning performance. somehow, manalu & hasanah (2019) stated that students who know or optimize their learning styles could focus more on receiving and processing information in learning, so they can work on questions and obtain good learning outcomes. if students know their learning style, they will be easier to learn. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):207-215 214 conclusion based on the data gathered and discussed above, the researcher concluded that there was three learning style used by the eighth-grade students of mts negeri 1 lubuklinggau. they were visual, auditory, and kinesthetic. in addition, the most dominant learning style used was auditory learning. references albeta, s.w., haryati, s., futra, d., aisyah, r., desviana, a. (2021). the effect of learning styles on students’ learning performance during the covid 19 pandemic. jtk: jurnal tadris kimiya, 6(1), 115-123, https://doi.org/10.15575/jtk.v6i1.12603 ariani, s., valiantien, n,m., rahmawaty, n. (2021). students’ language learning style preferences at english literature study program. calls journal, 7(1), 103-112, https://doi.org/10.30782/calls.v7i1.5160 berlianda, a.r.a., & indriani, l. (2020). an analysis of efl learners' learning style in online speaking class. jrpp journal. 3(2), 322-327. flemming, n.d. & bonwell, c. (2019). how do i learn best? a learners’ guide to improve learning. usa. author. helena, c. t. & sreenidhi, s. k. (2017). style of learning based on the research of fernald, keller, orton, gillingham, stillman, montessori and neil fleming. international journal for innovative research multidisciplinary field, 3 (4) 17-25. huang, t, c. (2019). do different learning style make a difference when it comes to creativity? an empirical study. computers in human behavior,100, 252-257. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2018.10.003 hermini, h., upa, r., wahyono, d. (2021). students’ learning style in higher education. ethical lingua, 8(1), 159-167, retrieved from https://ethicallingu.org/25409190/article/view/276 ida, m, f. & maksum, h. (2020). contribution of learning style, learning creativity and exploratory interest to students' simulation and digital communication learning outcomes during the covid-19 pandemic. journal of education and technology, 4(4), 404-414, https://doi.org/10.23887/jet.v4i4.29701 manalu, l, y. sutrisno & hasanah, u. (2019). hubungan gaya belajar dengan hasil belajar ilmu pengetahuan alam siswa kelas v sekolah dasar. dinamika sekolah dasar, 1(1), 1-13, https://doi.org/doi.org/10.21009/dsd.xxx rachmah, a elvia. (2018). a preferred learning styles of the students of smk muhammadiyah 2 surakarta. online journal article publication_ajeng.pdf accessed on 9 may 2020 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):207-215 215 shah, kanchi. (2013). how different are the students and their learning style? online journal www.researchgate.net accessed on 21 september 2021 wahab, i., nuraeni. (2020). the analysis of students’ learning style. celtics journal. 3(1), 41-46, https://doi.org/10.46918/seltics.v3i1.509 wang, r, lowe, r. newton, s. kocaturk, t. (2020). task complexity and learning styles in situated virtual learningenvirontments for contraction higher education. automation in construction, 113. 103148. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.autcon.2020.103148 zagoto, m.m, yarni, n., dakhi, o. (2019). perbedaan individu dari gaya belajarnya seta implikasinya dalam pembelajaran. jurnal review pendidikan dan pengajaran, 2(2), 259-265 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.autcon.2020.103148 linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 1 nomor 1, desember 2017 e-issn:2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi: https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v1i1.34 82 an analysis of deixis and speech act used in english teaching and learning process yulfi 1 stkip pgri lubuklinggau yulfie_patmo@yahoo.com 1 submit, 08-11-2017 accepted, 30-12-2017 publish, 30-12-2017 abstract this study focuses on analyzing deixis and speech acts used by the english teacher and eleventh grade students of language program at islamic integrated senior high school curup in the academic year 2013/2014. the topic was chosen by the researcher as the object of the research, first of all because deixis and speech acts are commonly analyzed in the daily conversation such as in movie and comic. secondly, this school is the one that has a language program class at eleventh grade besides two science program classes and two social program classes. this study means to explain the used of deixis and speech acts in english teaching and learning. the design of this research is an ethnography research and the main instrument of this research is the researcher itself. the finding of this study shows that the teacher of english and students used deixis in their daily activity in the classroom. however, the most frequently types of deixis used by them is person deixis. further, the most dominant type of speech acts on english teaching and learning at this class is directive utterance. generally, the teacher more often used them to give command, suggestion and request.the teacher and students used deixis and speech acts almost in every moment. because this class used teacher center, so the students used deixis and speech act only when they responded the teacher‟s questions. keywords: deixis, speech acts, directive utterance, person deixis. introduction very often in many interactions between teachers and students in the classroom, students cannot understand what teacher says if they do not understand the context. some utterances produced by students also cannot be understood by teachers if they do not know who is speaking, about whom, where and when. for example when a teacher explains in front of the class then she says “i was disappointed that you did not come yesterday afternoon. i hope you will join our course this afternoon”. people will not be able to identify the referents of i, you, us, yesterday afternoon and this afternoon though we understand how the first three and the last two are related to one another; because they know english, they know know, for example, that the referent of is a part of referent of them and they mailto:yulfie_patmo@yahoo.com1 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):82-90 83 know the time sequence of yesterday afternoon and this afternoon. the meaning of any lexeme depends to some extent on the context in which it occurs, but deictic elements can only be interpreted through their context. according to mccarty (1991:6), without understanding the physical context and linguistics context of utterances, teachers or students will lose what the speaker means. the goal of someone produces an utterance is considered good and right if it is used in appropriate context. the meaning of words in utterances or written text can be known from its context. the word which can be interpreted its meaning based on the context is called deictic or deixis. deixis is also a word which its referent always moves depending on the time and space of uttering the word. it is also stated that deixis is a part of pragmatics that has connection with certain word or sentence that changes because of the context. the change of context is a sentence often caused by the change of situation including personal, time and place (levinson,1983:9). deixis concerns the ways in which language encode features of the context of utterance or speech event, and thus also concerns ways in the interpretation of utterances on the analysis of that context on utterance. so far, applied linguists and language teachers have been familiar with the term function for years now. are we not simply talking about „functions‟ when analyzing what a teacher and students talk in the classroom? in one sense we are talking about „functions‟: we are concerned as much with what teachers and students are doing with language as with what they are saying. a request, an instruction or an exemplification as a particular bit of speech or writing, we are concentrating on what that piece of language is doing (locutionary act), or how the listener or reader is supposed to react (illocutionary) or the effect got by listener or reader after hearing or reading an utterance, many linguists call it as speech act (mccarty,1991:9). research on the relationship between form and function has been greatly influenced by speech act theory. rankema (1993:21) states that in speech act theory, language is seen as a form of acting. speech act theory has had a strong influence on the field of discourse studies as this theory focuses on the question of what people are doing when they use language. this study deals with classroom discourse since it is relevant to various important phenomena of language use, text and conversational interactions or communication events in the classroom. it is in line with what mccarty (1991:105) states that the advantage of writing discourse analysis to investigate classroom in interaction is that it allows researchers to gain insight into what is being accomplished in a particular classroom interaction that takes place in a specific social context. 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):82-90 84 finally, ethnography was used in this study because it attempts to obtain an emic perspective and holistic view of what a teacher and students say and do, in order to gain a fuller representation of what is going on in the classroom. ethnographic research combines participant observation and many of the characteristics of nonparticipant observation studies in attempt to obtain as holistic a picture as possible of a particular society, group, institution, setting or situation. this research is very important to be done. by doing this research, people understand the meaning of deixis and speech acts produced by the english teacher and students in the classroom easily. from the description above, the writer is interested to do a research entitled: “an analysis of deixisand speech acts used in english teaching and learning process”. literature review yule (1996:9) states that deixis is derived from the greek“deicticos” means “to show” or “to indicate”. it means pointing via language. deictic terms are used to refer to ourselves to others and object in our environment. yule (1990:129-133) says “they are used to locate actions in a time frame relative to the present. deictic terms show social relationship the social location individuals in relation to others. they are also used to locate parts of text in relation to other parts. furthermore deixis concerns the ways in which language encode or grammatical features of the context of utterance or speech event. it is also concern with way in which interpretation of utterance depends on the analysis of that context of utterance.” there are some words in the language that cannot be interpreted at all unless the physical context, especially the physical context of the speaker, is known. these are words like here, there, this, that, as well as most pronouns such as i, he, us, it. some sentences of english are virtually impossible to be understood if we do not know who is speaking, about whom, where and when. deixis also deals with connections between discourse and the situation in which discourse is used (rankema,1993:76). the word „deixis‟ is used to devote those elements in a language which refer directly to the situation. rankema (1993:77) also says that deictic words are words with a reference point which is a speaker or writer says and is determined by the speaker‟s or writer‟s position in space and time. yule (1996:9) also writes that deictic expressions are also sometimes called „indexicals‟.they are among the first forms to be spoken by very young 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):82-90 85 children and can be used to indicate people via person deixis (e.g. me, you), or location via spatial deixis (here, there), or time via temporal deixis (now, then). deixis is clearly a form of referring that is tied to the speaker‟s context, with the most basic distinction between deictic expressions being near speaker versus away from the speaker.yule (1996:9) argues in english, near speaker called proximal terms, are „this‟, „here‟, „now‟. the away from the speaker, or distal terms, are „that‟, „then‟, proximal terms are typically interpreted in terms of the speaker‟s location, or the deictic center, so that „now‟ is generally understood as referring to some point or period in time that has the time of the speaker‟s utterance at its center. distal terms can simply indicate „away from speaker‟, but, in some languages, can be used to distinguish between „near addressees‟ and „away from the both speaker and addressee‟ based on previous definitions, it can be concluded that deixis refers to a word in which it‟s referred or its pointing is always moving or changing depends on the speaker, place, and time of utterance. morover, the meaning is still relevant with the context. the main categories of deictic form or indexical expression (yule, 1990:63) are (1) person deixis (a word that has functions as personal pronouns: you, she, he, it, etc), (2) spatial or place deixis (place or location can be deixis if that place or location is being seeing from the location of the people who are doing communication in language use in speech event: this, these, that, those, etc), (3) temporal deixis (grammatically temporal deixis can be called as adverbs of time: yesterday, today, tomorrow, etc), (4) discourse deixis(a word can be said as discourse deixis if that word refers to certain part of that text or utterance: the following, the later, etc)and (5) social deixis (social deixis refers to the encoding of social distinction is related to participant roles, as in the use of pronouns: my beloved friend, mr. president, etc). whenever one person speaks to another, the speaker has some intention in producing the utterance, and the addressee interprets the utterance. in spite of occasional misunderstandings the hearer‟s interpretation often does match the speaker‟s intention, even when the speaker is joking or being sarcastic. if the form of an utterance does not necessarily coincide with the intended function, how does the hearer correctly know what the speaker‟s intention is even recognizing the speaker‟s humorous utterances are the sarcastic ones? kreidler (2002:181-193) answers this question with the simple one that they know each other. they share a common background, and they are aware of sharing the common background. they may argue, insult each other, use profanity, so long as they are both used to communicating in this fashion. speakers are less likely to 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):82-90 86 use sarcasm and humor with strangers than with those who know them well, their utterances are more likely to be straightforward and to follow the norms for politeness, and they are ready to rephrase their messages whenever they see that misunderstanding has occurred. the speaker wants to be understood and the addressee wants to understand. richards et.al (1985:265) state that speech act is an utterance as a functional unit in communication. when people say that a particular bit of speech and writing is a request or an instruction or on aexemplification people are concentrating on what that piece of language is doing, or how a listener or reader is supposed to react, such entities are often called speech act (austin and searle in mccarthy 1991:9). each of the stretches of language that are carrying the force of requesting, instructing and so on is seen as performing a particular act. so the approach to communicative language teaching that emphasize the functions or speech acts that pieces of language perform overlaps in an important sense with the preoccupations of discourse analysts. still in line yule (1996:47) says that actions performed via utterances are generally called speech acts and in english, are commonly given more are specific labels, such as apology, complaint, compliment, invitation, promise or request. these descriptive terms for different kinds of speech acts apply to the speaker‟s communicative intention in producing an utterance. the speaker orally expects that his or her communicative intention will be recognized by the hearer. both the speaker and listener are usually helped this process by the circumstances surrounding the utterance. these circumstances including other utterances are called the speech event. in many ways it is the nature of speech event that determines the interpretation of an utterance as performing a particular speech acts. in every speech act, person can distinguish three kinds of speech acts, following austin (in kreidler,2002:180;181): (1) locutionary act (what is said, the utterance produced by a speaker can be called locution), (2) illocutionary act (some kind of function in mind, when the speaker produce the utterance) and (3) perlocutionnary act (the effect the utterance or written text has on the reader or listener). speech acts differ in their purposes, whether they deal with real or potential facts, prospective or retrospective, in the role of speaker or addressee. in these facts, and of course in felicity conditions.kreidler (2002:183-193) divides speech acts into seven kinds: (1) assertive utterance (the purpose is to inform), (2) performativity utterance (performative utterances are valid if spoken by someone whose right to make them is accepted and in circumstances which are accepted as appropriate), (3) vindictiveutterance (speech acts in which the speaker makes an assessment or judgment about the acts of another, usually the addressee), (4) 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):82-90 87 expressive utterance (speaker-involved), (5) directive utterance (the speaker tries to get the addressee to perform some act or refrain from performing an act), (6) commissive utterance (commit a speaker to a course of action), and (7) phatic utterance (greetings, farewells, piloted formulas such as “thank you”, “you‟re welcome”, “excuse me). research method this study is an ethnography research. as usual in an ethnographic research, observation and interviews are the primary methods of collecting data. these are supplemented by field notes, video-taping and check-list. the data was analyzed using inductive analytical approach. it meant that the data analysis began while data are being gathered. ongoing data analysis and interpretation were based on data mainly from observations. there were two main data from observation: the result of field notes and spoken language transcript. the researcher analyzed data gathered from field notes and check lists at the end in every meeting. the data was synthesized and summarized, included any interpretation that come to mind, and recorded any questions that may be implied then find the answers. the participants (the teacher and the students) was given opportunity to respond to the initial analysis before a final draft of the data was written. finding in english teaching and learning of eleventh grade language program at islamic integrated senior high school curup in the academic year of 2013/2014, the researcher found many data in of deixis and speech acts. the examples of the dialogues among the teacer and the students are presented below: date : february 12, 2013 theme: expression of love (sing a song) and narrative text. time : 2x45‟ (10.45-12.15) t : the whiteboard is so dirty. s : (someone come, stand and clean the whiteboard) t : for others, keep silent please! dian, please bring your narrative text! s8 : (he comes and stands beside her). t : are you sick? (while she is looking at his coat). s8 : (he walks to his desk and loose his coat). t : ok, how many generic structures of narrative text? s8 : three mam. they are orientation, complication and resolution. t : ok, identify them in this story! 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):82-90 88 s8 : (he identifies the generic structures). t : ok, sit down please. next, meiliajayanti s15 : yes mam. discussion from this dialogue, there are 2 speech acts and 7 deixis. the speech acts are the utterances produced by the teacher: “the whiteboard is so dirty” and “are you sick?”. furthermore, the deixis are dian, you, mam, they, them, meilia jayanti and mam. the researcher found 290 data in deixis and 42 data in speect acts. the data is shown in the following table. table 1. deixis found in english teaching and learning table 1 shows the data of deixis that found in english teaching and learning. from the table, the number of deixis used by the english teacher and students are included person deixis (168), place deixis (32), temporal deixis (11), discourse deixis (8), and social deixis (71). for the first part, the writer found that the most frequently part of deixis used by the teacher and students is person deixis (168 data). generally, they used person deixis for plural second person (you, your). they refer to the students. table 2. the data of speech acts no kinds of speech acts ∑ 1 assertive utterance 6 2 performative utterance 3 3 verdictive utterance 0 4 expressive utterance 2 5 directive utterance 25 6 commissive utterance 0 7 phatic utterance 6 total number 42 further, for the data of speech act, the researcher found that the most frequently type of speech acts is directive utterance. the total number of utterance no kinds of deixis ∑ 1 person deixis 168 2 place deixis 8 3 temporal deixis 32 4 discourse deixis 11 5 social deixis 71 ∑ 290 data 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):82-90 89 in directive utterances is 25 data. generally, the teacher more often used them to give command, suggestion and request. in their daily activity in the classroom, the teacher more often speaks in front of the class than the students (teacher center), that is why the data more gathered from the utterance produced by the teacher. after doing the study, the writer got that in teaching and learning process of english in the classroom, the teacher and the students always use deixis and speech acts in their communication. by using speech act, the teacher or the students have some intention in producing the utterance, and the addressee interprets the utterance. in spite of occasional misunderstandings the hearer‟s interpretation often does match the speaker‟s intention, even when the speaker is joking or being sarcastic. the teacher or the students orally expects that his or her communicative intention will be recognized by the hearer. both the speaker and listener are usually helped this process by the circumstances surrounding the utterance. these circumstances including other utterances are called the speech event. in many ways it is the nature of speech event that determines the interpretation of an utterance as performing a particular speech acts. conclusion the writer can conclude that the teacher of english and eleventh grade students of language program at islamic integrated senior high school curup in the academic year of 2013/2014 used deixis in their daily activity at the classroom. however, the most frequently types of deixis used by them is person deixis. therefore, the most dominant type of speech acts on english teaching and learning at islamic integrated senior high school curup in the academic year of 2013/2014 is directive utterance. generally, the teacher more often used them to give command, suggestion and request.they used deixis and speech acts almost in every moment. because this class used teacher center, so the students used deixis and speech act only when they responded the teacher‟s question. 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):82-90 90 references fraenkel, wallen. (1990). how to design abd evaluate research in education. mcgraw-hall international edition. new york : mcgraw-hall. kreidler, charles. (1998). introducing english semantics. new york: routledge taylor and francis group. levinson, stephen c. (1983). pragmatics. cambridge: cambridge university press. marzulina, leni. (2010). lecturer’s roles and communicative functions in english education study program classroom of faculty of teacher training and education. unsri: unpublished thesis. mccarty, m. (1991). discourse analysis for language teachers. cambridge: cambridge university press. nunan, david. (1992). research method in language learning: a textbook for teachers. cambridge: cambridge university press. renkema, j. (1993). discourse studies: an introduction textbook. amsterdam: john benjamin publishing company. yule, george. (1996). pragmatics: oxford introductions to language studies. fourth impressions. new york: oxford university press. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 3 nomor 2, juni 2020 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v3i2.1010 287 using vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) to improve mastery student’s vocabulary putri anita simbolon 1 universitas prima indonesia feber anggelina br bangun 2 universitas prima indonesia sumianti magdalena pardede 3 universitas prima indonesia jelinta br tarigan 4 universitas prima indonesia sri ninta br tarigan 5 universitas prima indonesia putrianitasimbolon6@gmail.com 1 submit, 05-12-2019 accepted, 30-01-2020 publish, 12-02-2020 abstract the research aims to know that vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) can improve students’ vocabulary mastery and to find out how far vocabulary selfcollection strategy (vss) can be useful for the students' vocabulary mastery at the second-grade students of smp sinar husni medan. the methodology of this research used classroom action research. it was conducted on a two-cycle. in analyzing the data, the researcher used quantitative data. the implementation of vocabulary selfcollection strategy (vss) in teaching vocabulary at eight grade students was successful. it can be seen from the progress of the mean score in cycle i to cycle ii. mean score in a period i 71.20 % and rating in cycle ii 78.80 %. the implementation vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) as a learning strategy was not only increasing students' mean score but also increase students' motivation and behavior. the students were more interested, happy, and active in teaching-learning english, especially vocabulary. based on the result above, it could be concluded that vocabulary self collection strategy (vss) improved their students’ vocabulary mastery. keywords: vocabulary mastery, vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) mailto:putrianitasimbolon6@gmail.com 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):287-295 288 introduction mastering english is not as easy as taking something for granted. learners have to go through many steps and parts of learning. one of those parts is learning and mastering the vocabulary in english. one aspect of language which plays a significant role in english ability is vocabulary. according to brown (2010) says that words are the basic building blocks of language; names are used to create sentences, more large paragraphs, and whole texts. after observation, especially in class viii-a, the researcher found some problems from the students. the first, the students still confused with the meaning of the word. second, they were difficult to remember some names. third, they are challenging to write the words in the sentences. fourth, they were also challenging to translate the meaning of a word in sentences. fifth, the students' motivation in english lesson was still less. the researcher predicted the possible causes of the problems. the researcher found the factor of why the problem arose. first, mostly students' did not have a dictionary. it made them felt confused about knowing the meaning of words. second, they rarely practiced speaking the words every day. so, their vocabulary was low. third, they also did not have the right strategy to remember the words in the learning process. it made them forget many words they have in the learning process. fourth, sometimes the teacher unclear when explaining the material in the learning process. based on the description above, the researcher interested in using strategy to teaching vocabulary used vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) to improve the students' vocabulary mastery. according to residence, bean, and baldwin (in lester and elliot, 2002) states that the purpose of the vocabulary self-collection strategy is to help students generate a list of words to explore and learned and to use their prior knowledge and interests to enhance their vocabulary. this strategy can be used to stimulate growth in word knowledge. in this study, the researcher used five references to previous research. the first study was conducted by muttahidah (2012) she found that the students' vocabulary mastery achievement increased significantly after being taught by using vocabulary card. it was proven by the improvement of students' vocabulary mastery scores from pre-test up to post-test. the second study was conducted by fatonah (2015) the research findings showed that reading comprehension of most students improved after the vocabulary self-collection strategy was used in the teaching and learning process. it was indicated by the increase of the mean of students reading comprehension scores in the pre-test and post-test (58.9 to 78.0) and several other improvements, i.e., improve the students' interest in learning english texts, facilitate the students in defining the unfamiliar words based on the context of the book, and 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):287-295 289 improve interaction both among the students by employing small group discussion and between the students and the teacher during the class. artoni (2013) explained that the vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) is a strategy that is guiding students to make a list of vocabulary. list of vocabulary depends on unfamiliar, and interest words of students‟ perception, and this strategy can increase students‟ vocabulary. this strategy is appropriate to apply before going to teach reading. the advantages of vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) are to increase students‟ vocabulary and suitable for pre and post-reading and help students determine a purpose for reading. this strategy also can motivate the students by selecting the new word that makes them active in reading juwita (2013) used vocabulary self-collection as a strategy to teach vocabulary. vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) is an approach to teach vocabulary by using students'‟ ability in collecting and generating words list, and it emphasizes the student's‟ personal experiences and general knowledge. this strategy is started with the assignment for both students and teachers to bring words that they believe whole members of the class should learn. aisyiyah holds the latest previous study (2015) the result of the survey found that vocabulary mastery of most students improved after the vocabulary self-collection strategy was used in the teaching and learning process. it was indicated by the increase in the number of students who passed the criteria of success from pre-test − post-test 1 − post-test 2. the three research that had been conducted above showed that the vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) was successfully implemented to improve the students' vocabulary learning. by basing on those three previous studies, the researcher does want to research in the same field. what makes it different is that in this study, the researcher applies vocabulary self-collection strategy by attaching the teaching of reading comprehension to solve vocabulary problems that occurred in vocational high school level. although originally vss was developed for secondary students (gregersen, 2007), by looking up the students' english awareness, the researcher conducts a study to improve vocabulary mastery of the students of vocational high school of bandung. it was because the researcher thought that the students of class x ak-2 were cooperative to do the strategy. besides, the researcher intended to invite the students to learn english vocabulary joyfully through an enjoyable reading class. considering the actions conducted in the previous studies, it was expected that the implementation of vss in this study would also be successful. 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):287-295 290 literature review the vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) is an interactive-learning instructional strategy that promotes word consciousness, as students are actively engaged in identifying essential words from their reading to share with members of their class. the plan was first to introduce by haggard (1982,1986) and since then has been adapted for various grade levels and instructional contexts. students select words from their readings that are new and interesting, use the background and other resources to determine the meaning of the phrase, and nominate the name to be learned by others in the group or class. teachers using the vss (1) model the process of collecting signatures, (2) provide guided practice within reading groups, and other instructional contexts, and (3) offer consistent encouragement to students to use vss during independent reading. the significant benefits of using vss are that students engage in their learning, discover how to recognize unfamiliar or exciting words from their texts, develop their vocabularies, and become word conscious. a review of the research on vocabulary instruction conducted by harmon et al. (2005) led them to claim that struggling readers learn vocabulary when teachers “ encourage independent learning by allowing students to self-select terms to be studied. they pointed to vss as an approach to help students to select and review words that they feel are important to learn. research conducted by calderon et al. (2005) with english language learners demonstrated that, in addition to teaching vocabulary before reading, their discourse around the next after reading leads to students’ vocabulary development. vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) according to residence, bean, and baldwin (in lester & elliot, 2002) states that the purpose of vocabulary selfcollection strategy is to help students generate a list of words to explore and learned and to use their prior knowledge and interests to enhance their vocabulary. this strategy can be used to stimulate growth in word knowledge. because the list is selfgenerative, internal motivation is utilized. this strategy can help students become fascinated with language and thus, increase their enjoyment of the subject. vss (vocabulary using vocabulary self-collection strategy) involves the following steps: 1) selecting the words 2) defining the phrase 3) finalizing the terms list 4) extending names knowledge according to stoddard (2006), say that the purpose of the strategy enables the long-term acquisition of vocabulary. because the students generate both the vocabulary and the meaning from a text they are currently using, not only do they learn the vocabulary in context. the first research was conducted by martono & asrori (2012) tells that the most common problem is the difficulty of students using grammar, limited 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):287-295 291 vocabulary, and pain in spelling correctly. this study used different data collection methods from previous research. the quantitative data were obtained by calculating the score of the test. the researchers used oral text, written tests, and interviews to collect the data. to analyze the qualitative data, the researcher used steps to collect the data, gather the data from the scoring of the class, compare the students' scores, calculate the percentage of the students' scores, make the conclusion. research method this researcher used classroom action research {car} as the research design. classroom action research is part of a broad movement that has been going on in education, generally for some time. in car, there is a cycling term that contains four stages of this research. the four steps are an action plan, implementation action, observation, reflection. the result of one cycle is used to determine the need for the following period until the problem gets solved by strategy. findings the researcher found that the students' mastery in vocabulary was low. it could be shown in the percentage of the class unsuccess was 47.3 %. it meant that the students who failed the vocabulary test on the preliminary study were 47.3%. it said that all students were unsuccessful. (see the table of students' score in vocabulary test for each cycle) the result of the check-in period one and two was different. it had shown the improvement of the students continuously. the percentage of test 1 in cycle 1 was 71.20% and in cycle 2 was 78.80%. it showed that the teaching and learning process was successful. the result of students' score percentage also shows the significant improvement that is 78.80%, and that indicated higher than the minimal mastery criterion (70). the researcher concluded that improving students' vocabulary mastery using vss strategy could increase the student's ability to master vocabulary. it means that developing students' vocabulary mastery using vss strategy in smp sinar husni is successful in the classical category. table 1. table of students’ score in vocabulary test for each cycle no student’s name preliminary test test 1 (cycle 1) test 2( cycle 2 ) mean 1. abdul dimas fares 40 67 76 61 2. arifin 56 65 78 66.3 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):287-295 292 from the data above, it could be seen that there were 13 students (38 %) in cycle 1, passing the minimal mastery criterion ( ≥ 70 ). and there were only two students who failed the test or got lower than the minimum mastery criterion. the 3. bagas syahputra 50 67 78 65 4. egi santika 50 70 75 65 5. nabila febrianti 48 67 77 64 6. m. rafi irawan 60 70 80 70 7. gisya hadaya s 45 68 75 62.7 8. kasyfiana 50 65 80 65 9. kasyfiani 50 67 87 68 10. m. prastyo akbairih 65 70 85 73.3 11. m. khadavi 30 75 90 65 12. zuanda 60 67 80 69 13. m. alfikri 40 77 78 65 14. alfy dindo miranti 40 70 69 59.7 15. fika julia dewi 50 70 90 70 16. m. risky romo dhoni 50 68 75 64.3 17. dandy maisana saragih 40 67 75 60.7 18. m. jonothan 45 60 78 61 19. abdul rojab 50 66 80 65.3 20. aldy surya 40 76 76 64 21. dewi anggrani 30 75 80 61.7 22. lenoni umaros 35 78 80 64.3 23. yahtya 40 80 85 68.3 24. cheery 55 77 80 70.7 25. rei asahel 65 60 67 64 26. amando dewi 50 69 75 64.7 27. ikchan m 50 79 80 69.7 28. haitun nisa 45 77 80 67.3 29. nabila fahrezi 40 78 80 66 30. nina hairani 40 78 80 66 31. jihan baby 40 80 80 66.7 32. intan anastasya 50 70 75 65 33. risma siregar 50 70 75 65 34. siti aminah 50 78 80 69.7 total score 1599 2421 2679 mean 47.03 71.20 78.80 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):287-295 293 collecting data which was taken from the students' observation sheet and questionnaire could be said that vss made the students interested. the students were more enthusiastic about learning difficult vocabulary. they looked enjoyable in the class that applied the vss strategy. after using the vss strategy, the researcher saw that there were good responses from the students. the students were more enthusiastic about studying english (vocabulary) by using a vss strategy. also, it could be used to avoid boredom in the class. in general, the researcher concludes that improving students' vocabulary mastery using a vss strategy can increase the student's ability to master vocabulary. discussion classroom action research was done in two cycles. it was because the researcher found some wanted to achieve the target score. based on the study, the researcher found some weaknesses and strengths in applying vocabulary selfcollection strategy as a way to improve students' vocabulary mastery. the researcher found that the students' mastery in vocabulary was low. it could be shown in the percentage of the class unsuccess was 47.3 %. it meant that the students who failed the vocabulary test on the preliminary study were 47.3%. it said that all students were unsuccessful. (see the table of students' score in vocabulary test for each cycle) the result of the check-in period one and two was different. it had shown the improvement of the students continuously. the percentage of test 1 in period 1 was 71.20%, and in period 2 was 78.80%. it showed that the teaching and learning process was successful. the result of students' score percentage also shows the significant improvement that is 78.80%, and that indicated higher than the minimal mastery criterion (70). the researcher concluded that improving students' vocabulary mastery using vss strategy could increase the student's ability to master vocabulary. it means that developing students' vocabulary mastery using vss strategy after the second cycle had finished, the researcher interviewed, but also the collaborator of this research, sri murningsih. collaborator said that by using a vocabulary self-collection strategy, students were interested to learn english, and it helped them to improve their vocabulary mastery. the researcher considered that using a vocabulary self-collection strategy was able to upgrade the eighth-grade os smp sinar husni medan. it also helped students to improve their vocabulary mastery by themselves; it was also able to motivate students to learn english vocabulary. conducted by muttahidah (2012), she found that the students' vocabulary mastery achievement increased significantly after being taught by using vocabulary card. it 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):287-295 294 was proven by the improvement of students' vocabulary mastery scores from pre-test up to post-test. the second study was conducted by fatonah (2015) the research findings showed that reading comprehension of most students improved after the vocabulary self-collection strategy was used in the teaching and learning process. it was indicated by the increase of the mean of students reading comprehension scores in the pre-test and post-test (58.9 to 78.0) and several other improvements, i.e., improve the students' interest in learning english texts, facilitate the students in defining the unfamiliar words based on the context of the book, and improve interaction both among the students by employing small group discussion and between the students and the teacher during the class. juwita (2013) used vocabulary self-collection as a strategy to teach vocabulary. vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) is an approach to teach vocabulary by using students'‟ ability in collecting and generating words list, and it emphasizes the student's‟ personal experiences and general knowledge. this strategy is started with the assignment for both students and teachers to bring words that they believe whole members of the class should learn. conclusion . the researcher concludes that increasing students 'vocabulary mastery using vss strategy can improve students' ability in mastering vocabulary, and this can be seen from the tests that have been done there are two tests conducted by researchers and the results obtained by researchers from the comparison of the first test and the second test can conclude that in the second test the student's average score improved from the first test. the results of this study with the students' vocabulary test scores can be concluded that the application of vss in vocabulary teaching for eighth-grade students in smp sinar husni medan increased and can be proven from the progress of the average scores of students in the table that has been made. references aisyiyah, f., y. (2015). “improving english vocabulary mastery through vocabulary self-collection strategy of the first grade students of muttawasith at addirasat islamiah school laddua panarea pattani south of thailand." iain tulungagung. artoni, s. (2013). “teaching reading by combining vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) and cubing strategy at junior high school." state islamic university of sultan syarif kasim riau. 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):287-295 295 brown, h. d. (2010). language assessment principles and classroom practices. san francisco: pearson education calderón, m., august, d., slavin, r., duran, d., madden, n., & cheung, a. (2005). bring words to life in classrooms with english-language learners. in e. h. hiebert & m. l. kamil (eds.), teaching and learning vocabulary: bringing research to practice (pp. 115-136). mahwah, nj: erlbaum. fatonah, s., n.(2015). “using vocabulary self-collection (vss) to improve reading comprehension of the seven grade students of smpn 4 kalasan in the academic year of 2014/2015”. english departement faculty of language and arts: yogyakarta state university gregersen. (2007). vocabulary self-collection strategy for primary readers. texas state university. available at: citeseerx.ist.psu.edu. downloaded on 15 th february 2013. haggard, m., r. (1982). the vocabulary self-collection strategy: an active approach to word learning. journal of reading, 27(2), 203-207 harmon, j. m., hendrick, & wood. (2005). research on vocabulary instruction in the content areas: implications for struggling readers. reading and writing quarterly, 21(4),261-80. juwita, i. (2013). “using vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) to increase mastery the junior high school students’ vocabulary." english departement faculty of language and arts: padang state university. lester, j. h & elliott. (2002). literary and learning: reading in the content areas: handbook iv for teachers in grades 5.8. southeastern louisiana university: louisiana public broadcasting. martono, r., a & muh, a. (2012). “improving students’ in writing narrative text through animation movie." english education study program sebelas maret university: surakarta. muttahidah. (2012). “improving students’ vocabulary through vocabulary card." department of english education faculty of tarbiyh and teachers’ training uin syarif hidayatullah: jakarta. safitri, n. f (2015). “using vocabulary self-collection strategy (vss) to improve reading comprehension of the seventh grade student of smpn 4 kalasan in the academic year of 2014/2015”. english departement faculty of language and arts: yogyakarta state university stoddard, t. (2006). vocabulary self-collection strategy with an example from ender’s game by orson scott card (online),(http://www.google.co.id/url?q=http://novelinks.org/uploads/novels/ endergames/vocabular_elf.pdf. accessed on march 16, 2017). title linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 4 nomor 2, januari-juni 2021 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v4i2.1907 257 student’s perception towards the use of jeopardy game in english learning alfiyah rusdiyana¹ universitas negeri surabaya slamet setiawan² universitas negeri surabaya ahmad munir³ universitas negeri surabaya alfiyah.18022@mhs.unesa.ac.id1 submit, 30-12-2020 accepted, 30-01-2021 publish, 30-01-2021 abstract the present study aims to determine the student's perception towards the use of jeopardy game, and also investigates how the teacher uses jeopardy game in english learning. this research study was used a qualitative study conducted instate senior high school level in surabaya. a close-ended questionnaire was used to obtain the data. the results show that jeopardy game makes english learning more alive, comfortable, enjoyable, fun, and interesting. it also boosts the student's motivation in learning english. jeopardy game also enhances the student's vocabulary knowledge, recalls the previous materials, improves the student's speaking skill and develop the student's critical thinking. this study suggests using jeopardy game in the learning process since many benefits in increasing the student's engagement in the classroom. keywords: classroom games, english learning, jeopardy game, student’s perception introduction in indonesia, high school students are expected to study harder in preparing themselves for facing school’s final projects, assignments, and most importantly the final test and university enrollment tests. the materials that are compulsory to be learned consist of five subjects, including english. in the preliminary study, the researcher found that the students need variations of fun activities during english classes. the students were bored with conventional activities such as listening to the teacher’s speech, taking notes from the board and https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v4i2.1907 mailto:alfiyah.18022@mhs.unesa.ac.id 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):257-269 258 then completing the task. these activities are too plain for the students in this millennium era. nowadays, the students are considered as the new generation. howe & strauss (2007) named them as “millenials” because they have a different way of thinking, communicating, behaving and learning compared to the old generation. another statement from dede (2005), that millennial students have different learning styles and preferences. therefore, english teachers need to provide many kinds of interesting and fun activities to make the students feel more motivated in learning english. one of many interesting activities that have been proved as a fun activity is establishing classroom games. hadfield (1999) stated that an activity can be called as a game if the game has a purpose, a rule and an element of fun. he further said that there are two types of games, namely, cooperative games and competitive games. similarly, wright defined classroom games as activities that can entertain, engage, and mostly challenge the students to interact with the others (wright et al., 2006). he added that games have a big role in creating a bond of one student to the other students. games also have been proved as an effective way to motivate the students in language learning, including english learning. hence, it shows that games are very beneficial in encouraging students to boost their interests. there are many kinds of classroom games that are popular among language teachers. one of them is jeopardy game. it is a game that allows the students to recall the previous materials that they have been learned. there are two versions of jeopardy game. the first is the one which requires technology, such as ppt slides and lcd projector. the second is the one which uses classroom property and stationary like papers, glue, tip, boardmarker and etc. the procedure of jeopardy game is based on the american’s popular television show called jeopardy (friedman, 2005). in this game, the teacher usually plays as the host and the students play as the contestants. the students can be assigned as individual contestants, but most of teachers usually divide the students into small groups. the host provides five categories of topics that contain values of points. each value has questions related to the topic. the questions are usually displayed on ppt slides or written on papers glued on the board. after that, the contestants should pick one category and answer the question correctly to get the points. the one who get the highest points is the winner of the game. there are a great number of studies that explain the advantages of using jeopardy game in language classrooms. the first study conducted a quasi experimental study to investigate the effectiveness of jeopardy game for teaching vocabulary in descriptive text to the eighth graders at a junior high school (pitaloka, 2017). she also examined the use of jeopardy game for improving student’s vocabulary mastery in descriptive text. she employed a pre-test, post2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):257-269 259 test and questionnaire to obtain the data. the finding shows that there are significant results after the treatment. all of the subjects were interested in jeopardy game because jeopardy can help them to remember the vocabulary easily. it also in line with rohaendi who stated that there is a positive response of students in learning through jeopardy game (rohaendi, 2019). another study also came. this study analyzed the use of jeopardy game as an assessment tool to enhance the performance and satisfaction of the students (revere & kohli, 2003). the findings of her research show that a team-based jeopardy exam success to improve classroom assessment by endorsing an interactive feedback among students and teachers. she also reported that the team-based jeopardy format increased the student’s performance. it was proved from the students’ final grades. surprisingly, the students in jeopardy class performed higher on jeopardy exam than they did on the traditional exam. the next study also revealed that jeopardy game can be used to improve the cognitive development and memory skill, it also increase the student’s motivation (fitrawati, 2019). nevertheless, most of the studies done under the topic of jeopardy game and english learning are mostly aimed to improve the four aspects of language skills. the researcher has not found any single research that concerns on the student’s perception towards the use of jeopardy game. therefore, the research question in this study was formulated as follows: how does the teacher uses jeopardy game in english learning? what are the perceptions of the students towards the use of jeopardy game? literature review historically, jeopardy game is a very popular television show aired throughout united states of america (usa) since 1974. this game consists of a host and several contestants. the game requires the contestants to answer questions from five different topics. the questions are placed in five categories. each category has five values as well. the values ranged from 100 points to 500 points. with the first step to play the game is the host must read aloud the clue after the chosen contestant picks a question. once the clue is showed by the host, the contestant must press the hand-held signaling device. then, the first contestant to press is given a chance to answer the questions. if the contestant’s answer is correct, the contestant is allowed to continue the game by choosing questions from any category that they want within five seconds (friedman, 2005). according gast & leatham (2005) the goal of this game on classroom activity, students more focused and successful in mastering the material as well as practice even though they don't have to apply it. meanwhile bee & hayes (2005), joepardy game using microsoft excel can calculate the score automatically when student in a group can answer with correctly and the instructors find it easier to 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):257-269 260 change the topic in the game because automatically the program is easy to randomize. otherwise, the points for which the contestant was providing an answer will be reduced from the points that they have already earned. in this time, the other contestants are given the opportunity to press the hand-held signaling device and provide an answer. when nobody knows the answer, the host provides it and the last person to answer it correctly chooses a new question. the hints of the answers are provided until one contestant wins the game by accumulating the biggest amount of points (gonzales, 2017). research method this study used qualitative design because this study showed the phenomena of jeopardy game in learning activity. the subjects of the present study were english teacher and 43 students of state senior high school in surabaya. the students consist of 39 female students and 5 male students. the students were the eleventh and twelfth graders from science and social major. the students were aged around 17 to 18 years old. the participants were selected because they have an experienced in learning used jeopardy game. to answer the research question, this study used interview and questionnaire. the interview is used to gather the data about the teacher’s experience in using jeopardy game in english learning. while, a close ended questionnaire was distributed to the participants at the end of semester 1. the questionnaire covers seven domains of student’s language skills. each item of the questionnaire has four options based on likert scale ranging from strongly agree to strongly disagree. the questionnaire was deliveredin online form. findings the teacher uses jeopardy game in english learning the teacher uses jeopardy game for review material before final exam. teacher uses it for eleventh and twelve grade of senior high school. teacher displays the jeopardy game in powerpoint. for eleventh grade, the materials for first semester are offer and suggestion, opinion, invitation and exposition text. furthermore, the material for twelve grade is offering service, application letter, caption, news item, conditional sentence and procedure text. the teacher gives ten minutes for student to study about those materials. before starting the game, the teacher divides the students into six groups. students should gather in their group. the teacher also shows the rule of the game. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):257-269 261 figure 1. 1st slide of jeopardy power point this is the first slide for the jeopardy game for twelve grade. the first slide contains the title of the game “jeopardy”. there is a sound effect on the ppt. it makes the class situation more energetic. figure 2. 2nd slide of jeopardy power point this is the first slide of eleventh grade. the design of twelve grade is more beautiful than eleventh grade. but, it also has a musical effect to make the situation more energetic. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):257-269 262 figure 3. 3rd slide slide of jeopardy power point in the next activity, the teacher shows what is the material that present on the jeopardy game. the teacher also says that jeopardy game provides some questions relate with those materials. it can be a multiple choice form, essay and instruction. figure 4. 4th slide of jeopardy power point in the next slide, the teacher shows the level of question and score in jeopardy game. in this section, the teacher shows the rule of this game. every 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):257-269 263 group should choose one question in turn. every group can discuss with their friend before choose the question. the more higher the score shows the level of question from lower order thinking skills (lots) into higher order thinking skills (hots). if there is a group who cannot answer the question correctly, the other groups have a change to answer but the score is a half from the real score. figure 5. 5th slide of jeopardy power point this is the jeopardy game ppt on eleventh grade. the form is same with twelve grade. the rule is same with twelve grade. figure 6. 6th slide of jeopardy power point this is the question for 100 score. it shows the lots question because it only recalls the memory of students about expression of offering a help. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):257-269 264 figure 7. 7th slide of jeopardy power point this figure shows the lots question that provides in eleventh grade. this question also has 100 score. the question is categorized in lots because it only recalls the memory of students. figure 8. 8th slide of jeopardy power point this figure shows the question that has 500 score. the student should make an offering help sentence based on the picture. it is kind of hots question because the student should analyze and interpret the picture to make a question. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):257-269 265 figure 9. 9th slide of jeopardy power point later, this figure shows the hots question. it has 400 score. it is categorized in hots level because in answering this question the students need understand and analyze the problem. after that, they have to interpret it with their life to give a suggestion for this problem. the winner is the group who has a highest score. the group who has a lowest score will get a minimum score or kkm from the teacher. the minimum score that given by the teacher for group who has a lowest point is 75. opposite, the teacher gives 85 for the winner. table 1. percentage of student’s perception towards the use of jeopardy game questionnaire items responses strongly agree agree disagree strongly disagree 1. jeopardy game makes english learning more interesting and fun. 30% 70% 2. i can recall the previous english materials easily using jeopardy game. 19% 81% 3. i feel comfortable while playing jeopardy game. 14% 86% 4. i become more interested and motivated in learning english by playing jeopardy game. 21% 79% 5. i become more confident to speak english during jeopardy game. 9% 84% 7% 6. i got a lot of new english vocabulary by playing jeopardy game. 21% 79% 7. the questions on jeopardy game encourage me to be more critical. 16% 79% 5% 8. i can memorize the english materials when my friends answer the questions during jeopardy game. 12% 81% 7% 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):257-269 266 the perceptions of the students towards the use of jeopardy game table 1 shows the result of the student’s perception toward the use of jeopardy game in english learning. the result shows that students have a positive response toward the use of jeopardy game because only 15% students who says disagree. it is also proved by no one student choose strongly disagree in their response. it means that students enjoy in using jeopardy game. there are eight criteria that provides in close ended questionnaire. the first is “jeopardy game makes english learning more interesting and fun”. in this criteria, shows that 70% of the students chose “agree” and the 30% of them chose “strongly agree” on item 1 that says “jeopardy game makes english learning more interesting and fun”. there was not any single student who disagreed on this item. it means that 100% of the students were having a great time playing jeopardy game because the game was interesting and fun. moreover, 86% of the students chose “agree” and the 14% of them chose “strongly agree” on item 3 that says “i feel comfortable while playing jeopardy game”. it means that the students really enjoy while playing jeopardy game in english classes. as shown in table 1, 79% of the students chose “agree” and 21% of them chose “strongly agree” on item 4 that says “i become more interested and motivated in learning english by playing jeopardy game”. besides, the results also show that the use of jeopardy game enriches the student’s vocabulary knowledge. it can be seen in table 1, that 79% of the students chose “agree” and 21% of them chose “strongly agree” on item 6 that says “i got a lot of new english vocabulary by playing jeopardy game”. in line with vocabulary development, the speaking skills of students also increase. it can be seen in table 1, that 84% of the students chose “agree” and 9% of them “strongly agree” on item 5 that says “i become more confident to speak english during jeopardy game”. furthermore, it was proved in this study that the use of jeopardy game also improves the student’s critical thinking skill. as shown in table 1, 79% of the students chose “agree” and 16% of them “strongly agree” on item 7 that says “the questions on jeopardy game encourage me to be more critical”. discussion this study shows that jeopardy game makes learning process more interesting and fun. bee & hayes (2005) stated that playing jeopardy game is an effective way to stimulate student’s interest, reduce student’s boredom and strenghten the student’s understanding skill. this results also supported by muleng (2018) that the paramount reason for using a game is when the game is fun and enjoyable for teachers and students. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):257-269 267 furthermore, the result also shows that jeopardy game makes students feel comfortable. this finding supports the results of gonzales’s (2017) research. in his study, the students reported that they enjoy the whole experience of learning using jeopardy game. he added that the reason why the students enjoy the game is because they were already familiar with the design of jeopardy game. some of them even mentioned that the images in jeopardy game are nice and attractive. when language students experience interesting, fun, and enjoyable activities, they will be more motivated to learn the language. it is because their states of mind are happier than before. it is in line with friedman’s (2005) theory, that jeopardy game stimulates students to learn more about the materials. also, they become more excited to participate the game’s friendly competition experience. students also can improve their vocabulary through jeopardy game. as majda & agus (2019) stated when the students try to answer questions spontaneously, the vocabulary that they have learned before suddenly came up in their brain. they added that while learning with jeopardy game, the students become easier to acquire many new words that they have heard from the other contestants once the student’s vocabulary knowledge increased, the student’s speaking skill would automatically be increased. this result shows that the student’s affective skills play a huge role to enhance their speaking skills. the affective skills include student’s enjoyment, excitement, and confidence in playing jeopardy game. these skills are paramount because vocabulary mastery skill and affective skills are being activated in jeopardy game. hence, it can be said that jeopardy game helps to stimulate the students’ brains so that the words could be easier to came out after being stored in the students’ brains. the critical thinking of students also rises in this study. it is good for the student’s brains because there will be a major progress to memorize the infomation that they have been acquired during the game. however, 5% of the students chose “disagree” on item 7. they reported that it is because they were not paying full attention during the game so they did not aware that jeopardy game can make them think critically. conclussion the present study has proved that the teachers use jeopardy game in english classes successfully. this study also proved that students have positive perception toward the use of the jeopardy game in english learning. this study founds some advantages. jeopardy game influences the student's affective skill positively. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):257-269 268 jeopardy game makes english learning more alive, comfortable, enjoyable, fun, and interesting. also, the students reported that they become more encouraged and motivated in learning english by playing jeopardy game. jeopardy game also helps the students to restore their memories about english materials that they have learned before. it means that they can recall the english materials when their classmates answer jeopardy game questions. furthermore, there was a development in the student's vocabulary mastery skill. the students have significant progress in improving their speaking skills. last but not least, the questions on jeopardy game encourage the students to be more critical because they have to think fast and compete with their classmates to answer the questions correctly. overall, jeopardy game is highly recommended to be utilized in english learning as it holds many advantages for both students and teachers. however, this study has a limitation. the participants were selected only from two classes. future studies should take more participants to obtain more diverse perceptions of using jeopardy game in english learning. future studies could also explore the implementation of jeopardy game in virtual classes. references bee, s., & hayes, d. c. (2005). using the jeopardy game to enhance student understanding of accounting information systems (ais) exam material. review of business information systems (rbis), 9(1), 69-78. https://doi.org/10.19030/rbis.v9i1.4471 dede, b. c. (2005). planning for neomillennial learning styles. educause quartely, 1, 7–12 fitrawati, n. m. p. &. (2019). the use of jeopardy game to teach vocabulary to young learner. journal of english language teaching, 7(2), 249–258 friedman, h. (2005). classroom jeopardy teacher’s guide. usa: educational insights, inc gast, j., & leatham, m. (2005). theory jeopardy: a fun interactive approach to teaching theory. american journal of health education, 36(1), 54-57. https://doi.org/10.1080/19325037.2005.10608159 gonzales, a. z. (2017). using games to improve vocabulary in an intermediate level course. mexico: universidad veracruzana hadfield, j. (1999). advanced communication games : a collection of games and activities for intermediate and advanced students of english/jill hadfield. new york: longman howe, n., & strauss, w. (2007). the next 20 years: how customer and workforce attitudes will evolve. harvard business review, 85(7–8), 4152 majda, a., & agus, g. (2019). using jeopardy game to improve student's vocabulary knowledge. lingua, 1(1), 31-42. https://doi.org/10.34005/lingua.v1i01.157 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):257-269 269 muleng, p. (2018). the influence of using jigsaw technique towards student's vocabulary mastery at the second semester of the eighth grade of smp n 24 bandar lampung in the academic year of 2017/2018. undergraduate thesis, uin raden intan lampung pitaloka, c. m. h. (2017). effectiveness of jeopardy game to enlarge student’s vocabulary mastery in reading comprehension of descriptive text (quasi-experimental study at eighth grade students of smp n 5 magelangin academic year 2016/2017). undergraduate thesis. universitas negeri semarang revere, l., & kohli, k. s. (2003). classroom jeopardy : a winning approach for improving student assessment, performance and satisfaction. proceedings-annual meeting of the decision sciences institute. united state-scimago institutions rankings rohaendi, n. s. (2019). the influence of jeopardy game towards student’s vocabulary mastery. biormatika, 5(1), 72-78. https://doi.org/issn (p) 24613961 (e) 2580-6335 wright, a., betteridge, d., buckby, m., wright, a., betteridge, d., & buckby, m. (2006). games for language learning. inggris: cambridge university press linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 6 nomor 2, januari-juni 2023 e-issn: 2597-3819 p-issn: 2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v6i2.5067 222 validity testing of developed general english modul for university students at pgri silampari university yulfi1 universitas pgri silampari ayu oktaviani2 universitas pgri silampari rahmatika sri dewi rizki3 universitas pgri silampari yulfipatmo@gmail.com1 submit, 13-12-2023 accepted, 11-06-2023 publish, 13-06-2023 abstract this research aimed to determine the expert validity of the developed module, "general english modul," at pgri silampari university (unpari). the method used in this research was descriptive qualitative. there were three experts in validating the module. they were experts in content, expert in instructional design, and expert in media. the instrument used in collecting data was a questionnaire. in analyzing data, the researchers read all comments given by experts for each exercise (data condensation). after that, the researchers interpreted the comment and rechecked by the experts (data display). finally, the developed model was revised based on the suggestion. the results showed that for content validity, the expert concluded that the module was high validity, but she suggested some revisions. in validating instructional design, the expert also received the model but with some revisions. furthermore, the last, some aspects of media, such as the brightness of the cover, pictures, and color, must be revised. finally, in conclusion, the module of general english subject at unpari was accepted with some revision. keywords: general english modul, validity introduction as an international language, english has been taught as a compulsory subject in educational institutions from elementary to university levels (dita et al., 2020). in indonesia, it is mentioned in uu number 12, the year 2012, about pendidikan tinggi uu number 20, the year 2003, about sistem pendidikan nasional that university students need to master english as one of the international languages. the regulations are related to national demands in communication instruments for international interaction. learning material or media in the teaching and learning process is needed to achieve english mastery for university students. https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v6i2.5067 mailto:yulfipatmo@gmail.com1 223 as stated by yulfi & syaprizal (2020), lecturers should design and develop their own english teaching materials at the university level. however, it is not easy for them. they must set aside their busy time to prepare lesson plans, choose appropriate assessment instruments, and so forth. developing material for a specific subject is needed. for example, hamdan et al. (2021) designed a learning media based on a blog website for pkbm damai tutors in musi rawas district. this media is in the digital media platform to support the teaching and learning process in this pkbm. in another research, dewi et al. (2018) developed e-module english for a specific purpose based on the application for vocational students. it is carried out in the development stage based on the four-d model. there are define, design, develop and disseminate. the e-module application developed aims to be accessible to teachers and students. it is designed attractively and innovatively because it is equipped with images, learning animations, audio learning, and exercises that can give feedback (answers) instantly; this module provides simulations for students about the use of computer applications. the practical test of e-module application is used to determine the practicality of using e-modules computer applications by users. this test was carried out by e-module computer application users, namely students, and teachers in three selected schools, which consisted of 75 students and 3 english language teachers. the practicality test results show that the practicality score for using e-module computer applications is 76.4%. one of the learning materials that lecturers can use to support their teaching activity and help the students to master english as a general english subject is a module. modules contain material that aims to enable learners to learn independently or with the guidance of teachers in teaching and learning activities and ways to evaluate, designed systematically and interestingly to achieve the competencies and learning goals (anjar, 2019). using the module allows the students to learn by themselves (ahmad, 2017). while unpari is one of the private universities in lubuklinggau which adopt english as one of the compulsory subjects for every study program, students should master english to support their basic competency in their study program. despite this, based on interviews with some students who learn general english subject, they stated that some problems were occurring during the general english learning process, such as they were unmotivated to learn because they did not have a handbook, module, or other learning media, they also still have difficulties in sharing their ideas orally and written because of lack of vocabulary mastery and comprehension of grammar. in order to solve problems faced in the general english teaching and learning process and to achieve the learning objectives of this subject at unpari, 224 it is necessary to develop a model. the module will support the teaching and learning process at the university level. the module is designed based on addie (analysis, design, developing, implementing, and evaluation). it has developed and needs to be validated by content, instructional design, and media experts. based on the explanation above, the researchers thought it was necessary to conduct a research entitled: validity testing of general english modul for students at unpari. literatur review teaching english as a foreign language (tefl) refers to teaching english to students whose first language is not english. tefl teachers may be native or non-native speakers of english. tefl may also refer to a particular methodology for teaching people whose first language is not english but who need to learn it for work or choose to learn it for leisure. these students may be adults or children. they may be paying for the courses themselves, or their employers or parents are paying for them. many are highly motivated and literate and already have an aptitude for languages. however, many others are not motivated because they dislike learning english. they learn english because certain situations force them to learn. in this situation, english teachers must motivate them by engaging them in a joyful learning environment. while in indonesia, english is still taught as a foreign language, besides, students have to master the indonesian language as their first language. indonesia is a nation where the population uses bahasa indonesia as the lingua franca, and english is considered a foreign language. but in most central cities in indonesia, english is often used in delivering speech, material, and message in one interaction (nufus, 2018). in the learning process, activities are carried out among teachers and students. in conveying or transmitting messages in the form of knowledge (cognitive), skills (psychomotor), and inculcation of attitude values (affective) to students, intermediaries are needed. intermediaries in transmitting the message include learning media. learning media itself is defined as an intermediary or introduction to the source of the message to the recipient of the message to be able to stimulate thoughts, feelings, attention, and willingness to encourage the emergence of a desire to be involved in the learning process (abi et al., 2020). learning media is every person, material, tool, or event that can create conditions that allow learners to receive knowledge, skills, and attitudes (purwono, 2018). in addition, smaky says that learning media is a tool that works and is used to convey the message of learning (suryani et al., 2018). besides, the use of learning media in the learning process can awaken new desires and interests, generate motivation and stimulation learning, and even bring psychological influences to 225 students (as-syifa, 2018). however, media works and can be used to convey messages when learning. so, it can be concluded that learning media is a tool used to convey the message of learning delivered by the message source to the recipient of the message. one of the intermediaries needed in the learning process is a module. herawati and muhtadi (2020) stated that by using modules, students could learn individually without teachers beside them. they can explore the material and do exercises in the module by themselves. in addition, students can learn based on their learning level and check their achievement at the end of the learning process. the existence of a module gives a chance for them to do remedial or solve their weaknesses in learning, and they can find some exercises or evaluations given continuously. anjar (2019) also adds an explanation about the module. he states that modules contain material that aims to enable learners to learn independently or with the guidance of teachers in teaching and learning activities and ways to evaluate, which is designed systematically and interestingly to achieve the competencies and learning goals. in developing a model, the researchers used addie (analysis, design, development, implementation, and evaluation). after doing analysis, design, and development, the module will be validated by experts. research method the research was conducted at pgri silampari university, which is located on mayor toha street, air kuti village, lubuklinggau city. this is a location where the learning process took place. and the researchers used a descriptive qualitative method. the subject subjects of this research were three experts, an expert in content, an expert in instructional design, and an expert in media. in collecting the data, a questionnaire was used. the questionnaires were in the form of yes/no answers and giving comments. it meant that the questionnaires were open and close-ended. questionnaires for experts were to know the quality of the module produced. the experts were asked to answer by using a checklist of their opinions answered in the questionnaire. the scoring that is used is 5, 4, 3, 2, which represent the evaluation form, strongly agree, agree, neutral, disagree, strongly disagree. the result from the questionnaires came from the experts was used as guidance for revising the supplementary general english model. the specifications of questionnaires in the expert review were described in the tables below: 226 table 1. specification of validation sheet of content english aspects number of statements 1. the appropriateness of content with students’ characteristic 1, 2 2. the accuracy of the language 3, 4 3. the presentation of contents 5, 6 4. the linguistic aspect of the contents 7 5. exercises and evaluation aspects 8, 9, 10 source: adapted from tessmer in saraswati (2020) table 2. specification of validation sheet of instructional design aspects number of statements 1. the appropriateness between material and syllabus 1 2. presentation of materials 2,3 3. the effectiveness and efficiency of achievement of learning objectives 4, 5 4. the appropriateness of the product with users’ characteristic 6 5. implementability of instructional design and evaluation aspects 7, 8, 9, 10 source: adapted from tessmer in saraswati (2020) table 3. specification of validation sheet of media aspects number of statements the appropriateness of the module with students’ characteristic 1 the appropriateness between modules with contents 2 media qualify 3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 source: adapted from tessmer in saraswati (2020) data gathered were analyzed by applying three concurrent activity flows: data condensation, data display, and drawing conclusions. in analyzing data, the researchers read all comments given by experts for each exercise (data condensation). after that, the comment was interpreted by the researchers and rechecked by the experts (data display). finally, the developed model was revised based on the suggestion. 227 the validity of the product was determined by experts’ reviews. after reviewing the material in the module, the experts would give their judgment through a questionnaire in the form of a likert scale with a score ranging from 1-5 and write their comments on it. their comment would be used as a basis to revise the developing english supplementary reading module based on local content. to determine the validity level of the product, the range of scores can be used score conversion by dividing the range by the objected category as follows: after getting the results of the validity score and coordinating the average score of the obtained total score from the three experts’ judgment, the data would be converted as follow: table 4. criteria of validity average score category 4.215.00 very high 3.414.20 high 2.613.40 moderate 1.811-2.60 low 1.00-1.80 very low modified: kubiszyn & borich (2008) finding after the researchers designed the model, the module would be checked by experts. there were three experts who validated the module, 1) the expert of content, 2) the expert of instructional design, and 3) the expert of media. the experts' validations were as follows: 1. language/ content validity in this research, the validation of the content validity which conducted on november 28th, 2022, by miss dewi syafitri, m.pd. she is one of the lecturers of general english at unpari and become one of the syllabus developers. as a content validity expert, she evaluated the appropriateness of contents with students' characteristics, the accuracy of the content, the accuracy of the language, the presentation of contents, linguistics aspects of the contents, and exercises and evaluation aspects. the result of the validation analysis of content is presented in the following table: 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑖𝑑𝑖𝑡𝑦 = 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑔𝑒𝑡 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 228 table 4. validation of content no aspects numbers of statement score 1. the appropriateness of contents with students’ characteristics 1 and 2 4 2. the accuracy of the content 3 and 4 9 3. the presentation of contents 5 and 6 9 4. linguistic aspects of the contents 7 4 5. exercises and evaluation 8,9, and 10 12 total 10 38 average 3.8 remarks high the average score for calculating the questionnaire answered by the expert is 3.8. this score is interpreted by criteria of validity testing. 3.8 was in high criteria for content validation. 2. media validity the validation of media validity was conducted on november, 25th 2022 by sir dr. dodik mulyono,m.pd., the lecturer of the mathematics education study program, which evaluated the appropriateness of interactive multimedia for student characteristics, the appropriateness between interactive multimedia with contents and media qualify. the result of the validation of media is presented in the following table: table 5. validation of media no aspects numbers of statement score 1. the appropriateness of interactive multimedia for student characteristics 1 4 2. the appropriateness between interactive multimedia with contents 2 4 3. media qualify 3,4,5,6,7,8,9, and 10 32 total 10 40 average 4.0 remarks high 229 the average score for calculating the questionnaire answered by the expert of media is 4.0. this score is in the high criteria. it means that the module has a very good qualification in media, but it still needs some revision. 3. instructional design validity the validation of the instructional design was conducted on november 27th, 2022, with the expert miss swastika selli, s.pd., m.a., the lecturer of the english education study program, who has expertise in linguistics. she evaluated the appropriateness between material and curriculum, the presentation of materials, the effectiveness and efficiency of achievement of learning objectives, the appropriateness of the product with users' characteristics, the implementability of instructional media, and evaluation. the result of the validation instructional design is presented in the following table below: table 6. validation of instructional design no aspects numbers of statement score 1. the appropriateness between material and curriculum 1 5 2. presentation of materials 2 and 3 9 3. the effectiveness and efficiency of achievement of learning objectives 4 and 5 9 4. the appropriateness of the product with users’ characteristics, 6 4 5. implementability of instructional media 7 4 6. evaluation 8,9, and 10 12 total 10 43 average 4.3 remarks high based on the table that has been presented by the researchers above, it can be concluded that general english modul was valid remarks and worth testing with revision based on the suggestions and recommendations. discussion the proper teaching materials determine successful teaching-learning activities. teaching materials are required to adapt to the current situation of the institution, curriculum, and learners (imron et al., 2021). related to the developed model in this research, it was one way to increase successful teaching and learning activities. 230 the procedure of conducting research and development (r&d) by using the addie model among the five stages has interrelation (ahmad, 2017). first is an analysis; in this phase, the researchers analyze the students’ needs. the second is design; in this phase, the researchers design the needs of the students by asking the expert to support them. third is development; the researchers develop the demands of students and experts. fourth is implementation; the researcher implements the design, which had been developed together from the needs of students and experts. the last fifth is evaluation; the researcher evaluates the activities from the beginning. if it does not work well, the researchers could review the previous activities to improve. based on the results of the research described in the findings, it can be interpreted that the model was valid and need to be revised. the first expert, who focuses on content validity, she has validated the module on november 28th, 2022. she validates the appropriateness of contents with students' characteristics, the accuracy of the content, the accuracy of the language, the presentation of contents, linguistics aspects of the contents, and exercises and evaluation aspects. the first aspect which validates in content validation is the appropriateness of content with students' characteristics. the total score for this indicator was 8. she argues that the module will be easy to be used for the students, and the module already serves bilingual that helps the students to understand the material. the next indicator, the accuracy of the content, gave 9. it meant that the model still needed to be revised in several parts, and the model was still in line with the syllabus of the general english subject. the third indicator was the presentation of contents. the score was 9. she suggested always attaching the source of the reading text and that the material was in good order. then, for the linguistics aspect of the contents, there were a few parts of the language pattern ungrammatically, so the researchers needed to revise them. the last indicator was on exercises, and the evaluation was on 12 points. the expert suggests paying attention to instructions for each exercise. finally, the comment given by the expert was the module has high validity in content and is still valid with revision. the next expert was focused on media validation. the model was validated for media on november 25th, 2022. the expert evaluated the appropriateness of interactive multimedia for student characteristics, the appropriateness between interactive multimedia with contents, and media qualify. the first indicator in media validation is the appropriateness of interactive media for students' characteristics. he suggests giving motivation, such as wise words that can motivate students to learn english. it is in line with what hamalik stated that learning media should generate new desires and interests, generate motivation and stimulation of learning activities, and bring psychological influence to students (hastuti et al., 2017). the next indicator is the appropriateness of interactive multimedia with content. 231 the module was good at relating pictures and videos to the material in the syllabus. while for media quality, the expert suggests adding the size of the word and rechecking the name of the module. there is a minor revision in the form of color selection. this corresponds to thabroni (2018) selecting of the dominant main color and matching it with the relevant harmonious color. he concluded that the model was high in validity with some revision. the third expert was instructional design validation. the validation was done on november 27th, 2022. instructional validation was focused on the appropriateness between material and curriculum, presentation of materials, the effectiveness and efficiency of achievement of learning objectives, the appropriateness of the product with users' characteristics, implementability of instructional media, and evaluation. based on her validation, the appropriateness between material and curriculum is good. the researcher has designed the model based on the syllabus used for the general english subjects. next, related to her validation of the effectiveness and efficiency of achievement of learning objectives, the model is effective and efficient in achieving the learning objectives because the model was designed based on the syllabus itself. then, the module is already designed with consideration of the characteristics of the students. the implementability of instructional media of the module is easy for to be implemented and understand by the students. finally, the evaluation of the model still needs to be developed and cover all material in every chapter. she stated that the model is valid (high validity) and still needs to be revised. conclusion based on the formulation of the focus and the results of the research described above, the researchers concluded that this research produced general english modul for students at unpari is worth using based on the validation results of experts with criteria worth using. for content validation, the score was 3.8, with high validity. the expert of media gave 4.0 as high validity. and the last instructional validity was high validity, with a score of 4.3. references abi hamid, m., ramadhani, r., masrul, m., juliana, j., safitri, m., munsarif, m., simarmata, j. (2020). media pembelajaran. yayasan kita menulis. medan ahmad, a. (2017). developing cooperative learning-based e-module to teach basic english grammar of the first semester of english study program students at fkip-uir. j-shmic, 4(2), 1-11. https://doi.org/10.31227/osf.io/34rhg anjar. (2019). modul: pengertian, karakteristik dan tujuan pembuatan serta komponen-komponennya. retrieved on july 17th 2019, from http://www.wawasanpendidikan.com. as-syifa, d. (2018). media pembelajaran. jakarta: rajagrafindo persada. https://doi.org/10.31227/osf.io/34rhg 232 dita, a. syaprizal. triyogo, a. (2020). developing listening materials based on bottom up strategy for students of english education. english education, linguistics and art journal. 1(1), 17-24. doi: https://doi.org/10.31539/edulia.v1i1.1566 hamdan. triyogo, a. ardayati. (2021). pembuatan media pengajaran online berbasis website blog bagi tutor pkbm wujudkan kejar paket a, b dan c yng handal di pkbm damai kecamatan muara beliti kabupaten musi rawas. bakti nusantara linggau journal. 2(1), 20-25. hastuti, n. l., waryanto, n. h., & retnowati, e. (2017). pengembangan media pembelajaran matematika berbasis edutainment berupa android mobile game untuk siswa smp kelas vii pada materi segi empat. jurnal pedagogi matematika, 6(2), 67-75. imron, a., asri, a.n., suryadi, s.b. (2021). development of english teaching module for electrical engineering study program. saga. 3(1), 69-80. doi: http://doi.org/10.21460/saga.2022.31.120 kubiszyn, t., & borich, g. (1993). educational testing and measurement: classroom application and practice. new york, ny: harper collins college publisher. nufus, tatun, z. (2018). teaching english for young learners in indonesia. english language in focus, 1(1), 65-70. doi: https://doi.org/10.24853/elif.1.1.65-70 purwono, j. dkk. (2018). penggunaan media audio-visual pada mata pelajaran ilmu pengetahuan alam di sekolah menengah pertama negeri 1 pacitan. jurnal teknologi pendidikan dan pembelajaran. thabroni, g. (2018). perpaduan warna harmonis menggunakan teori warna & seni. saraswati, s., rodliyah, i. (2020). blended learning berbasis edmodo: proses pengembangan pada mata kuliah kalkulus dasar. jurnal gantang, 2, 133142. doi: https://doi.org/10.31629/jg.v5i2.2415 suryani, setiawan, n., putria, a. (2018). media pembelajaran inovatif dan pengembangannya. bandung: pt remaja rosdakarya. yulfi, y., & syaprizal, s. (2020). developing supplementary speaking material in digital media. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal, 4(1), 150-160. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v4i1.1620 https://doi.org/10.31539/edulia.v1i1.1566 http://doi.org/10.21460/saga.2022.31.120 https://doi.org/10.24853/elif.1.1.65-70 https://doi.org/10.31629/jg.v5i2.2415 linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 1 nomor 1, desember 2017 e-issn:2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi: https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v1i1.35 71 teaching reading by using inquiry based learning approach to the first semester of english education program syaprizal 1 stkip pgri lubuklinggau syaprizal_mpd@yahoo.com 1 submit, 08-11-2017 accepted, 30-12-2017 publish, 30-12-2017 abstract the objective of this study was to find out whether or not it was significantly effective to use inquiry based learning in teaching reading to first semester of english education program . in this study, the writer proposed two hypotheses. they were null hypothesis (ho) and alternative hypothesis (ha). the method applied was pre-experimental with one group pre-test posttest design. the population of this study was all of first semester of english education program which consisted of 45 students. the sample was taken through cluster random sampling. which consisted of 20 students. the data were collected by means of test consisting 20 items of multiple choices. the data obtained were analyzed through three techniques: 1) individual score, and 2) matched t-test. the results of this study shows that the students’ mean score in the pre-test was 60.13 and those in the post-test was 75.25. the result of matched t-test was 5.25, which was higher than t-table value (1.725) of 20 with 95% significant level for one tailedtest. therefore, the null hypothesis (ho) was rejected and the alternative hypothesis (ha) was accepted. it means that it was significantly effective to use based learning approach in teaching reading to first semester of english education program . keyword: teaching reading, using inquiry based learning approach. introduction language is a fundamental part of human being (haliwel, 1992:11). language is an important part of humans in communicating to each other. through language, people learn how to “mean things” and how to share all of those meanings with others. the term language refers to set of intricate rules which function as a medium of human style of communication, (siahaan, 2008:40). in simple word, language is used by people to communicate and share mailto:syaprizal_mpd@yahoo.com1 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):71-81 72 information all about their life. reading and listening are called receptive skills because when we listen and read something we receive the language, understand it and decode the meaning. speaking and writing are called productive skills because we use the language to produce a message through speech or written text. productive skills is the term for speaking and writing, skills where students actually have to produce language themselves (harmer, 2007 : 65). reading is the act of constructing meaning while transacting with text. it means that when people use information stored in schemata to understand and interact with the world around people, so do people use this knowledge to make sense of print. since the reader has not said anything about the reader’s “getting” meaning. from the author, the page, or anywhere else. it means that by reading people will get the information which is stated in a text or a book. as a matter of fact, many books or journals are written in english, therefore by mastering english reading people also can interact with the world. reading is a physic and mental activity to reveal the meaning of the written texts, while in that activity there is a process of knowing letters. according to saleh (1997:3), english is considered as one of the vehicles to actualize the philosophy of life long education by progressive high school graduates. the researcher believed, the readers literally make meaning from the interaction between prior knowledge and previous experience (what they already known) from the information available in text, from the “stance” or position they elect to take in relationship to the text and from immediate, remembered, or shared social interaction and communication of this nation of “transaction” (ruddel, 2005:30).in other words, reading is the process where people try to combine the knowledge that they had before with their present knowledge then they try to comprehend and understand what they read. therefore, the students had many problems with the meaning, the use of tenses, and aspects of reading text such as vocabulary. finally, the students felt low motivation in learning, they did not interested in teachers’ strategies, techniques and approaches in teaching reading. the students were lack of motivation and exposure in reading comprehension. it can be stated that students did not have motivation to expose their reading skill especially in comprehending text. based on the problems above, the researcher intends to conduct a research to prove the effectiveness of using inquiry based learning approach in teaching reading. therefore, the research entitled: “using inquiry based learning approach in teaching reading to the first semester of english education program”. 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):71-81 73 literature review reading comprehension reading comprehension is the basic purpose for reading, underlying and supporting most other purposes for reading and more complex than commonly assumed. there are some reading strategies used by good readers, skills essential to students’ academic success: pre-reading, initial reading, getting the main ideas section, guessing meaning from context, re-reading, and post-reading exercise. reading comprehension is a constructive, interactive process involving three factors the reader, the text, and the content in which the text is read (gunning 1992:188). catherine (2002:13) states that reading comprehension has focused on specific factor (e.g. vocabulary knowledge) without specifying either that the effect of that factor reflects a relationship among reader, text, and activity or that the factor may change from pre-reading to reading to post-reading. reading is the act of constructing meaning while transacting with text. just as we use information stored in schemata to understand and interact with the world around us, so do we use this knowledge to make sense of print. notice that i have not said anything about the reader’s “getting” meaning. from the author, the page, or anywhere else. i believed, as do others that readers literally make meaning from the interaction between prior knowledge and previous experience (what they already known) from the information available in text, that can be easy to be remembered or shared in social interaction and communication of this nation of “transaction” (ruddel, 2005:30). the concept of inquiry based learning approach according to amri and ahmadi(2010:87),inquiry-based learning approach is a student-centered and teacher-guided instructional approach that engages students in investigating real world questions. inquiry-based instruction complements traditional instruction by providing a vehicle for extending and applying the learning of students in a way that connects with their interests within a broader thematic framework. students acquire and analyze information, develop and support propositions, provide solutions, and design technology and arts products that demonstrate their thinking and make their learning visible. in addition, sanjaya (2006:196) states that inquiry based learning approach is an approach that consists of some activities of learning that focus on the process of how to think analytically to search and find the answers of the problems in reading. the thinking process is usually done through questions and answers between the teacher and the students. it means that this approach emphasizes the students to find the answers by themselves. therefore, the 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):71-81 74 students are required to be active in finding the answers of reading text, especially, descriptive text. moreover, cooper and prescott (1989:3) state that research shows that the amount of student learning that occurs in a classroom is directly proportional to the quality and quantity of student involvement in the educational program. however research studies indicate that teachers typically dominate classroom conversation, consuming nearly 70% of classroom time. finally, banchi and bell (2008:22)state that clearly outlines four levels of inquiry. the progression seen from level one through four provides an excellent guide for how to scaffold inquiry learning skills for students. level 1 : confirmation inquiry, the teacher has taught a particular science theme or topic. one student then develop questions and a procedure that guides students through an activity level 2 : structured inquiry, the teacher provides with question and procedure. students are to formulate explanations of their findings through evaluating and analyzing the data that collect. level 3 : guided inquiry, the teacher only provides the research question for students. the students are responsible for designing and following their own procedures to test that question and then communicate their result and findings. level 4 : open inquiry, students formulate their own research question, design and follow through with a developed procedure, and communicate their findings and results. students’ reading achievement an achievement is a measurement of how much of a language has learned with reference to a particular course of study or programme of instruction (trumble, 2001:11). students’ reading achievement means the students’ difference score that is related to their particular course of instruction. for example, an achievement reading comprehension test based on particular set of descriptive text question. the test helps the teacher to judge the success of his or her teaching and to identify the weakness of his or her students. the steps of teaching reading by using inquiry based learning approach based on procedures that proposed by wilherm(2010:11), inquiry based learning approach through the following steps: 1. teacher activates the students’ prior knowledge. the teacher asks to the students about their opinions that relates to the topic of the reading text. 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):71-81 75 2. the teacher divides the students into groups (each group consist of five students). the teacher gives the topic of the reading text. 3. teacher invited the students to appoint their own group leader 4. the teacher establishes a general topic or inquiry of the topic of descriptive text. 5. the teacher provides the students about the books/reading text which related to the descriptive text. after that the students do their own inquires. 6. the teacher helps the students to find the answers of the text. 7. the teacher asks students a lot of questions to help them refine their thinking. 8. the teacher evaluates result and process of study and reviewing the questions and answers that are stated on the text. the advantages of inquiry based learning according dewey (2012:52), there are several advantages to an inquiry based learning approach to learning. an inquiry based approach is: 1. qualitative: it can be used in teaching reading content and suitable for the groups. 2. flexible for students: it motivates students to be more creative by giving them more freedom, time, and for discovery. 3. highly motivating: as students become engaged in the question forming process, they take ownership of their learning. 4. connected to the real world: it works to prepare students for real-life situations. it reinforces multiple skills and allows students to build the confidence to know where and how to get wanted information. research hypotheses according to arikunto (2006:17), hypotheses is the temporary answer of study problem, till realized through the data has collected. based on the problem and the objective above, the research hypothesis in this study is “is it significantly effective to students reading achievement by using inquiry based learning approach to the the first semester of english education program”. in this study there are two hypotheses. the null hypothesis (ho) and the alternative hypothesis (ha). 1. the null hypothesis (ho) : stated that it is not significantly effective to teach reading by using inquiry based learning approach to the the first semester of english education program. 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):71-81 76 2. the alternative hypothesis (ha) : stated that it is significantly effective to teach reading by using inquiry based learning approach to the first semester of english education program research method research design in this research, the writer used a pre-experimental with one-group pretest and post-test design. according to fraenkel and wallen (1993:236),preexperimental method is a method that has one group pre-test and post-test design, a single group is measured or observed not only after being expose to a treatment of some sort, but also before. population and sample according to arikunto (2010:173), population is the entire subject in the research. the population is represented by test norms or the group of examines represented by the norms is referred to as the reference population. population is the entire set of individuals, items, or scores from which a sample is drawn. in this research, the population is all the the first semester of english education program. according to arikunto (2010:74), sample is a part of representative of population investigated. from the explanation above, the writer will take one class as the sample of this investigation. the writer will use the purposive sampling. techniques for collecting the data in this research the instrument was reading comprehension test. the reading comprehension test in multiple choice tests with four choice. the total of items of instruments were 25 questions. in collecting the data, writer give the instrument to the students to allow the students assess the effects of experimentation and to know how the students’ achievement about what they have learned. techniques for analyzing the data matched t-test the results of the test are analyzed by using matched t-test. matched t-test is comparison of the result of students’ mean score in pretest and the students’ mean score in the post test. formula of the matched t-test is as follow: t-obt= 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):71-81 77 where: t-obt = tobtained. = the students’ means score in the pre-test. = the students’ means score in the post-test. = standard error of difference. (hatch and farhady, 1982:116) accountability of the research validity validity is the essential idea to consider when preparing or selecting an instrument for use. the validity of the test material was using content validity. wallen and frankel (1990:47) state that content validity is the degree to which in instrument measures an intended hypothetical psychological construct, or no observable trait. in order to know if the contents of the test items given are appropriate, the writer checked material in curriculum. before give the treatment to students, the students were given the tryout of instrument. reliability reliability is a measure of the degrre to which the test givens consistent result. in this research there are twenty five reading questions that are measured to get their reliability levels. according to fraenkel and wallen, (1990: 136) stated that the test is considered realiable when the reliability coefficient of the tests should be at least 0.70 and preferable higher. in estimating the reliability coefficient, the writer applied kuder richardson 21 (kr-21), it was found that 0,73. it means the reading test instrument was reliable since it was higher than 0.70. normality the investigation of the interval consistency normal is estimated by arikunto (2005:161). the following is the normality distribution formula (chi square ): x ² =  1 2 )( e eo ii where: oi = the observation freguency ei = the expertiso freguency finding in this study, the writer found that inquiry based learning approach is effective to be used in teaching reading comprehension to the first semester of english education program. it can increase the students’ more active in the class 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):71-81 78 room, and interested in learning reading comprehension using inquiry based learning approach. the findings in this study included the students’ score in the pre-test, the students’ score in the post-test, and the result of matched-test calculation between the students score in pre-test and those in the post-test. the writer found that tobtained was 4.003 which exceeded 1.701 as its critical value. it means that the alternative hypothesis (ha) was accepted and null hypothesis (ho) was rejected. in other word, it was effective to use inquiry based learning approach in teaching reading to the first semester of english education program. it means indirectly the inquiry based learning approach was effective to be used. the comparison between the students’ pre-test and post-test scores is shown in the following chart. the students’ scores in the pre-test before the writer calculated the experiment, she gave the student pre-test then took their scores. after the scores had been tabulated, the writer found that the highest score was 80, reached by 1 students, and the lowest score was 45, reached by 1 student. in addition the averages score was 63. the students’ scores in the post-test before giving the post-test, the writer taught reading comprehension using guided reading procedure inquiry based learning approach. in this case, the test items in the posttest were the same as those in pre-test. in the post-test, the highest score was 100 reached by 1 student, and the lowest score was 55 reached by 2 students. the averages score was 75.25. data normality in the pre-test based on the data of the students’ scores in the pre-test, the writer found out that x 2 obtained = 10.31 with degree of freedom (df)=5 (6-1). since level is 95%(0.05), and the x 2 table = 11.070 with the data was normal, because x 2 obtained was higher than x 2 table. in the post -test based on the data of the students’ scores in the post-test, the writer found out that x 2 obtained = 12.8376 with degree of freedom (df)=5 (6-1). since level is 95%(0.05), and the x 2 table = 11.070 with the data was normal, because x 2 obtained was higher than x 2 table. 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):71-81 79 the calculation of the matched t-test based on the students’ score obtained both in the pre-test and in the posttest, the writer calculated the matched t-test to find out whether or not guided reading procedure inquiry based learning approach was significantly effective to teach reading comprehension to the first semester of english education program. by using the students’ score in the pretest and the post-test, the writer found that the result of matched t-test for the whole class was 4.003. meanwhile, the critical value of 95% with df 19 (20-1) significance level was 1.701. it means that the tobtained (4.003) exceeded the t-critical value (1.701). it means that the alternative hypothesis (ha) which was stated that guided reading procedure inquiry based learning approach was effective in teaching reading comprehension to the first semester of english education program was accepted and the null hypothesis (ho) was rejected. discussion after getting the data from test, the writer interpreted the result of the data analysis. as described above, the writer found that after teaching reading by using guided reading procedure inquiry based learning approach, the students’ achievement increased. it can be seen from the difference between the students’ score in the pre-test and that in the post-test. some data obtained include: a) the students’ average score was 63, b) the highest score 100, which was achieved by 1 student, and c) the students lowest score was 55 achieved by 1 student. it can be interpreted that their ability in reading comprehension was failed category. the explanation above repeated that the students were not very good in their knowledge; it was because the students could not comprehend reading text well. they could not differ between information based on the text and that based on their knowledge. that is why the student felt difficulties to answer the question and consequently they were classified as failed category. on the other hand, in the post-test, their average score increased to be 75.25, with the highest score was 100 achieved by 1 students and the lowest was 55 achieved by 1 students. their average ability was in passed category. it means that after treatment, the students were better in reading comprehension and in answering the questions. therefore, the writer felt necessary to give treatment for the students. treatment was done to the experiment class in order to improve the students’ achievement on certain area. in the treatment the writer used guided reading procedure inquiry based learning approach to teach reading comprehension. that the thing that is the most basically in teaching and learning process in the students being active. the students being active in learning process will get the high interaction between teacher and students. learning can be successful if all of 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):71-81 80 the students or parts of the students mixed up each other in active manner in learning process. the activities that have done the students for learning will be influence the student’s memory on the lesson that have been given by the teacher. in additional, the result of matched t-test calculation shows that the t-obtained was higher than t-table . the t-obtained was 4.003, while the t-table was 1.701. it means that null hypothesis (ho) was rejected and the alternative hypothesis (ha) was accepted. inquiry based learning approach was effective to be used in teaching reading comprehension to the first semester of english education program. in conclusion, it’s clear that guided reading procedure inquiry based learning approach has advantages in learning process. by using guided reading procedure inquiry based learning approach could increase students’ skill in comprehending reading text, the students have high motivation and can be active in learning process. motivation is give reason, incentive, enthusiasm, or interest that causes a specific action or certain behavior, and for the english teachers, this strategy can be used in learning process to develop students’ achievement in reading comprehension. conclusion based on the finding and discussion, the writer concluded that it was significantly effective to use inquiry based learning approach in teaching reading to the first semester of english education program. there was improvement of the average score or the average ability from the pre-test (63) to the post-test (75.25). this was showed in the average score post-test was higher than average score in the pre-test, and their average ability changed from failed based on the minimum mastery criteria to be mastered. the result of the t-obtained was 4.003, it was higher than 1.701 as critical value for one tailed test. so, the null hypothesis (ho) was rejected and automatically the alternative hypothesis (ha) was accepted. in other words, it was effective to use inquiry based learning approach in teaching reading to the first semester of english education program. in conclusion the experiment done by the writer was successful, because there was an improvement on the result of the students’ scores in the pre-test and the post-test. 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):71-81 81 references arikunto, s. (2010). prosedur penelitian suatu pendekatan praktik. jakarta: rineka cipta. amri, s. & ahmadi, ks. (2010). proses pembelajaran kreatif dan inovatif dalam kelas. jakarta: pt.prestasi pustaka raya. banchi, h., & bell, r.( 2008). teaching reading by using inquiry based learning approach. [online]. http//www.google.warmingupforreadingpdf.com. accessed on february 24, 2014. catherine, s. c. (2002). reading for understanding. pittsburgh ; rand reading study group. cooper, l., & prescot, t. (1989). the reading priority in english. new york; ny: mcgraw-hill, inc john dewey. (2012). inquiry based learning approaches to learning. [online]. http://www.glencoe.com/sec/teachingtoday/subject/inquirybased.phtml. fraenkel, j. r., & wallen, n. e. (1990). education research: a guide to the process. new york, ny: mcgraw-hill, inc. ______(1993). how to design and evaluate research in education. new york, ny: mcgraw-hill, inc. gunning, g. t. (1992). reading comprehension boosters. united state of america ; john wiley & sonic, inc. all rights reserved. haliwel, s. (1992). longman handbooks for language teachers teaching english in the primary classroom. new york: longman harmer, j. (2007). the practice of english language teaching. cambridge, uk: longman. hatch, e., & farhady, h. (1982). research design and statistics for applied linguistics. london: newbury house publisher. inc. ruddell, r. m. (2005). teaching content reading and writing. danvers, ma: john wiley & sons, inc. saleh, y. (1997). approaches of teaching english as a foreign language in the indonesian context book 1. palembang: faculty of teacher training and education, sriwijaya university. ______ (1997). methodology of tefl in indonesian context. faculty of teacher training and education sriwijaya university, palembang. sanjaya, w. (2006). strategi pembelajaran berorientasi standar proses pendidikan. jakarta: kencana prenada media. siahaan, s. (2008). issues in linguistics. yogyakarta: graha ilmu trumble, j. (2001). the great dictionary of english: london: longman,ltd wilherm. (2010). criteria for a successful inquiry. online http://amazone components2.html http://www.glencoe.com/sec/teachingtoday/subject/inquirybased.phtml http://amazone/ http://amazone/ linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 3 nomor 2, juni 2020 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v3i2.1016 274 communication strategies used by teacher darman pangaribuan 1 universitas prima indonesia stefani agustina 2 universitas prima indonesia anggie pratiwi 3 universitas prima indonesia elfian manalu 4 universitas prima indonesia yenita br sembiring 5 universitas prima indonesia darman.bambang@gmail.com 1 submit, 09-12-2019 accepted, 30-01-2020 publish, 07-02-2020 abstract this thesis was aimed to find teacher communication strategies during classroom interaction. this research was conducted in smp swasta brigjend katamso 1 medan. the subject of this research was the english teacher. we used a qualitative approach, more specifically classroom discourse analysis, in analyzing this study since the source of the data were communication strategies which are used by an english teacher in communicating with her students during an english teaching-learning activity. we took the data by recording 90 minutes of english lessons. we used faerch and kasper as a framework for this data analysis, for the reason of its specification and newness. the result showed that the five strategies used were repetition. from those strategies, code-switching was the strategy that was most frequently used by the teacher during the process of teaching and learning. the teacher`s reasons for applying those communication strategies were to overcome the communication barriers that occur between the teacher and the students to help the students understand and memorize the material more accessible. the result of the interview also showed that the students had a good perception of the implementation of communication strategies used by the teacher in the classroom. keywords: achievement strategies, communication strategies, reduction strategies, teacher mailto:darman.bambang@gmail.com1 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):274-286 275 introduction in learning english, we have to learn all the skills and the component. to make excellent communication in the classroom, language learners sometimes use strategies. effective classroom interaction has two implications. first, it concerns a pleasant atmosphere in the school-friendly relationships among the participants of the learning process. second, which is mostly described in the article, encourages students to become effective communicators in a foreign language. it can be achieved through various ways: by implementing different student and teacher roles, exposing students to a different classroom organization, employing a variety of activities, helping students to express themselves, and encouraging their use of communication strategies. if the two implications are joined, we get a pleasant classroom atmosphere in which students are trying to communicate in a foreign language. to support this study, the researcher took some previous researches. the study is aimed at describing how classroom interaction occurs between teacher educators (tes) and students in three undergraduate programs of english language teacher education (elte) in bogotá, colombia, lucero & louse (2017). thirty-four sessions of classroom instruction of nine tes were observed and transcribed. data were analyzed under two methodologies—ethnomethodological conversation analysis (eca) and self-evaluation of teacher talk (sett). cervantes & rodriguez (2012), the study is aimed at findings the communication strategies in the beginning efl classroom. when language learners do not know how to say a word in english, they can communicate effectively by using their hands, imitating sounds, inventing new terms, or describing what they mean. these ways of teaching are communication strategies (css). abunawas (2012) examined css used by jordanian efl students and the effect of proficiency level in css use. the participants of this study consisted of sixty-six students at zarka university (28 males and 38 females). to collect data, the participants were put into three groups according to their proficiency levels, two instruments were used: picture description test and interviews. the findings of the study showed that jordanian university efl students use various css, such as approximation, circumlocution, and code-switching, in spite of their levels of proficiency. wang (2014) explored chinese english learners' ability to use css. the participants were put in a relatively real english referential communication setting. the analysis of the research data showed that chinese english learners, when encountering problems in foreign language communication, are characterized by their frequent use of circumlocution, approximation, substitution, exemplification, literal translation, and repetition and word-coinage strategies. the study reported students' infrequent use of culturalknowledge and paralinguistic css. the high frequency of literal interpretation, on 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):274-286 276 their l1-based approach, suggested that efl learners' use of l1-based css may depend more upon the developmental stage of their target language than the typology distance between l1 and the target language. the findings indicated that learners' use of css is influenced by a variety of factors, among which the development stage of their inter-language and their cultural background are identified as two critical factors. suryati (2015), the study reports a study on teachers‘ use of interaction strategies in english language teaching (elt) in the lower secondary level of education. the study involved eighteen teachers from lower secondary schools in malang, east java. classroom observation was selected as a method in this study by utilizing self evaluation teacher talk (sett) as the instrument. former studies on communication strategies have been conducted by researchers (abunawas, 2012; suryati, 2015; rofiatun, 2018). the earlier studies on communication strategies focus on the definition and taxonomy of communication strategies (faerch & kasper, 1983). somehow, most studies on communication strategies generally have been focused on communication strategies used by l2 learners. in previous studies, approximation was the type of communication strategy that most dominantly used by the teacher (abunawas, 2012). rofiatun (2018) stated that code-switching was not recommended. therefore, the current study is conducted to investigate code-switching as communication strategies used by english teachers during teaching and learning process. literature review speaking is one of the english skills that have to be mastered by students. speaking is the process of delivering ideas, opinions, or something in someone's mind in oral form. thornbury (2005) defines speaking as interactive and requires the ability to cooperate in the management of speaking turns. kayi (2006) added that speaking is a productive skill in oral mode. it, like the other skills, is more complicated than it seems at first and involves more than just pronouncing words. based on the explanations above, it can be concluded that speaking is an interactive process between teachers and students where the teacher gives the knowledge to the students to produce language as a skill. communication strategies tarone‗s definition of communication strategies, which has been used productively by many researchers, is one that views.....conscious communication strategies are used by an individual to overcome a crisis which occurs when language structures are inadequate to convey the individual's thought (tarone: 1980). in the statements above, tarone points out that communication strategy is a 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):274-286 277 systematic attempt by the learners to express or to code the meaning in the target language rules that have not been formatted. from the perspective of error resources, brown suggests that communicative strategy is the process of interlingual transfer and the context of learning as a learner tries to get a message through to a hearer or reader (brown, 1994). to some extent, we may determine some linguistic forms not available to the learner at that point of communication. then communicative strategies can act as the conscious employment of verbal or nonverbal mechanisms for communicating an idea. brown's definition of communicative approach can help us to reflect on what strategies have been used by a speaker through the analysis of errors. from the psychological perspective, færch and kasper (1983) define ―communicative strategy as potential conscious plans for solving what to an individual presents itself as a problem in reaching a particular communicative goal‖ (færch and kasper 1983). færch and kasper explain similar data in terms of an individual's rational response to a problem rather than as a joint response by two people. according to their definition, in general, there are two possible strategies for solving a communication problem: avoidance strategies and achievement strategies. model of communication strategies after reading some definitions of communication strategies, we will begin this section by examining faerch and kasper's communication strategies categories. most of the following policies are connected with problems in the planning phase and some others with issues in the execution phase. achievement strategies most of the following policies are connected with problems in the planning phase and some others with issues in the execution phase. 1. code-switching. when communicating with others in foreign languages, there is always switching from l2 to l1. the extent to which the switching happens depends on the interactants‘ analysis of the real communicative situation (færch and kasper 1983). 2. inter-lingual transfer. learners always ignore the il code when using the codeswitching strategy. however, plans of inter-lingual transfer result in a combination of linguistic features from the il and l1. the interlingual transfer may not only occur on the phonological level but also at the practical level (færch & kasper 1983). 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):274-286 278 3. il-based strategies. by using their il system, learners may have several ways of coping with communicative problems, such as generalized, paraphrase, coin new words, or restructure. from the perspective of il, generalization means that learners solve issues in the planning phase by filling "gaps" in their plans with il items, which they would not usually use in such context. while, from the perspective of l2, the strategy resembles overgeneralization of an l2 item, as it results in the extension of an object to an inappropriate context. 4. cooperative strategy. færch and kasper (1983) explain "although problems in interaction are necessarily shared problems and can be solved by joint efforts, they originate in either of the interactions, and it is up to him (the speaker) to decide whether to attempt a solution himself or to signal his problems to his interlocutor and attempt to get the problem solved on a cooperative basis." 5. nonverbal strategy. nonverbal strategy means the strategy which learners use to replace a lexical item or an action. in our daily communications, individuals often use nonverbal approaches, such as mime, gesture, and sound-imitation. although nonverbal strategies are less systematic than verbal behavior, it is still essential in interpersonal interaction. reduction strategies therefore, reduction strategies play an essential role in learners' process of second language acquisition. 1. formal reduction strategies. in færch and kasper's reduction strategies, there are two main aspects. firstly, it is the legal reduction strategies. the formal reduction strategies refer to the reduction by which parts of the linguistic system are avoided. learners tend to adopt formal reduction strategies mainly for the following two reasons. first of all, learners want to avoid making mistakes. error avoidance, to some extent, maybe psychologically determined. some second language learners may fell terribly about communicating in a foreign language. they have forbidden doing this unless they can do so without exhibiting linguistic handicaps. some second language learners believe that linguistic correctness is a prerequisite for the success of communication. secondly, second language learners want to increase their fluency. varadi (1980) argues that second language learners may notice that the elimination of certain formal elements does not interfere with the transmission of meaning. it may facilitate communication by increasing fluency. tarone (1980) also points out that legal strategies are employed to increase efficiency in speech production. 2. functional reduction strategies. færch and kasper (1983) point out that useful reduction may affect the following three main types of elements of the 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):274-286 279 communicative goal: actionable communicative goal, modal communicative goal, and propositional communicative goa research method in terms of research methodology, the researcher used qualitative research, which aimed at explaining the types of communication strategies and the process of implementing those strategies by an english teacher by using the communication strategies from faerch & kasper. english teacher is as the subject of this study. the instrument used in this study were observation, audio recording, and interview. the researcher collected the data by recording the entire activity during the class. also, the researcher interviewed the teacher to support the findings by asking questions that have been on the list and were determined by the researcher. after the data has been collected, the researcher transfers the data into the script. findings the data analysis is presented on the table, table 1 below, in the overall outcome of using communication strategies according to the theory of faerch and kasper (1984). all percentages on the elaboration of communication strategies as the result of the data analysis may refer to this table. the following pages will be the display of the effect of data analysis. table 1 communication strategies used by english teacher types of communication strategy subcategories total percentage achievement strategy code-switching 68 64% interlingual transfer 5 5% il based strategy 0 0 cooperative strategy 9 8% non-verbal strategy 21 19% 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):274-286 280 reduction strategy formal reduction strategy 3 3% functional reduction strategy 1 1% on the following pages, we describe each strategy in communicating with her — seventh-grade students of smp swasta brigjend katamso 1 medan in the academic year 2019/2020. achievement strategy by using the strategies, the second language learner tries to solve the communicative problems in the planning phase due to insufficient linguistic resources. most of the following procedure is connected with issues that appear in the conversation script. those strategies are code switching, interlingual transfer, il based strategy, cooperative strategy, and non-verbal strategy. code-switching when communicating with others in a foreign language, there is always switching from l2 to l1. the example below contain the strategy found in the conversation : (1) t: oke kita lanjutkan pelajaran kemaren, yesterday we learn about? about? about? ss: introduction sample 1 inferred that no teacher, s utterances analysis cs found 1. teacher: good morning, class? students: good morning miss in this conversation, both teachers and students used english. 2. teacher: once again, good morning class students: good morning miss in this conversation, both teachers and students used english. 3. teacher: how are you today? students: i am fine, miss, thank you, and you? in this conversation, both teachers and students used english. 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):274-286 281 4. teacher: ok, mmm... let‘s continue our study, kita lanjutkan pelajaran kemarin, ah... yesterday we have to learn about? about? about? (the teacher is repeating. .) intro.... students: introduction (students answer. . . ) in this conversation, the teacher switched the language from english into bahasa codeswitching 5. teacher: introduction apa? of of of of? ( teacher is repeating), iya... .about your self. so, it has already been evident. udah selesai you, and next, now i would like to show you a video, ya, miss akan tampilkan ada dua (teacher is moving hand) you dua, there are two videos, ada dua video, ah. . . it is related to our subject masih berhubungan dengan topik kita, ok, it‘s about ―introduction‖ oke, ahh nanti, later, miss again, i will show you this video, miss akan tunjukkan kamu video in. then, later i will ask you, yeah miss akan tanya kamu, what is it in the dialogue? apa yang ada di dalam dialog in? so, you have to listen to it, and you have to pay attention to it. oke? oke? oke? (gesture) students: okayyy miss. . . . . in this conversation, the teacher switched the language from english into bahasa codeswitching 6. teacher : masih terpesona nengok miss nya? student: nggaaakkkkk. . . . in this conversation, the teacher used interlingual transfer "sengoku" the formal bahasa is "melihat." interlingual transfer 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):274-286 282 7. teacher: ok, now i want to ask niivh (point the student). with. . . student: yes. . . in this conversation teacher and student are active in question and answer cooperative strategy 8. teacher: may i ask you? student: what? teacher: mmm. . . what is the title of that? student: about introduce and greetings. teacher: about introduce and greetings. is that true? students: yes. teacher: yes? students: yes. in this conversation teacher and student are active in question and answer cooperative strategy 9. teacher: deja. . . ahh. . . about introduction and greetings, tadi kata si niivh. he said it's about introduction and greetings. and then, which sentence yah (gesture) kalimat mana tadi yang kami lihat dan kami dengar that you see and listen ah, about introduction ada gak yang kami tangkap? atau, it‘s not clear, tidak dapat? student: tidak in this conversation, the teacher switched the language from english into bahasa codeswitching 10. teacher: hello, my name is. . . hello, my name is. . . . (repeating sentences) is that true? ada yang nangka tadi? students: ada. in this conversation, the teacher switched the language from english into bahasa codeswitching 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):274-286 283 11. teacher: introduction. . . introductions part, ada lagi? yes, joseline (point the student) student: selling the computer. . . . teacher: about introduction nak. in this conversation, the teacher directly improved student,s mistake formal reduction strategy 12. teacher: may . . . i... introduce... myself... he says, may i introduce myself, yah, itu adalah kalimat perke. .nalan. . . iya kan?? may i introduce myself? what does it mean? apa artinya it? (gesture) students: bolehkah saya memperkenalkan diri. . . . in this conversation, the teacher made some gestures to help the student understand the lesson nonverbal strategy 13. teacher : bolehkah saya memperkenalkan diri? gitu? masak sih? student: masak di dapur. . . . in this conversation, the teacher used interlingual transfer "masaksih" the formal bahasa is "benarkah?‖ interlingual transfer 14. student : bolehkah saya memperkenalkan diri saya sendiri? teacher: bolehkah saya memperkenalkan diri saya sendiri. . . yes, that‘s good, so, before you introduce yourself, don‘t forget to say ―may i introduce myself. . .‖ what else? kemarin sudah diajarkan, apalagi? teacher and students: let me introduce myself (point the student) gesture in this conversation, the teacher made some gestures to help the student understand the lesson nonverbal strategy 15. teacher: huh. . . no . . . . what else? let me introduce myself. . . may i introduce myself. . . what else? (gesture) what??? no... no... no... what? has ada lagi yang lain? student: can i introduce myself? in this conversation, the teacher made some gestures to help the student understand the lesson nonverbal strategy 16. teacher: he is. . . he. . . he . . . he sells the computers. so, what does he do? apa pekerjaannya in this conversation, the teacher directly formal reduction strategy 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):274-286 284 berarti? student : perkantoran teacher : hahh. . . perkantoran? student: a seller, miss. improved student,s mistake 17. teacher: what things that he sells? apa yang dia jual? students: computer. in this conversation, the teacher switched the language from english into bahasa codeswitching 18. teacher: oke now miss mau membagikan kalian kelompok, one grups terdiri dari 4 students kaya yang kemarin (moving hands) students: oooooooooowwww  in this conversation, the teacher made some gestures to help the student understand the lesson nonverbal strategy 19. teacher: oke, this is the last of our meeting. masih ada 6 grup lagi ya nak (moving hands) aaa next week we will continue ya hari selasa akan kita lanjutkan. so prepare your self don't forget to memorize your dialogue, jangan lupa aaa apa namanya (moving hands) hafal dan diulangi terus, oke see you (moving hands) students: see you, miss. in this conversation, the teacher switched the language from english into bahasa codeswitching discussion the present study was intended to explore communication strategies used by the teacher in communicating with her students in the classroom. the case study of communication strategies regarding achievement strategy and reduction strategy was elaborated with the academic supports which were relevant to this study. through combining interview data with classroom observations, it was found that the teacher decided to use achievement strategies, such as codeswitching, nonverbal strategy, cooperative strategy, interlingual transfer, and reduction strategy, such as formal reduction strategy and function reduction strategy as represented on the utterances above. code-switching was dominantly used to help the students understood what the teacher said. ―so, it has already been evident. udah selesai ya, and next, now i would like to show you a video, ya, miss akan tampilkan ada dua ". this utterance made students understand the lessons easily. nonverbal strategy, such as, ―may i introduce myself? what does 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):274-286 285 it mean? (gestures)"also connected the students to lesson, and communication among teachers and students become more comfortable when the teacher played some gestures. cooperative strategy, such as, ― ok, now i want to ask niivh (point the student). with. . . ", encouraged the students to build communication with each other, and also with the teacher. overall, the findings of this study are in support of the research of abunawas (2012) and lucero (2017), who showed code-switching in communication strategies, and this is also used dominantly in the findings. the results of this study indicate that there are six types of communication strategies used by english teachers during the teaching and learning process. the codeswitching strategy is the one most often used by english teachers during the teaching and learning process (rofiatun, 2018). wang (2014) explored chinese english learners' ability to use css. the findings indicated that learners' use of css is influenced by a variety of factors, among which the development stage of their inter-language and their cultural background are identified as two critical factors. suryati (2015) found that much of the interaction between teachers in lower middle school centers on material modes, skills, and system modes. the most common strategies are the initiation response feedback pattern (irf), display questions, teacher echoes, and extended teacher turnover, while extended student turnover rarely occurs. it was said that to improve indonesian elt; there was a need to provide alternatives for elt class interactions. conclusion based on the analysis of data in the previous chapter, the writer concludes that first, communication strategies used in classroom interaction were code switching, non verbal strategy, and cooperative strategy. code-switching is a combination of two or more languages between sentences. and the dominant communication strategy is non-verbal strategy and cooperative strategy. references abunawas, s. (2012). communication strategies used by jordanian efl learners. canadian social science. 8(4), 178-193. brown, h.d. (1994). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. englewood cliffs, cervantes & rodriguez (2012). the use of communication strategies in the beginner efl classroom, gist education and learning research journal. 6(1), 118-128 2020. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (2):274-286 286 færch, c & kasper, g. (1983).plans and strategies in foreign language communication. in c. færch and g. kasper (eds.) strategies in interlanguage communication. harlow, uk: longman. kayi, h. (2006). teaching speaking: activities to promote speaking in a second language. the university of nevada. the internet tesl journal, 12(11) lucero, e. & rose, m. (2017). classroom interaction in elte undergraduate programs: characteristics and pedagogical implications, colomb. appl. linguist. journal., 19(2), 193-208 rofiatun. (2018). communication strategies used by english teacher in teaching and learning process, 2nd english language and literature international conference (ellic) proceedings–(ellic proceedings suryati, n. (2015). classroom interaction strategies employed by english teachers at lower secondary schools. teflon journal, 6(2) taron, e. (1980) communication strategies, foreigner talk and repair in interlanguage? language learning 30(2), 417-413. thornbury, s. (2005). how to teach speaking. new york: pearson education, inc. wang, dianjian, l., h & leslie, m (2014) chines english learners' strategic competence.journal of psycholinguistics research. retrieved on 10/4 from http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10936-014-9313-7. varadi, t. (1980) strategies of target language learner communication: messageadjustment. international review of applied linguistics 18(1), 59-71 http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10936-014-9313-7 linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 6 nomor 1, juli-desember 2022 e-issn : 2597-3819 p-issn : 2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v6i1.4910 29 english reading comprehension difficulties of ujian tulis berbasis komputer (utbk) by senior high school at smas pangeran antasari medan fachri yunanda1 universitas prima indonesia bambang nur alamsyah lubis2 universitas muhammadiyah sumatera utara azizah husda3 universitas prima indonesia elsa kristinancy br ginting4 universitas prima indonesia safitri br. manalu5 universitas prima indonesia fachriyunanda@unprimdn.ac.id1 submit, 25-11-2022 accepted, 25-12-2022 publish, 26-12-2022 abstract this study aimed to determine the challenges senior high school students encountered when responding to reading comprehension questions on the utbk exam. this study employed a qualitative methodology. the results of the study showed that the student's lack of interest in reading made them bored when reading the text in front of them. it was also difficult for them to decipher the meaning of the text because they lacked the necessary vocabulary and didn't practice answering questions about reading comprehension. it made them believe that the utbk test was too difficult for them. in conclusion, the students had to increase their practice of reading comprehension questions both at home and in class, as well as their interest in reading and vocabulary, to overcome these challenges. this would make it simpler for them to solve problems in the reading comprehension section. keywords: reading comprehension, utbk introduction english is not a foreign language to everyone in this day and age. due to the fact that english is a universal language that is spoken everywhere (rao, 2019). english is now one of the subjects taught in schools in indonesia (asrifan, 2020). there are four skills in english, and reading is one of them. according to hyland https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v6i1.4910 mailto:fachriyunanda@unprimdn.ac.id1 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):29-41 30 (2018), reading is a method of extracting information from printed material and correctly interpreting that information. everyone should become proficient in this talent because it allows for the communication of text messages (tracy, 2019). one of the talents required in the realm of lectures is the capacity to read english-language texts. this is evidenced by the fact that the higher education entrance test institute's computer-based written examination includes an english test (dastpak et al., 2021). one requirement for pupils to succeed in the academic world in lectures is the ability to comprehend reading in english. there are still many english-language sources of information that are utilized in many different scientific domains (musser, 2020). additionally, there aren't many novels translated into indonesian because the process is time-consuming and difficult (akil et al., 2018). because of this, it is a requirement for college admission that applicants can speak and understand english. the intention is for them to be able to research material from first-hand accounts or english-language sources when they are studying (cladis, 2020). sadly, there is a discrepancy in the level of difficulty between the reading texts used in the utbk and the english reading books taught in high school. english-language journal articles, where complicated sentence structures and the use of academic jargon (mcarthur, 2018). high school students or potential utbk participants will be less familiar with the exam material for the english section as a result (virdiana, 2021). according to some accounts, students believe they must seek assistance in order to pass university entrance examinations like the utbk (reimers et al., 2020). because of this, prospective utbk participants will have to spend more money in order to potentially graduate at a better level (reimers et al., 2020). however, not every candidate for a test is able to set aside money for tutoring. recognizing these circumstances, the professors at diponegoro university's applied foreign language study program took the initiative to create training sessions to go over utbk questions with potential test takers. this activity is conducted online via webinars on the zoom platform in order to reach a larger audience. according to handayani & maheswari (2020), the financing for this community service project comes from the diponegoro university vocational school dipa. students studying applied foreign languages participated in this activity as moderators and speakers as well (dincer & dariyemez, 2020). students' participation is meant to provide them the chance to use what they learn in college to benefit the community. previously done research by kamberi (2019) to this study, eighth-semester students had issues with their lack of background knowledge, comprehension of the text, and reading methods, all of which contributed to their failure to respond successfully to reading comprehension questions on the utbk test. hyland (2019) 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):29-41 31 additionally mentioned they were pupils' challenges with text interpretation, vocabulary limitations, and time restraints. this study is unique because this research focuses on utbk. no researcher has yet to discuss reading comprehension in utbk that it examines students' difficulties with reading comprehension at utbk (persada et al., 2020). since many students frequently struggle with reading comprehension, which lowers their assessment scores, this study is particularly noteworthy. according to perez (2019), when reading comprehension questions are presented as multiple-choice responses, students often choose carelessly and occasionally choose not to respond at all. and the interesting thing about this is that they already have reading comprehension skills, so they don't have to worry about that anymore (willingham, 2021). literatur review instead of reading, several experts have defined meaning. gerrig (2018) reading can be defined as the process of deriving meaning from text. as stated, there are numerous reading strategies by cho (2018). it can be summed up as follows: superficial reading, in-depth reading, focused reading, receptive reading, and responsive reading. a lot of information was discovered throughout this study. of the 32 participants, 21 claims that they dislike answering questions about what they read because they find it tedious, especially when it's not in their own language. due to a lack of interest in reading, 6 participants provided explanations for why they didn't like reading comprehension. 4 people said it was very difficult to answer reading comprehension questions in the comprehension reading test at utbk because it takes a lot of time, while six people said it was confusing to answer reading comprehension questions because it is difficult to find the meaning, intent, and meaning from the text. they believe that less time is spent answering questions, three other respondents noted that practicing reading comprehension questions is extremely infrequent, and two respondents said that there is not enough money to pay for tutoring programs. as stated by roe (2018), we need to be able to make words and comprehend the meaning of symbols in order to read. the largest challenge in reading is comprehending the text's contents, according to numerous studies. hence reading comprehension problems are no longer uncommon. vogel, as mentioned in chou (2018), has reported that 52% of persons with l2 reading comprehension issues struggled to learn a second language. however, issues can also occur when a person's vocabulary is limited, making it difficult to understand a text's context and its contents. lupo (2019) has claimed that even the best readers frequently struggle to make connections between what they already know and what they are reading. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):29-41 32 the utbk test, which is typically used to assess a person's level of english proficiency, also includes reading comprehension questions. the utbk includes a reading comprehension test. high school students struggle with reading comprehension on a variety of levels. numerous researchers advised senior high schools to give kids more time to work on increasing their reading comprehension in order to address the problems they are experiencing. research method this research uses qualitative description. in a qualitative research approach, participants in observable behaviors provide descriptive information in the form of written or spoken words. in this study, the researcher started by visiting with students and asking them yes/no questions from a questionnaire. after gathering information from 32 participants who would take the utbk test, the researcher asked questions about his research. in this study, the researchers questioned the participants about their opinions of reading comprehension on the utbk test until, at the study's conclusion, the researchers learned what challenges they encountered. most people say this when they have to complete a listening assignment, but most also say it when they have to read a particularly dull passage of text in order to complete a question. that means that most people don't have enough time to read the content and respond to questions. not to mention the text's vocabulary, which includes several challenging terms that make it tough to comprehend the text's meaning and contents. findings to make it simpler for students to complete the researcher's questionnaire later on, the researcher provided reading comprehension questions as a test tool. in order to gather data, researchers gave students the following 10 questions in the form of a questionnaire: 1. apakah anda tertarik dengan soal reading comprehension? 2. apakah bagi anda reading comprehension itu membingungkan? 3. apakah menurut anda reading comprehension membosankan? 4. apakah sulit bagi anda untuk menjawab soal reading comprehension? 5. apakah soal yang bertanya tentang purpose membingungkan anda? 6. apakah soal tentang topic of the text itu membingungkan anda? 7. apakah anda membutuhkan waktu yang banyak untuk menjawab soal reading comprehension? 8. apakah anda sering berlatih mengerjakan soal reading comprehension sebelum utbk? 9. apakah anda mengikuti les bimbel untuk berlatih mengerjakan reading comprehension sebelum utbk? (berikan alasannya!) 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):29-41 33 10. apakah anda sulit memahami arti dari tect reading comprehension sehingga anda sulit untuk menjawab soal tersebut? at prince antasari medan private high school, specifically in class xii ipa, where there are 32 students, researchers provided data from test response sheets distributed on paper. the researchers then presented some of their test results as follows: students’ responses on the test participants target language p1. ai 1. menyatakan bahwa dia tidak tertarik dengan reading comprehension. 2. reading comprehension itu membingungkan baginya. 3. bagi dia reading comprehension itu membosankan. 4. dia merasa bahwa menjawab soal reading comprehension itu adalah hal yang sulit. 5. soal tentang purpose itu juga membingungkan baginya. 6. selain itu, soal tentang topic of the text juga membingungkan baginya. 7. dia menyatakan bahwa, dia membutuhkan waktu yang banyak untuk menjawab soal reading comprehension. 8. untuk hal ini, ternyata dia jarang melatih dirinya untuk mengerjakan soal reading comprehension sebelum utbk akan berlangsung. 9. dia tidak mengikuti les bimbel sebagai persiapan nya sebelum utbk, dikarenakan tidak punya biaya yang cukup. 10. dan dia merasa kesulitan untuk memahami arti dari text reading comprehension sehingga dia sulit untuk menjawab soalnya. p2. ai 1. menyatakan bahwa dia tidak tertarik dengan reading comprehension. 2. reading comprehension itu membingungkan baginya. 3. bagi dia reading comprehension itu membosankan. 4. dia merasa bahwa menjawab soal reading comprehension itu adalah hal yang sulit. 5. soal tentang purpose itu juga membingungkan baginya. 6. selain itu, soal tentang topic of the text juga membingungkan baginya. 7. dia menyatakan bahwa, dia membutuhkan waktu yang banyak untuk menjawab soal reading comprehension. 8. untuk hal ini, ternyata dia jarang melatih dirinya untuk mengerjakan soal reading comprehension sebelum utbk akan berlangsung. 9. dia tidak mengikuti les bimbel sebagai persiapan nya sebelum utbk, dikarenakan tidak suka bahasa inggris. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):29-41 34 10. dan dia merasa kesulitan untuk memahami arti dari text reading comprehension sehingga dia sulit untuk menjawab soalnya. p3. ol 1. menyatakan bahwa dia tidak tertarik dengan reading comprehension. 2. reading comprehension itu membingungkan baginya. 3. bagi dia reading comprehension itu tidak membosankan. 4. dia merasa bahwa menjawab soal reading comprehension itu adalah hal yang sulit. 5. soal tentang purpose itu juga membingungkan baginya. 6. selain itu, soal tentang topic of the text juga membingungkan baginya. 7. dia menyatakan bahwa, dia membutuhkan waktu yang banyak untuk menjawab soal reading comprehension. 8. untuk hal ini, ternyata dia jarang melatih dirinya untuk mengerjakan soal reading comprehension sebelum utbk akan berlangsung. 9. dia tidak mengikuti les bimbel sebagai persiapan nya sebelum utbk, dikarenakan dia tidak niat untuk mempelajarinya. 10. dan dia merasa kesulitan untuk memahami arti dari text reading comprehension sehingga dia sulit untuk menjawab soalnya. p4. bpwm 1. menyatakan bahwa dia tidak tertarik dengan reading comprehension. 2. reading comprehension itu membingungkan baginya. 3. bagi dia reading comprehension itu membosankan. 4. dia merasa bahwa menjawab soal reading comprehension itu adalah hal yang sulit. 5. soal tentang purpose itu tidak membingungkan baginya. 6. selain itu, soal tentang topic of the text juga tidak membingungkan baginya. 7. dia menyatakan bahwa, dia membutuhkan waktu yang banyak untuk menjawab soal reading comprehension. 8. untuk hal ini, ternyata dia jarang melatih dirinya untuk mengerjakan soal reading comprehension sebelum utbk akan berlangsung. 9. dia tidak mengikuti les bimbel sebagai persiapan nya sebelum utbk, dikarenakan tidak tertarik dengan reading comprehension dan juga dia merasa kekurangan waktu ketika mengerjakannya. 10. dan dia merasa kesulitan untuk memahami arti dari text reading comprehension sehingga dia sulit untuk menjawab soalnya. p5. dmp 1. menyatakan bahwa dia tidak tertarik dengan reading comprehension. 2. reading comprehension itu membingungkan baginya. 3. bagi dia reading comprehension itu membosankan. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):29-41 35 4. dia merasa bahwa menjawab soal reading comprehension itu adalah hal yang sulit. 5. soal tentang purpose itu juga membingungkan baginya. 6. selain itu, soal tentang topic of the text juga membingungkan baginya. 7. dia menyatakan bahwa, dia membutuhkan waktu yang banyak untuk menjawab soal reading comprehension. 8. untuk hal ini, ternyata dia jarang melatih dirinya untuk mengerjakan soal reading comprehension sebelum utbk akan berlangsung. 9. dia tidak mengikuti les bimbel sebagai persiapan nya sebelum utbk, dikarenakan tidak punya biaya yang cukup dan tidak suka bahasa inggris. 10. dan dia merasa kesulitan untuk memahami arti dari text reading comprehension sehingga dia sulit untuk menjawab soalnya. students provided supportive comments during the research process. although the majority of students dislike english and have some difficulty learning the language, particularly in reading activities, they actually have a strong desire to enroll in reading programs. in the pre-activity phase, they were incredibly enthused. only a small number of students responded to the researcher's queries when they were linked to the course subject. during the activities stage, when the researcher explained the contents to the students and asked them to pay attention, about half of the students did so. the researcher then gave the students the utbk approach to use when studying the text they had been given. the majority of the pupils responded well and followed the researchers' instructions. they were ready to participate in the reading exercises when the utbk approach was used. some pupils are still having trouble understanding the material and determining the meaning of each paragraph. because there are so many reading text series for pupils to study, they don't have time to do their assignments. as a result, they are still unable to adequately discuss and analyze the material. researchers used observation to find the results mentioned above. however, the researcher serves as a teacher during this observation. this investigation yielded a wealth of knowledge. 21 of the 32 participants were not interested in reading comprehension. twenty-nine people claim that reading comprehension is difficult. there are 21 individuals who believe reading comprehension is really dull. there were 29 persons who stated that it was very challenging for them to understand the meaning of the reading comprehension 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):29-41 36 questions, particularly when they came across a new language, which made it much more challenging for them to understand and answer. reading comprehension causing them to get rapidly bored. the objective, according to 17 respondents, and the text's subject, according to 20 respondents, were likewise unclear. twenty-three participants claimed they didn't have enough time to focus on their reading comprehension and that they needed more time to complete the reading comprehension questions. there were 14 respondents in this example who admitted that they rarely practiced reading comprehension before the utbk because they disliked english, particularly in reading comprehension. there are 30 persons who do not attend tutoring for a variety of reasons, including financial hardship. others claim they are uninterested in english because they believe it to be a tough subject and are, therefore, too lazy to attend courses at utbk tutoring. numerous issues were still discovered. the students first lacked clarity regarding their next steps. second, several students struggled to understand the text's content because they had trouble deducing a word's meaning from each sentence. due to a large number of reading text series that the students were required to assess, they ran out of time before they could conclude their task. finally, some pupils' results did not yet meet the standards for success. as a result, the researcher had to make some adjustments for this cycle because the utbk method's implementation was not yet successful in this cycle. based on the data gathered, the researcher draws the conclusion that the participants' lack of interest in reading, the difficulty in understanding the meaning and purpose of the text in reading comprehension questions, a lack of practice, and a lack of time all contribute to the difficulty for each participant who takes the utbk test in answering reading comprehension questions. the outcomes fell short of what was required for success. the reading comprehension was modified numerous times by the researcher as a result. researchers first keep a closer eye on students' actions. in each phase, researchers offer more precise directions and explanations. researchers are prepared to assist and direct students if they need assistance. second, the researcher modified the reading material by selecting texts that were appropriate for the students and 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):29-41 37 providing some definitions of unfamiliar words from the book. finally, the researcher cut back on the number of reading series she had previously assigned to the students. this is necessary in order for students to fully comprehend the text's substance. because pupils have a limited amount of time to thoroughly study the text's contents, the more texts they are given, the harder it is for them to do so. additionally, it makes them less interested in reading and analyzing the content. discussion every learner needs to be proficient in reading and comprehension because it is one of the english language abilities (goldenberg, 2020). additionally, there were reading comprehension questions on the utbk reading comprehension test. however, there are still numerous challenges that students face, particularly those who have a high level of technical proficiency and are working to solve reading comprehension problems on the utbk test (eliata & miftakh, 2021). according to lo (2019), the results of the data collection, many high school students continue to struggle with reading comprehension for a variety of reasons. according to the data, the biggest issue with answering the reading comprehension test questions at utbk is a lack of interest in reading, difficulty in understanding the text, a lack of time to work on questions, a lack of practice working through reading comprehension problems, and a lack of foreign language vocabulary as a second language rather than their actual culture (m. handayani et al., 2021). this is comparable to what is said (mubarak, 2021) to research the schema theory. if students do not have access to the material in the same way, they risk failing. other experts contend that one's cultural background has a significant impact on what one reads (mckee, 2020) and accidental vocabulary development (amin abdullah & hamadameen, 2020). in their studies, bereiter & scardamalia (2018) it was stated that high school pupils had the greatest difficulty answering questions because they lacked the knowledge and desire to read. high school students' struggles with reading comprehension in utbk test issues become a major issue in the field of education. therefore, it requires a lot of attention, and the issue with the facilities is actually 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):29-41 38 one of the supporting aspects for boosting pupils' reading motivation so that their reading abilities also improve (willingham, 2021). according to seyhan (2019), therefore, based on the research done, it is anticipated to get over these obstacles. in order to make it easier to work on the reading comprehension section's challenges, high school students must put in more effort on reading comprehension exercises both at home and in class, as well as develop their enthusiasm for reading and their vocabulary. conclusion high school students should enhance their reading practice comprehension questions both at home and in the course, as well as their enthusiasm for reading and vocabulary, to make it simpler to work on reading comprehension questions, according to the research that was conducted. references akil, m., arafah, b., & salija, k. (2018). looking at the shared conception of teaching literature in an indonesian elt setting. journal of language teaching and research, 9(2), 316–327. amin abdullah, z. h., & hamadameen, s. a. (2020). the impact of subtitled videos on accidental vocabulary learning of efl students. zanco journal of humanity sciences, 24(2), 266–274. asrifan, a., vargheese, k. j., syamsu, t., & amir, m. (2020). esp course design: the need analysis on tourism department in indonesia vocational high schools. journal of advanced english studies, 3(2), 69–77. bereiter, c., & scardamalia, m. (2018). intentional learning as a goal of instruction. in knowing, learning, and instruction (pp. 361–392). routledge. cho, b., woodward, l., & li, d. (2018). epistemic processing when adolescents read online: a verbal protocol analysis of more and less successful online readers. reading research quarterly, 53(2), 197–221. chou, m. (2018). speaking anxiety and strategy use for learning english as a foreign language in full and partial english‐medium instruction contexts. tesol quarterly, 52(3), 611–633. cladis, a. e. (2020). a shifting paradigm: an evaluation of the pervasive effects of digital technologies on language expression, creativity, critical thinking, political discourse, and interactive processes of human communications. elearning and digital media, 17(5), 341–364. dastpak, m., riasati, m. j., & hadipourfard, e. (2021). investigating ielts paper mode vs. computer mode: evidence from academic writing test. journal of language and translation, 11(2), 175–193. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):29-41 39 dincer, a., & dariyemez, t. (2020). proficient speakers of english as a foreign language: a focus-group study. iafor journal of education, 8(1), 83– 99. eliata, n. m. a., & miftakh, f. (2021). emphasizing text structure strategy instruction to scaffold 11th grade students’reading comprehension. journal of languages and language teaching, 9(4), 411–421. gerrig, r. j. (2018). experiencing narrative worlds: on the psychological activities of reading. routledge. goldenberg, c. (2020). reading wars, reading science, and english learners. reading research quarterly, 55, s131–s144. handayani, m., perdana, n. s., & ukhlumudin, i. (2021). readiness of teachers and students to take minimum competency assessments. international conference on educational assessment and policy (iceap 2020), 73–79. handayani, t., & maheswari, d. (2020). diponegoro university heading to become a research university (phase i–phase iv) between expectation and reality. e3s web of conferences, 202, 3026. hyland, k. (2018). metadiscourse: exploring interaction in writing. bloomsbury publishing. hyland, k. (2019). second language writing. cambridge university press. kamberi, l. (2019). teaching listening skills in efl classes at tertiary level. a case study of the republic of north macedonia. journal of linguistic and intercultural education, 79. lo, p., allard, b., ho, k. k. w., chen, j. c., okada, d., stark, a., henri, j., & lai, c. (2019). librarians’ perceptions of educational values of comic books: a comparative study between hong kong, taiwan, japan, australia and new zealand. journal of librarianship and information science, 51(4), 1103– 1119. lupo, s. m., strong, j. z., & conradi smith, k. (2019). struggle is not a bad word: misconceptions and recommendations about readers struggling with difficult texts. journal of adolescent & adult literacy, 62(5), 551–560. mcarthur, t., lam-mcarthur, j., & fontaine, l. (2018). oxford companion to the english language. oxford university press. mckee, a. (2020). textual analysis. in the media & communications in australia (pp. 31–42). routledge. mubarak, a. a., cao, h., & ahmed, s. a. m. (2021). predictive learning analytics using deep learning model in moocs’ courses videos. education and information technologies, 26(1), 371–392. musser, l. r. (2020). older engineering books are open educational resources. journal of online engineering education, 11(2), 8–10. perez, e., karamcheti, s., fergus, r., weston, j., kiela, d., & cho, k. (2019). finding generalizable evidence by learning to convince q&a models. arxiv preprint arxiv:1909.05863. persada, s., oktavianto, a., miraja, b., nadlifatin, r., belgiawan, p., & redi, a. a. n. p. (2020). public perceptions of online learning in developing countries: a study using the elk stack for sentiment analysis on twitter. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):29-41 40 international journal of emerging technologies in learning (ijet), 15(9), 94–109. rao, p. s. (2019). the role of english as a global language. research journal of english, 4(1), 65–79. reimers, f., schleicher, a., saavedra, j., & tuominen, s. (2020). supporting the continuation of teaching and learning during the covid-19 pandemic. oecd, 1(1), 1–38. roe, b., smith, s. h., & kolodziej, n. j. (2018). teaching reading in today’s elementary schools. cengage learning. seyhan, a. a. (2019). lost in translation: the valley of death across preclinical and clinical divide–identification of problems and overcoming obstacles. translational medicine communications, 4(1), 1–19. tracy, s. j. (2019). qualitative research methods: collecting evidence, crafting analysis, communicating impact. john wiley & sons. virdiana, n. (2021). the implementation of critical thinking skills in english online learning in senior high school. jambi university-english education program. willingham, d. t. (2021). why don’t students like school?: a cognitive scientist answers questions about how the mind works and what it means for the classroom. john wiley & sons. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 5 nomor 1, juli-desember 2021 e-issn: 2597-3819 p-issn: 2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v5i1.3102 57 implementation of levels of thinking skills and communicative language ability in english national exam hervina 1 stkip abdi pendidikan payakumbuh rendi afriadi 2 zetka harmyn institute vinaharmyn@gmail.com 1 submit, 21-11-2021 accepted, 06-12-2021 publish, 25-12-2021 abstract this study aims to explore the implementation of the learning domain, which is manifested in the level of thinking skills, namely hots and lots, and the concept of cla in the english national exam. the research method used is the descriptive analysis by analyzing all the questions in the english national exam for smk in 2014/2015. the results showed that all the questions in the english national exam for smk 2014/2015 are directed to assess students' cognitive skill domains with different skill levels and thinking processes. the concept of hots, lots and cla have been implemented and applied in the construction and design of this exam. in conclusion, the implementation of english national exam has implemented requirement of good language testing. keywords: communicative language ability, national exam, standardized test, thinking skills introduction the importance of language assessment has long been established and widely agreed. the practice of language assessment is inevitable in every teaching and learning context (ozdemir-yilmazer & ozkan, 2017). in other words, language teachers will always involve their students in testing and assessment during the learning process. moreover, ahmed et al., (2019) mentions that assessment regardless of its form is central to a successful language program in terms of its effectiveness. without the implementation of language assessment and testing, it is highly unlikely possible to know the progress of students’ learning. in this case, language assessment serves as the measurement to 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):57-68 58 determine students’ achievement in learning as well as teachers’ accomplishment in their teaching (ridhwan, 2017). as language testing is important for both learning and teaching practice, a wide range of language test designs have been proposed and developed. one of the common language test designs widely used is standardized tests. as its name suggests, these tests apply a certain set of standard in their implementation. a standardized test is designed to create a valid measurement that can infer students’ skill and knowledge in a standardized manner (cifuentes-medina et al., 2019). in other words, the test takers will be tested against the similar criteria without any concern of their background and prior knowledge as well as experience. an example of a standardized test commonly implemented in indonesia is ujian nasional or national exam. this standardized test is held every year with the aims measure students’ achievement in elementary and secondary levels of education in indonesia (firdaos & ahmad, 2019; ratnasari, 2018). the implementation of national exam is expected to be able to improve educational performance as well as to measure achievement of graduates' competency on certain subjects nationally (rosidin et al., 2019). the current practice of national examination is administered under the implementation of k13 curriculum. accordingly, the test items of national exam, in this case english, have to incorporated fundamental concept which becomes underlying principle of k13 itself. k 13 is developed to help learners to have a qualified human resource to compete in the era, which needs higher-order thinking skills including the ability to analyze, evaluate and create (pratiwi & mustadi, 2021). in order words, students are required to have ability beyond the understanding the material only (lots). higher-order thinking skills are needed in every learning process to improve learners' qualities and education. learners should reach the targeted competencies such as critical thinking, creative and innovative, communication, and collaborative skills. they also need to have high confidence in higher-order thinking skills. in addition, the practice of language teaching has now shifted into communicative language ability (cla). unlike previous type of language testing which only focused on assessing students’ language competence without any concern of contextual use, cla by bachman & palmer (1996) formulates language testing framework which does not only test language competence but also how they use such competence in communicative context. it provides a broad basis for both the development and use of language tests, which measure both knowledge or competence, and the capacity for impelementing or executing that competence in appropriate, contextualized communicative language use. with the purpose to assess students’ progress in national context to prepare them for international competition as the main goal of k13 curriculum, national 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):57-68 59 exam is ideally required to consider the aspect of the thinking skills process and communicative language ability in its test design. besides, zaim (2016) suggests that the concept of learning taxonomy and communicative language ability is really important and useful consideration in language test design and development. therefore, in this present study, the researcher will explore how these concepts are implemented in english national exam 2015 for vocational high school level. literature review national exam as standardized testing a good standardized test is the result of empirical research and development that may extend beyond simply the establishment of standards. in order to be classified as standardized test, such tests have to have four characteristics as proposed by brown & abeywirackma (2010). the first characteristic is standard-based. standardized test is standard base in the fact that the application of these tests uses systematic procedure and administration. this test presupposes certain objective or performance levels that are held constant across one form a test to another. the second characteristic is that the test uses norm-referenced criteria. the goal of the test is to place test-takers on a continuum across a range of scores and to differentiate test-takers by their relative ranking. the third characteristic is product of research and development. as it was previously mentioned that standardized test design process is not only limited to defining test standards, it involves continuous ways of research and development for the revising and improvement of the current test. the last characteristic is systematic scoring and administration procedures. the practice of establishing standard in test administration is also found in educational context of indonesia. irdiyansyah & rizki (2018) mention that standardized test is widely used in education field including in indonesia to measure students’ cognitively. this test has been applied for decades with several names such as ujian negara, evaluasi belajar tahap akhir nasional dan ujian akhir nasional. ujian nasional (abbreviated into un) held annually throughout the country to measure students’ achievement at the end of a learning period in each level is the latest form of a school leaving examination in indonesia starting from 2005 (ahmad, 2016). however, national exam practice was ended in 2020, but students’ achievement in the final year of their learning is still assessed by educational institution through its own designed final test by paying attention to the formulated core competence and basic competence outlined in the curriculum (menteri pendidikan dan kebudayaan, 2021). 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):57-68 60 bloom’s taxonomy and thinking skills seen from its process, language learning will involve students to select their knowledge domains and thinking process. during the learning process, students are involved in three domains of learning known as cognitive, affective, and psychomotor (hoque, 2017; sari & rahmah, 2019; sönmez, 2017). cognitive aspect is realized through the mastery of concept and factual information. it reflects scientific concept that students’ must learn during the learning process; affective includes attitude, motivation, value; and psychomotor is strongly related to physical movement and its underlying causes (hoque, 2017). essential to three learning domains, especially cognitive aspect, are the thinking processes through which these domains are tested. in light of this thinking process, the concept of bloom’s taxonomy is introduced. bloom’s taxonomy is a system of classification proposed by benjamin bloom in 1956 and later revised by anderson and krathwohl (panggabean & asariski, 2021). according to rahman & manaf (2017) the aim of this taxonomy is to make students aware of what they were learning, hence striving to attain more sophisticated levels of learning with six cognitive-learning categories.. the process of learning will involve students in a continuum of thinking process starting from remembering until creating. abosalem (2018) proposes that there is tendency among learning theorists to divide the process of thinking skill into low order thinking skill (lots) and high order thinking skills (hots). the process of learning, however, is expected to achieve this hots. related the six cognitive thinking categories, high order thinking skill (hots) is in the level of c4 to c6, which are analyzing, evaluating and creating. on the other hand, students with low order thinking skill (lots) are only in the level from c1 to c3, which are remembering, understanding, and applying (kusuma et al., 2017). communicative language ability communicative language ability (cla) provides a basis for both development and use of language tests. this language testing framework belongs to the communicative language testing approach, which indicates that language assessment should involve the notion of language use in its process (amirian et al., 2017). cla was proposed by bachman & palmer (1996) as the response to address the necessity to base language tests on language proficiency framework. in other words, the design of language assessment and testing should base itself on language proficiency rather than just on knowledge only. ideally, language test should be used to measure language learners’ ability to use the target language in authentic situations (morrow, 2018). the ability to use language in authentic education serves as the basic tenet of cla framework. the language test, according to this framework, should 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):57-68 61 integrate both linguistic knowledge and communicative competence (almekhlafi, 2019). in other words, when performing the test, students will utilize both their linguistic knowledge and communicative competence, which bachman (2000) defines as the knowledge and the capacity to use such knowledge in appropriate contextual use of language. moreover, bachman & palmer used the term language ability to refer to language users’ capacity to create and interpret discourse (bachman & palmer, 2010). bachman & palmer (1996) formulated cla through three competences. the first is language competence which comprises a set of specific knowledge components that are utilized in communication via language. the second competence is strategic competence. it refers to the characterization of the mental capacity for implementing the components of language competence in contextualized communicative language use. the last is psychophysiological mechanisms which refer to the neurological and psychological processes involved in the actual execution of language as a physical phenomenon. research method this present article aims to analyze the levels of questions (hots or lots) based on bloom taxonomy across three learning domains and the concept of communicative language ability (cla) as how they are implemented in national examination for english subject. have been applied in the national examination. to that aim, document studies in the form of content analysis is conducted. document used as the source of content analysis is the english test for vocational high school (smk) national exam 2014/2015. the unit of content to be analyze is the test items. data analysis identifies and explores those items to see how they are related to hots or lots questions and cla. finding after analyzing the document of the national exam for english subject, the researcher found that the concept of hots and lots as well as cla have been implemented and applied in the construct and design of this test. from the analysis, it is found that questions assessing students low order thinking skills (lots) range from c1 and c2, remembering and understanding while questions assessing high order thinking skills (hots) is only c4, analyzing. the thinking process of c3, c5, and c6 (applying, evaluating, and creating) are not assessed in this test. seen from their proportion, low order thinking skills (lots) is more dominant than high order thinking skills (lots), 23 questions (46%) and 27 questions (46%) conversely. as for low order thinking skills (lots) questions, the questions with remembering (c1) is 11 questions (48%) and the questions with understanding is 12 questions (52%). 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):57-68 62 as for high order thinking skills (hots), all of questions i.e 23 assesses students’ ability in analyzing. the questions of remembering are found in both listening and reading section of the test. in the listening section, such questions ask students to select the best option as the correct choice to the question based on the utterance given. they must find information in the options suitable to the questions by simply remembering the information directly stated in the recording. hence, it tests cognitive domains specifically remembering. similarly, in the reading question such questions ask students to select the best option as the correct choice to the question based on the text given. they must find information in the options suitable to the questions by simply remembering the information directly stated in the text. in conclusion, c1 (remembering) questions are given in the form of finding directly stated information which does not require complex thinking process. the questions of understanding (c2) are found in both listening and reading section of the test. in listening questions, such questions ask students to select the best option describing the picture given. hence, test takers are tested to draw conclusion from the visual information, so it tests cognitive domains specifically understanding with the process of interpreting information and drawing its conclusion. in the both section, such questions ask students to select the best option as the correct choice to the word definition based on the text and utterance given. they must find information in the options suitable to the questions by interpreting or defining the meaning of the words. in addition, the question of understanding (c4) also assesses students’ cognitive process in inferring information. such questions ask students to find the best option describing the main point of the text. to find the answer, they must infer the text to find its main point. therefore, it tests students’ cognitive domains specifically understanding with the process of inferring information to find main idea. in short, the questions of understanding (c2) found tests students’ thinking process in interpreting and inferring. the questions of c4 (analyzing) are also found in both listening and reading. in listening section, such questions ask students to select the best option as the spoken response to the utterance given. to select the suitable answer, they must differentiate the nuance of meaning among the three responses. therefore it tests cognitive domains with the thinking process of differentiating. in addition, in the reading section, such questions ask students to analyze the sentence containing grammatical error. it tests cognitive domains with the process of recognizing error. finally, still in the reading questions, such questions also ask students to select the best option to complete the dialogue given. to select the answer, the must differentiate the nuance of meaning among the four responses given to select 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):57-68 63 the one suitable to complete the dialogue. therefore, it tests cognitive domains specifically analyzing with the process of differentiating. in short, analyzing (c4) questions test students’ ability in the cognitive process of differentiating and recognizing error. regarding the concept of communicative language ability, the analysis reveals that national exam especially for english subject has applied the concept of cla i.e language competence, strategic competence, and physchophysiological mechanism. language competence tested is both organizational competence and pragmatic competence. the component of strategic competence and physchophysiological mechanism are indirectly tested in the test. in other word, there are no questions specifically designed in the test to assess this. as strategic competence is the characterization of the mental capacity for implementing the components of language competence in contextualized communicative language use, this competence is realized through students’ process of understanding the language components such as words, sentences etc. in the test in their attempt to find the answer. in other words, students who can answer most of the questions given can be said to have used their strategic competence maximally and properly in this language test. similarly, the component of physchophysiological mechanism is also indirectly tested. in other word, there are no questions specifically designed in the test to assess this component. as psychophysiological mechanisms refers to the neurological and psychological processes involved in the actual execution of language as a physical phenomenon, this process involves through students’ activity in absorbing the test material given. in listening section, psychophysiological mechanisms occur in students’ ear listening to the utterance and through their mind processing the meaning. similarly, in reading section psychophysiological mechanisms occur in students’ eyes viewing and reading the text and through their mind processing the meaning. as for language competence, some competences are directly tested and others are indirectly tested. the competence directly tested is organizational competence i.e grammatical competence encompassing words and grammar. some test items requires students’ to find the meaning of the words and also find the sentences with correct grammatical. however, these competences are also indirectly tested. some questions asking for the content of utterance and the test indirectly assess students grammatical competence because they must utilize their grammatical competence in understanding the text. textual competence as part of organizational competence is also tested. this competence is realized through questions required students to identify how information is arranged in the text, such as important information or less important information. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):57-68 64 finally, pragmatic competence is tested through involving students to select the best response to the utterance spoken or dialogue written (completion task). in this set of test items, students are given three in listening and four in reading responses as the possible match to the utterance or missing dialogue. these options are highly distracted since students have to find nuances of meaning suitable to the utterance or dialogue. to do this, they need to apply pragmatic competence recognizing the context of utterance and dialogue so they can be properly matched. discussion the data analysis indicates that the national test questions have incorporated students’ cognitive learning domains both lots and hots. however, the other two domains as suggested by zaim (2016), affective and psychomotor, are not assessed in this exam. in other words, this test focuses on assessing students’ cognitive. irdiyansyah & rizki (2018) suggest that standardized tests such as national exam are intended to measure students’ cognitive competence. the main purpose of the test is to know students achievement on the mastering the factual concept and information they have learned in english subject during their three year study. the absence of affective and psychomotor domains is probably due to the nature of national exam, which does not fit the assessment criteria for affective and psychomotor domains. all of questions is national exam only tests students’ knowledge and mastery over the concept of the subject matter. there is no question designed to assess students’ motivation or attitude in such tests. similarly, there is no question to assess students’ psychomotor either. regarding the level of thinking skills, hots or lots, this study indicates that the questions found in the national exam for english subject has incorporated these thinking skills. seen from the proportion, questions that require students high order thinking skills is less dominant than those for low order thinking skills, 46 % to 54 %. by incorporating hots questions, this has been designed to meet the requirement the latest curriculum which expects students to utilize their high order thinking skills more (sitorus et al., 2021). in fact, in 2013 curriculum, the government makes an attempt to promote students’ critical and creative thinking by involving them in hots-based teaching and learning experience (utami et al., 2019). unlike this study, which indicates the small different proportion of lots and hots questions, the study from ahmad (2016) on english national exams in 2013 revealed that lots questions are much more dominant with the comparison of 87.4 % to 10.6%. it is probably due to the fact the aforementioned study was conducted during the implementation of school-based curriculum or the transition 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):57-68 65 to 2013 curriculum. again, the national exam question analyzed in this study has shown a significant improvement from the previous one. however, there seems to be insignificant difference found in terms of the lots and hots question subcategories found in both tests. the prevalence of lots questions in english national exam after the implementation of 2013 curriculum is also evident in putra & abdullah (2019). their study on english national exam from 2013 until 2018 revealed that 157 items in english national exam from these periods was categorized into lots questions and only 53 items into hots questions. in other words, there seems to be consistent lots questions in english national exam although it was implemented during 2013 curriculum era, even after its revision in 2017. english national exam questions in 2019, the last implementation of national exam, still employed more lots questions that hots one even though the difference was not that significant. ilham, et.al (2020) found in their study that out of 35 questions in the test, 15 of them (42%) of them assessed students hots and 20 of them (48%) assessed students lots. this proportion seems to be consistent with the findings of the study 46 % to 54 %. similarly, the domain of hots questions found in all of the previous studies as well as this is mostly on analyzing level (c4) (ahmad, 2016; ilham et al., 2020; putra & abdullah, 2019). in addition to hots and lots questions, english national exam has also incorporated the notion of communicative language ability (cla) consisting of language competence, strategic competence, and psychophysiological mechanisms. these competences are tested directly and indirectly. language competence is directly tested while psychophysiological competence and strategic competence are indirectly tested. in other words, besides the fulfillment of cognitive domain, the test has also made an attempt to incorporate another important element in language testing process as proposed by bachman and palmer (bachman & palmer, 1996). conclusion the implementation of english national exam has implemented requirement of good language testing. it has implemented various levels of cognitive domains, thinking skills, hots and lots. even though lots questions is more dominant than hots one, the proportion difference between the two is not that significant. in addition, this test has also attempted the concept of communicative language ability. in other words, in this test, the students are not only tested about the factual information only but are also involved in various thinking skills as well as tested in terms of communicative language ability. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):57-68 66 references abosalem, y. (2018). assessment techniques and students’ higher-order thinking skills. icsit 2018 9th international conference on society and information technologies, proceedings, 4(1), 61–66. https://doi.org/10.11648/j.ijsedu.20160401.11 ahmad, u. l. (2016). senior high school national examination and thinking skills. beyond words, 4(2), 168–189. http://journal.wima.ac.id/index.php/bw/article/view/945 ahmed, f., ali, s., & shah, r. a. (2019). exploring variation in summative assessment: language teachers’ knowledge of students’ formative assessment and its effect on their summative assessment. bulletin of education and research, 41(2), 109–119. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ej1229441.pdf al-mekhlafi, a. (2019). the question of communicative language ability in efl testing : the case of language testing in oman principles and characteristics of communicative testing. sumerianz journal of education, linguistics, and literature, 2(8), 51–61. https://www.sumerianz.com/pdf-files/sjell2(8)51-61.pdf amirian, s. m. r., moqaddam, h. h., & m., q. j. (2017). critical analysis of the models of language proficiency with a focus on communicative models. theory and practice in language studies, 7(5), 400-407. https://doi.org/10.17507/tpls.0705.11 bachman, l. f. (2000). modern language testing at the turn of the century: assuring that what we count counts. language testing, 17(1), 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1191/026553200675041464 bachman, l. f., & palmer, a. s. a. s. (1996). language testing in practice: designing and developing useful language tests. oxford: oxford university press bachman, l., & palmer, a. (2010). language assessment in practice. oxford: oxford university press brown, h. d., & abeywickrama, p. (2010). language testing: principles and classroom practice. new york: pearson education cifuentes-medina, j. e., poveda-pineda, d. f., & rodríguez-ortiz, d. a. (2019). education quality: reflections on its evaluation through standardized testing. saber, ciencia y libertad, 14(2), 247–255. https://doi.org/10.18041/2382-3240/saber.2019v14n2.5894 firdaos, r., & ahmad, a. (2019). the implementation of national examination as the direction of national education policy. al-tadzkiyyah: jurnal pendidikan islam, 9(1), 105–112. http://dx.doi.org/10.24042/atjpi.v9i1.2788 hoque, m. e. (2017). three domains of learning: cognitive, affective and psychomotor. the journal of efl education and research, 2(2), 45–52. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/330811334_three_domains_of_ learning_cognitive_affective_and_psychomotor ilham, n. w., jabu, b., & korompot, c. a. (2020). analysis of higher-order thinking skills (hots) items in senior high school english national 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):57-68 67 examination 2019. elt worldwide: journal of english language teaching, 7(2), 156-162. https://doi.org/10.26858/eltww.v7i2.14764 irdiyansyah, i., & rizki, t. (2018). teachers ’ perspective on standardized test. journal of humanities and social studies, 2(1), 18–21. https://doi.org/10.33751/jhss.v2i1.816 menteri pendidikan dan kebudayaan. (2021). surat edaran menteri pendidikan dan kebudayaan nomor 1 tahun 2021 tentang peniadaan ujian nasional dan ujian kesetaraan serta pelaksanaan ujian sekolah dalam masa darurat penyebaran corona virus desease (covid-19). https://disdik.beraukab.go.id/ova_doc/se-mendikbud-no-1-tahun-2021peniadaan-ujian-nasional-2021/ kusuma, m. d., rosidin, u., abdurrahman, a., & suyatna, a. (2017). the development of higher order thinking skill (hots) instrument assessment in physics study. iosr journal of research & method in education (iosrjrme), 7(1), 26–32. https://doi.org/10.9790/73880701052632 morrow, c. k. (2018). communicative language testing. the tesol encyclopedia of english language teaching, 1–7. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118784235.eelt0383 ozdemir-yilmazer, m., & ozkan, y. (2017). classroom assessment and practice of language instructors. journal of language and linguistic studies, 13(2), 324–345. https://www.jlls.org/index.php/jlls/article/view/678/318 panggabean, c. i. t., & asariski, a. (2021). an analysis of efl students’ questions in research on elt class at university of pgri ronggolawe tuban. english education:journal of english teaching and research, 6(1), 13–21. https://doi.org/10.29407/jetar.v6i1.15919 pratiwi, n., & mustadi, a. (2021). hots-based learning in 2013 curriculum: is it suitable? jpi (jurnal pendidikan indonesia), 10(1), 128-135. https://doi.org/10.23887/jpi-undiksha.v10i1.22781 putra, t. k., & abdullah, d. f. (2019). higher-order thinking skill (hots) questions in english national examination in indonesia. jurnal bahasa lingua scientia, 11(1), 145–160. https://doi.org/10.21274/ls.2019.11.1.145-160 rahman, s. a., & manaf, n. f. a. (2017). a critical analysis of bloom’s taxonomy in teaching creative and critical thinking skills in malaysia through english literature. english language teaching, 10(9), 245–256. https://doi.org/10.5539/elt.v10n9p245 ratnasari, w. (2018). students’ perspective toward national examination in indonesia. al-muqayyad: jurnal ekonomi syariah, 1(2), 112–124. https://doi.org/10.46963/jam.v1i2.9 ridhwan, m. (2017). understanding formative and summative assessment for efl teachers: theoretical reflections on assessment for learning. jshmic : journal of english for academic, 4(1), 40–50. https://doi.org/10.25299/jshmic.2017.vol4(1).505 rosidin, u., herpratiwi, suana, w., & firdaos, r. (2019). evaluation of national examination (un) and national-based school examination (usbn) in 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):57-68 68 indonesia. european journal of educational research, 8(3), 827–837. https://doi.org/10.12973/eu-jer.8.3.827 sari, i. d. p., & rahmah, t. h. (2019). virtual discussion for efl students establishing three domains: cognitive, affective, and psychomotor. international journal for educational and vocational studies, 1(3), 249– 253. https://doi.org/10.29103/ijevs.v1i3.1586 sitorus, m. m., silalahi, l. h., rajagukguk, h., panggabean, n., & nasution, j. (2021). the effect of higher-order thinking skill (hots) in reading comprehension. ideas journal of language teaching and learning, linguistics and literature, 9(1), 109–123. http://ejournal.iainpalopo.ac.id/index.php/ideas/article/view/1895 sönmez, v. (2017). association of cognitive, affective, psychomotor and intuitive domains in education, sönmez model. universal journal of educational research, 5(3), 347–356. https://doi.org/10.13189/ujer.2017.050307 utami, f. d., nurkamto, j., marmanto, s., & taopan, l. l. (2019). the implementation of higher-order thinking skills in efl classroom: teachers’ perceptions. proceeding of the second international conference on future of education, 2(1), 64–72. https://doi.org/10.17501/26307413.2019.2107 zaim, m. (2016). evaluasi pembelajaran bahasa inggris. jakarta: kencana linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 1 nomor 2, juni 2018 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi: https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v1i2.182 193 the implementation of group works on english education students at the university of papua: the perceptions and problems imelda mallipa 1 universitas papua i.mallipa@unipa.ac.id 1 submit, 12-04-2018 accepted, 10-06-2018 publish, 10-06-2018 abstract this study aimed at investigating students‟ perceptions on the implementation of group works and the problems that students faced in working with their friends in group. the method of this study was mix method, descriptive quantitave and descriptive qualitative method. the participants were sixty (60) students of the first and second year students in english education at papua university. the data for study was taken from a five-level linkert-scale questionnaire, open-ended questionnaire and students‟ reflection sheet. the results showed that some 30 (50%) of students preferred group work to individual work and few students 12 (20%) were disagree with group works in their learning proces while some other 18 (30%) of students chose no opinion. the problems faced by students were that there were students who were difficult to interact with other tended to be passive in group discussion, those who were hinger achievers tended to dominate in group and did not listen to other opinions (sometimes did not have willingness to study together) then caused students with lower level ability had no confidence to talk in group discussion (sometimes did not come to group discussion), and students who did not want to work had no effort to read and to study materials (only asked for explanation from his/her friends). thus, it can be concluded that the students in english education department at the university of papua had positive perception on the implementation of group works in teaching process and the problems in working in group came from themselves and from their group members. key words: group works, the perception, the problems, higher education introduction for many years, group works have been used in higher education as a learning and teaching strategy. it is believed that involving students in working with others can give many benefits for students. it can encourange students to be more indepedent and take the ownership of their own learning and can shift the emphasis from teacher-centerd to more student-centered learning. brown mailto:i.mallipa@unipa.ac.id1 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1(2):193-204 194 (2001:178) stated that group works promote students responsibility and autonomy. group works can also help students develop teamwork skills and social interactions (payne et al., 2004:441) that are needed in social practice and improve students‟ achievement (gomleksize, 2007;613, arumugam et al., 2013:81). furthermore, students are more motivated to achieve goal when working with others than working alone (gillies 2003:35), students get better grades, are more satisfied with their education, and more likely to remain in college (wasley, 2006:39). group works can help students learn in effective ways and give students experience to study in their own ways. however, there are some problems existing in working with others such as differences in work, communication styles, unmotivated peers, chalenges in workload management, dissatisfaction with group assessment, negative perceptions, unfavorable attitudes and emotions (zschocke et al., 2015:359). hence, teachers need to identify the problems in order to maximize the potential benefits of implementing group works in teaching and learning process. this study focused on investigating students‟ perceptions on group work and problems that students faced in working with their friends in group. it was important to know whether the students had positive perception or negative perceptions. previous study showed that the negative perception of students can lead to unsuccessful group collaboration (liu et al., 2010:565). the study done by daba, ejersa & aliyi (2017:860) described that problems still occured even students had positive perceptions on group works. they found that students had misconception on objectives of group work and perceived group work as a means of getting pass mark rather than seeing it as a means of learning cooperatively through activity. the perceptions and students problems in this study were gathered by asking students to answer the questionnaire and by requiring students to make reflection in the middle and at the end of semester. the questions leading to the investigation were what was the perception of students in studying in groups and what were the problems that students faced in working with their friends in group? literature review group work or working with others is a form of collaborative or cooperative learning which emphasizes the interaction among students. it is based on vygostky‟ (1978:89) social constructivist theory about the importance of social interaction in the process of learning. according to vygotsky, learning occurs in two levels: firstly on social level then on individual level. on social level, students learn by interacting with others (interpsychological) in which they learn to internalize and transform their interpresonal interaction while on individual level, 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1(2):193-204 195 students learn to develop their thinking skills. this theory has led teachers in higher education to activate students in learning process by working with their friends. furthermore, in language classes, the development of communicative language teaching that demands students to talk in order to learn a language encorange many practioners and researchers conduct research on group work (davis 1993:234 & barkley, cross & major, 2005:209). research on group work done by stevens and slavin (1995:321) shows the effectivess of group work in increasing students‟achievement and promoting the development of important life and social skills including self and mutual respect, organisation, cooperation, negotiation, flexibility, compromise, delegation, and leadership. by working with others, students can expose to many different resources and give them opportunity to accept differences. they have more time to use english to make communication with others and have experience to practice the languge. students at university level can get positive outcomes such as helping students to deepen their understanding of the materials (sofroniou & poutos, 2016:6). the knowledge or skill that is discovered by learning from group discussion retains longer than that is received from other instructional (beebe and masterson, 2003:367). however, students may fail in the prosess of processing knowledge and skills in the material that they learn in group for some reasons. some students may think that they can accomplish assigment better by themselves than in group (elgort, smith and toland, 2008:195). they may not gain satisfaction from their group because they are not involved in the decision making process. some others may rely too heavily on their group members to do the work. they do not have willingness to participate in group work and only accept the solution that is offered by others in group even it is a bad solustion to avoid conflict. group works can take more time than work alone (beebe and masterson, 2003:206). teachers or lecturers need a good plan before implementing the group works to maximixe its potential benefits in a given time. generally, there are four stages in group work: planning, action, monitoring, and assessment. the first stage is planning where lecturer plans goup work activities and describes it in syllabus. the second stage is action in which lecturer implements group work in teaching process. the important part of this stage is the decision of lecturer about how to assign students to a group. there are three common methods in assigning students to group: randomly assigning, instructor assigned, and self-selected groups. in randomly assigning method, students are grouped without any criteria while in instructor assigned, students may be assigned to group based on performance levels, academic strengths and weaknesses, ethnicity, and gender ( connery, 1988:2-4) and in self-selected groups, students are given freedom to 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1(2):193-204 196 choose their group members. according to davis (1993:301), randomly assigning students to group can maximixe heterogencity of group while according to felder & brent, (2001:309) groups which are assigned by instructor tend to perform better than self-selected group. self selected groups often grativate toward friends (cresnica et al., 2002:205) that can cause students tend to socialize in group than to discuss the given material. in assigned students to group, the number of students in a group is also needed to be considered. too many members of a group can be a problem in group work management. it is suggested that groups of four or five members tend to work best (davis, 1993:305), three or four members are more appropriate (cresnica at al.2002:407). the third stage is monitor. in this stage, the lecturer monitor the groups‟ activities and progress throughout the semester and assess the level of involvement from each member. lecturer should have a specific method to see the effort of the students in their learning process in group. lecturer needs to assure that all students follow the instructions that are given and also assures that students know the learning objectives. davis (1993:306) stated that the succsessful of group work can be achieved if students understand the purpose of the group work. lecturer may observe and record the students progress in classroom or ask students to submit weekly progress reports in which students show the result of their particpation in group discussion. students may use a rubric that can help lecturer to grade students performance in class/group and also can involve students to monitor their friends in group. table 1 describes the example of rubric that can be used (blaz, 2006:174). table 1 rubric for participation of group/classroom activities performance grade 9-10 exceeds the standard help facilitate group/classroom activity demonstrates engaged, active learning throughout the period makes consistently strong contribution to the group/classroom 8 meets the standard participates in a generally constructive way demonstrates engaged, active learning throught part of the class period makes some strong contribution to the group/classroom 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1(2):193-204 197 7 approaches the standard has little negative or positive effect on the group/class may grappling with concepts but shows little evidence of learning prepares, but makes little contribution to the group/classroom 5-6 falls below the standard has more of a negative effect on the class than positive required work or preparation incomplete distruptive behavior makes learning difficult for others has trouble staying on task; needs to be reminded 0 fails to meet standard sent out of class or truant refuses to stay on task sleeps (adopted from blaz, 2006:175) the fourt stage is assessment. in this stage, lecturer evaluates the process and the result of group work. what will be assessed, how it will be assessed and who will conduct the assessment must be informed to the students. assessment decisions should be consistent with the objectives decribed in syllabus. there are a number of methods can be used includinng a shared group mark, individual marks based on product, group process and individual effort. research method the study was done by randomly assigned students into small groups to study a given topic. each group had four or five members. the first and second year students in english education at university of papua were chosen as participants. it was thought that they still adjusted their strategies to study in university. both groups (fist and second years student) were treated in different class with different subject to facilitate their different needs in studying materials in subject. the first year students were taught reading i and the second year students were taught structure iii. there were 60 students in reading i class and 16 students in structue iii class. the total number of students who participated in teaching and learning process were 76 students but only 60 students came to give response in quetionnaire. 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1(2):193-204 198 the process of learning in group was done outside the classroom and inside the classroom. before the mid term examination, study in group took place outside the classroom. the students were required to study a given topic. every week, they had to discuss the provided materials and did the exercises following. they were given freedom to decide when and where they studied in a group. the result of the discussion should be reported individualy in a log book. there was also a two-hour meeting for group presentation and discussion. a group was chosen randomly to present the materials before coming to discussion. the lecturer monitored the process of presentation and discussion and gave some explanation when it was needed. sometimes there was a warming session at the beginning of the class to stimulate students in remembering what they had read and discussed in their group. to check the students „understanding on materials, the test was given once in two weeks. the students took the quiz individually. after mid term examination, group works took place inside the classroom. it was based on the students‟ suggesstion in their reflection sheet. most students stated that they needed the presence of lecturer in the process of study in group because they still found some problems dealing with their group members‟ attitudes in the process of deciding time and place to do group work and in the process of group discussion. the materials for the first year students were taken from active skills reading students book 1 written by neil j. anderson, 2003. there are 16 units with 2 chapters with reading text and exercises. in each unit, text i is provided for students to develop their reading skill and text 2 is provided to develop reading fluency. the exercises following the text are reading comprehension test, vocabulary comprehension test, vocabulary skills exercises, and real life skill practice. the author of the book provides complete additional information about the topic and task activities. there is also footnote for the explanation of some terms of the topic in text. the materials for the second year students were taken from student book provided by the lecturer. the book contains eleven (11) units with 11 topics on different concepts of english grammar in complex and compound sentences. in each unit, the topic and sub topic are introduced by giving a brief explanation of concept followed by examples and exercises in which students are required to apply the concept into english sentences. the explanation begins with the very simple concept to the difficult concept. the students were encouranged to find other sources. the data for the study was taken from questionnaires. there were two kinds of questionnaires: a five-level linkert-scale questionnaire and open-ended questionnaire. the statements in questionnaire was adapted from daba et al (2017:275). the questioonaire used two langguages, english and bahasa 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1(2):193-204 199 indonesia. before it was used, the items were validated by using the statistical software spss version 23. seven (7) items out of twelve (12) items were considered as valid items to be used in this study. finding this section presents the findings and discussion on the perception of students in studying in groups and the problems that students faced in working with their friends in group. students’ perception on group works the table 2 showed the perception of students on group works including the students‟ peferences, the group works adeventages and disadventages, and the students‟ difficulties in working together. it was found that 30 (50%) of the students preferred group works which indicated that they preferred to work together in learning process to individual work and few students 12 (20%) were disagree with group work in their learning proces. regarding the adventages and disadventages of group works, most students 50 (83.3%) got motivation while learning in group and very few 4 (6.7%) of them were not affected on their motivation during learning with their friends. many students 41 (68.3%) found that they learn better when they made interaction with their friends in group than with their lecture. only few 8 (13.3%) of students were disagree with the idea that they learn better from group interaction than lecture. while few 10 (1.7%) students found that group grade was not fair for them, 13 (21.6%) of students had no opinion and many 37 (61.7) of them were disagree with the statement about the fairness of group grade. only very few students 5 (8.4%) who thought group assignment made them unnessary busy while many 47 (78.3%) who did not think that group assigment made them unnessary busy. in the statement about the difficulties in working with group members, few students 11 (18.4%) found difficulties in getting relevant references while some 29 (48,3) of students had no opinion and some other 20 (33.3%) of students did not get difficulties in getting relevant references. 13 (21.7%) of students got difficulties in sharing members group work, 22 (36.7%) of students have no opinion and 25 (41.7%) of students did not get difficulties in sharing members group work. 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1(2):193-204 200 table 2.the perception of students on group works no statements sa a no da sda f % f % f % f % f % 1 i prefer group works than individual work 8 13.3 22 36.7 18 30 12 20 0 0 2 it motivates me to learn from group work 23 38.3 27 45 6 10 4 6.7 0 0 3 i learn better from group interaction than lecture 11 18.3 30 50 11 18.3 6 10 2 3.3 4 a group grade is not fair 3 5 7 11.7 13 21.6 25 41.7 12 20 5 group assignment makes me unnessary busy 1 1.7 4 6.7 8 13.3 23 38.3 24 40 6 it is difficult to get relevant references 1 1.7 10 16.7 29 48.3 15 25 5 8.3 7 it is difficult to share members work equally 3 5 10 16.7 22 36.7 16 26.7 9 15 sa: strongly disagree, a: agree, no: no opinion, da: disagree, sda: strongly disagree 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1(2):193-204 201 the problems in group works most students had positive perception on the implementation of group works in their learning process. some of them took some adventages on working with other but others found some problems in learning with their friends in group. a student who got positive experience during the implementation of group work stated that she got the chance to share ideas. “working with friends with different level of understanding gave me chance to share ideas. when i did not understand the materials, i got to know from my friends in group and when i understood the materials that my friends did not understand, i was asked to explain to them.” uh according to the student (uh), the group work is useful for students only if all members of group have willingness to share their knowledge or work together and it does not work when some members do not want to participate actively in group discussion. a member of other group supported the statement as she stated below: “it is useful when working with friends who want to share knowledge but it is useless when i find group members who can not be asked to work together and who have no willingness to study together.” (cp) based on the experience of the student (cp) in learning with her group members, she found that some of her friends did not want to work together and did not have willingnes to learn together. it made her feel difficult to answers if she asked whether the group work was useful or not. her statement was proved by a friend of her group who can not work together in group as she stated below: “my weaknesses is i find difficult to interact with other people. it makes me difficult to find friends to work together.....” sw she (sw) admitted that she preferred individual work to group works because she thought that she could understand the topic by reading the materials. she stated that sometimes group work made her difficult in understanding the materials. she tried to find other sources and also found a tutor to help her in learning the given topic. she also stated that it was difficult to manage time to work together. even they had made an appointment about the time for group discussion, some of group members did not come. sometimes even they came, they did not take the discussion seriously. they sometimes talked about another topic instead of discussing the given materials. a student who had no opinion on the statement about students‟ preference on group works found difficulties in involving all members in group discussion. she stated that some members of her group were passive in group discussion. even she thought that she could understand the topic in her own way, she still agreed that group work was useful for her to improve her skills ability in sharing ideas and to develop her presentation skills. “.......it is difficult to make all the members in a group to work cooperatively and to activate the mood for all the members to work. the most important thing that is improved 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1(2):193-204 202 is the ability of mine to share. it also helps me to write down the explanations of the material more easily, because i can already explain it up to the group's members.” nk based on her (nk) statements, it was implied that her friends did not undertand a topic by simply read the provided materials so she took a role as a tutor for her friend. a friend of her group confirmed that she found a good group member to whom she usually asked. i got to work with a good friend in group. i usually asked for explanion to her and she enthusiastically gave explaination to me. sometimes i found a friend in group who did not want to share her/his knowledge and sometimes i found a friend who did not accept the other opinions.(yh) the student (yh) was a students with mid level abilty. she was the kind of students who had a willingness to ask when she did not understand the materials. she was different from some of students who had low ability in understanding the given materials. although those students realized that they could not understand the given materials, they did not ask for help. a student stated she had no confidence to talk in group discussion and chose to be passive in group discussion. she found that some of her friends with hinger level ability did not want to explain to them. discussion most students had positive perception on the implementation of group works in the proces of learning but the problems still occurred. it is in accordance with the previous result from the study done by daba, ejersa & aliyi (2017:862). the problems faced by students that were related to the result of zschocke et al., (2015:378) study were the differences in work, communication styles, and unmotivated peers. some other problems were the difficulties to get together outside their classes, lack experiences and skillls in time and team work management, in searching, evaluating and organizing evidences from various sources, sense of depending on dominant learners (daba, ejersa & aliyi, 2017:863). this present study also enlisted the low level ability of students in understanding materials as a problem. students with lower ability encountered a problem in group discussion. hung (2015:321) stated that students in low-level groups tended to be lower motivated learners and gave up easily when facing difficulties. some students had no opinion and few were disagree in statement about the implementation of group works in their learning proces for some factors that they called problems they faced along the process. the results from open-ended quetionnaire revealed that some problems came from the members of group. some students did not have willingness to study together, were difficult to interact with others, preferred individul task, did not accept other opinion, had low or high level of ability and did not want to work (students who are lazy to study). 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1(2):193-204 203 changing group members every time the students learnt a new topic was supposed to give a student experience to work with different characters and help student to deal with different problems but it did not work when students were not ready to accept the differences. the students who were difficult to interact with other tend to be passive in group discussion, students who were hinger achievers tend to dominate in group and did not want to listen to other opinion (sometimes did not have willingness to study together) then caused students with lower level ability hade no confidence to talk in group discussion, and students who did not want to work had no effort to read and study materials (only ask for explanation from his/her friend). conclusion it can be concluded that students in english education department at the university of papua had positive perception on the implementation of group work in english teaching process and the problems in working in group came from themselves and from their group members. the problems from themselves included the difficulty to interact, the lack of confidence, the low level ability, the lack of interest and the lack of motivation while factors from their group members were low participation from their friends in group, and the dominant participation of their friends who has high-level ability. this present study was the investigation of some factors that should be considered in implementating group works to maximize its benefit in teaching and learning process. the future study is recomended to find strategies to facilitate students‟ involvement in group discussion in order to activate the role of teachers to develop team work skills. references arumugam, n., rafik-galea,s., mello, g.d., & dass, l.c. (2013). cultural influences on group learning in an esl classroom. review of journal studies, 5(2), 81-89. hhtp://dx.doi.org/105539/res.v5n2p81v. barkeley, e.f., cross, k.p., & major. c.h. (2005) collaborative learning techniques: a handbook foe college facukty. san francisci; jossey-bass publishers beebe, s.a., & masterson, j.t. (2003). communicating in small groups. pearson education inc. boston massachusetts. blaz, deborah. (2006). differentiated instruction: a guide for foreign language teachers. ny: eye on education. brown, d. (2001). teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. y: longman. csernica, j., hanyka, m., hyde, d., shooter., toole, m., & vigeant, m. (2002). practical guide to taemwork version 1.1. college of engineering, bicknell university. 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1(2):193-204 204 connery, b.a. (1988). group work and collaborative writing. teaching at davis, 14(1),p.2-4. (publication of the teaching resourches center, university of california at davis) daba t, ejersa, s j & aliyi, s. (2017). student perception on group work and group assignments in classroom teaching: the case of bule hora university second year biology students, south ethiopia: an action research. educational research and reviews. http://www.academicjournals.org/err davis, .g. (1993). tools for teaching. jossey-bass inc., san francisco: california. elgort, i., smith a.g., & toland, j. (2008). is wiki an effective platform for group corse work? australian journal of educational technology, 24 (2), 195210. felder, r.m. and rent, r. (2001). effective strategies for cooperative learning. journal of cooperation & collaboration in college teaching, 10(2), 6975). gillies, r.m. (2003). structuring cooperative group work in classrooms. international journal of educational research, 39, 35-49 gomleksize, m.n. (2007). effectiveness of cooperative learning (jigsaw ii) method in teaching english as a foreign language to engineering students (case of firat university, turkey). european journal of engineering education, 32(5), 613-625). http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03043790701433343 hung, yu-ju. (2015). practice of differentiated instruction and alternative assessments with young efl learners in taiwan. tesol international journal, vol. 10 issue 2. liu, s., joy, m.,& griffiths, n. (2010) students‟ perceptions of the factors leading to unsuccessful group collaboration. 2010 10th ieee international confrence on adbanced learning technologies. oro.open.ac.uk/42138/1/liu_joy-griffiths_icalt10..pdf payne, b.k., monl-turner, e., smith, d.,& sumter, d. (2004). improving group work: voices of students. education, 126 (3), p. 441-448. steven, r.j. & slavin, r (1995). the cooperative elementary school: effects on student‟s achievement, attitudes and school relations. american educational research journal 32 (2), 321-351 sofroniou, a., & poutos, konstantinos. (2016). investigating the effectiveness of group work in mathematics. educ.sci.2016,6,30. http://www.mdpi.com>pdf vygotsky, l.s. (1978). mind in society: the development of hinger prsychological processes. cambridge, ma: mit press. wasley, p. (2006). underrepresented students benefit most from engagement. the chronicle of hinger education, 53 (13), p.a39 zschocke, k., wosnitza, m., & bürger, k. (2016). emotions in group work: insights form an appraisal-oriented perspective. eur j psychol educ (2016) 31:359-384. doi 10.1007/s10212-015-0278-1 http://www.academicjournals.org/err linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 5 nomor 1, juli-desember 2021 e-issn: 2597-3819 p-issn: 2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v5i1.3075 107 writing strategies exhibited by a translator in translating a short text risna saswati sekolah tinggi bahasa asing (stba) lia jakarta risnasaswati@gmail.com submit, 15-11-2021 accepted, 24-12-2021 publish, 25-12-2021 abstract this study aims to investigate the use of writing strategies by translators when translating short texts. the method used in this research is explorativeinterpretative. participants are freelance translators who complete short text translations. the data collection techniques are think-aloud protocols (taps) and trans log ii. the results showed that the participants used various writing strategies when translating the text at all stages. rhetorical, cognitive, metacognitive and social/affective writing strategies were found in the transfer stage. communicative strategies are not found at this stage. the last stage, restructuring, applied all writing strategies: rhetorical, cognitive, metacognitive, social/affective and communicative writing strategies. regarding tap, data collection techniques can reveal the translator's thought process while translating. in conclusion, the strategy identified at all stages included metacognitive, cognitive, communicative, and social/affective strategies. keywords: writing strategy, tap, translation process introduction in general, translation is an acitvity of transferring a message from the source language to the receptor language. translation proposes to gain the information from one language and then to transfer into another language related to its culture. translating is to reproduce in the natural language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message in meaning and style. accordingly, translating aims at reproducing the message. in order to reproduce the message, the translator needs to do many grammatical and lexical adjustment (baker, 2018). to translate the text well, the translator should have good ability to understand the meaning and the culture of the language as well. therefore, the translation result can be understood by the readers. nowadays, books are imported to other countries for the sake of commercial benefits. however, not all people are able to understand the language mailto:risnasaswati@gmail.com 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):107-118 108 written in imported books. therefore, they are translated in order to satisfy of the lovers. the people can buy the translated books easily now since many have been published. one of them is novel. novel is defined as fictional story involving a plot which is revealed by action of different characters. it contains a series of events of different genre such as romance action, thriller, history, mystery and many more. the word novel, when used as noun, is defined as an extended work of fiction which is written in prose. novels are usually written in the form of story. to enjoy reading the translated novel, a good translation is a must since the readers are not to read the same novel but in a different story. translating a text is not easy in which it takes a process. to understand the source text the beginning process is taken in the first stage are having general and close reading. general reading is to get the gist of the source text and the close reading is to find in details the words used, the intention of the text, text styles, readerships, setting, and the context of the text. there are three steps in analysis: (1) determining the meaningful relationship between the words and combination of the words; (2) determining the referential meaning of the words and special combination of the words (the idioms); (3) determining the connotative meaning. after having completed with the process of the analysis of the source text which involves both grammatical and semantic aspects of the text, it is to transfer the analysis to the target text. the meaning is transferred; however, there must be structural adjustment in translating the text regarding grammar (nida & taber, 1982; newmark, 1988; baker, 2018). there are two different systems for translating. the first system consists of setting up the rules which are applied in order and designed to determine the selection of the corresponding form in the target language. the second system is to conduct the translation procedure that comprises three strategies. the first strategy is analysis in which the surface structure is analyzed in terms of grammatical relationship and the meaning of the words. the second strategy in this system is transfer in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from the source language to the target language. the last strategy is restructuring in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final messages acceptable in the target language. in this process, the transfer, the translator finds many problems of nonequivalent words and he/she tries to solve the problems by finding the strategies of translation to translate the nonequivalent to result good translation. translation product orientation is related to the end result of the translation. regarding research, it sheds light on the strategies applied by the translators to meet the equivalency. the object as research is a written translated text. it is different from translation as a process in which translation involves cognitive aspects of the translator when translating a text. the researchers are to 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):107-118 109 find out the writing strategies that the translators do. cognitive approaches to translation try to comprehend and elaborate the workings of translators’ minds. it is to open how the translators manage the problems in translation, apply the strategies and meet the equivalency. additionally, it can provide insights the mental processes of the translator when translating the text. the cognitive behaviors are investigated using think aloud protocols (taps, henceforth) that are suggested by many researchers as the best method to find out the translators thinking in translating the text. the study conducted by zhou & lin (2012) was about the translation process of the student translators while translating a text from english to chinese and chinese to english. the result found that those student translators translated the text well by applying the strategies of translation. the most strategies employed were incubation and illumination. it was found preparation and evaluation as strategies used by the participants but only a few. the taps were used as the technique of data collection. the evidences showed that taps could uncover the thought processes of student translators while translating. the article written by olk (2002) about a think-aloud protocol study explored translation processes of degree-level language students translating culture specific words. the study found that one main problem that hindered was a fixation on questionable word-level parameter. it was found at text-level processes. additionally, it was related to teaching practices which focus on students’ attention in translation only on small text units. it was suggested that the students were supposed to be trained in translating to longer text level to enhance their achievement in translation. the previous studies explore translation processes of student translators using taps. the student translators employed some strategies in translation to result good translation for a short text (zhou & lin, 2012) and culture specific words (olk, 2002). these studies investigate strategies applied by student translators. however, these previous studies did not investigate writing strategies used by the participants. this study investigates writing strategies use by a translator translates an english short text to indonesian. what the writer thinks is verbalized and recorded using translog ii as a tool to uncover the translator’s thought processes. the method used is think aloud protocol (taps). the research gap compared to other researches is this study investigates the writing strategies exhibited by the translator when translating the text. this study interfaces between translation studies and teaching practices. the purpose of this study is to investigate writing strategies exhibited by a translator when performing a task to translate an english source text to the indonesian as a target language. it attempts to explore what writing strategies identified in order to inventory the translation processes. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):107-118 110 literature review the elaboration of equivalency in baker (2018) consists of the equivalency at word level, above the word level, grammatical equivalency, textual equivalency and pragmatic equivalency. accordingly, there are the problems of nonequivalent word and its translation strategies. the problems of this levels are: (1) the words have culture specific context in which it is unknown in the target language; (2) the words contain semantically complex in meaning; (3) the words are not lexicalized in the target language. the words are easy to understand, but it has no equivalent, such as the word standard in english which is translated standar in indonesian; (4) the word has a different distinction in meaning both in sl and tl; (5) the target language lacks of superordinate and specific terms; (6) the words have a physical or interpersonal perspective which is related to the pairs of words such as in come and go, take and bring; (7) the words have differences in meaning and forms, frequency and purpose and; (8) the use of loan words. additionally, she proposes the strategies for those problems such as using the superordinate words, cultural substitution, loan words, paraphrasing, omission, and illustration. those strategies are applied by the translator to meet the equivalency in the target language; therefore, the translation sounds natural. equivalence above the word level it consists of the elaboration of collocation which is defined as certain words that occur in a language. some words have the broader range in use but some are others have restriction. collocation is a reconstructed in which there is structurally coherent. additionally, collocation contains complicated semantically lexical combination that consists of two words, which is more frequent instead of by chance (feng et al., 2018). differences in collocation patterns that vary from language to another language can create problems in translation. the problems are misinterpretation of the collocation, marked collocation and the tension between the accuracy and naturalness. the problems as well occur in idiom and fixed expressions since they have literal and idiomatic senses in the same type. to solve the problems, the translator can employ the strategies of paraphrasing, omission and using the same idioms and fixed expressions in the target language. grammatical equivalence it includes the aspects of numbers, person, gender, tense and aspects, and voices. regarding numbers, not all languages have grammatical category of numbers. english has the markers for the countable nouns by adding the –s for plural and the uncountable nouns do not have the markers to identify them. in indonesian, both do not have the markers for countable and uncountable nouns. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):107-118 111 the nouns are repeated to show plurality or use the lexicon, such as banyak, beberapa, sedikit, lebih banyak. gender is defined as a grammatical distinction to show masculine and feminine. english has the division for them based on semantic areas and based on the person system such as he/she, uncle/aunt, mare/stallion, and cow/bull. indonesian does not have marker to differentiate the gender in semantic areas. the next category is person relating to the notion of participant roles. in english, the most common dimension is the first person, the second person, and the third person. in indonesian, gender dimension is absent. tense and aspect are related to time: present, past and future. aspectual differences have to do with the temporal distribution of an event, for instance its completion or non-completion, continuation or momentariness. tense and aspect are not grammatical category in indonesian which lexicalized the time. it is found the use of lexicon of sudah, telah, sedang, akan to describe past, progressive and future. the last category is voice which is related to active clauses and passive clauses. languages which have a category of voice do not always use the passive with the same frequency which is based on stylistic choice, registers. scientific and technical writing in english depend on passive structures. translating grammar is not an easy task to do. the problems to overcome these the translators employ the strategies of translation. additionally, the translators should possess the grammar competence in source language and target language (nida & taber, 1982; newmark, 1988; baker, 2018). textual equivalence it comprises of reference, substitution, conjunction and lexical cohesion. related to reference, it is used in semantics for the relationship which holds between a word and the real world. it is categorized into repetition, synonym, superordinate, general word, and pronominal reference. there happens the shifting reference to refer to the same person or people to vary the use or to avoid boredom. substitution and ellipsis are grammatical relationship in which the former is to replace the word with another to avoid repetition. however, ellipsis involves the omission of the items while substitution is replacement of the item. regarding conjunction, it involves the markers to relate sentences, clauses and paragraphs. it involves the meaning of addition, adversative, causal, temporal and continuation. the last category for textual equivalence is lexical cohesion marked by repetition, reiteration and collocation. textual equivalence discusses the theme and rheme. it is to discuss thematic structure that suggests a clause consists of two parts: theme and rheme. the theme is what the clause is about and the rheme is what the speaker or writer talks about the theme. in translation, the translator should be aware about the two segments to avoid misunderstanding. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):107-118 112 pragmatic equivalence it concerns with the way utterances are used in communication and how they are interpreted. it involves the aspects of coherence and implicatures in language use. additionally, context plays the role in finding the equivalence. as house (2018) states about the important role in finding the pragmatic equivalence. the translated text is contextually bound. in line with her, baker (2018) adds that the strategies recommended is the translator should provide enough background or context in which the utterances occur in order to give meaning to the readers. writing strategies cognition is defined as the mental processes and abilities such as memory, learning, problem-solving, evaluation, reasoning and decision making. cognition is to generate new knowledge through mental processes and to use the knowledge. metacognition is defined as thinking about thinking. metacognition is related to how to how to complete a given task using planning, monitoring, evaluating and comprehending. translating a text needs the writing skills and good competence in grammar. regarding grammar, the translator should possess the grammatical competence in both languages, the source language and the target language. the problems raise in voice, gender, tense and aspect, person and culture (ezzati, 2016). table 1. the taxonomy of esl writing strategies writing strategies sub-strategies speculation rhetorical strategies organization beginning/development/ending use of l1 translate generates idea into esl formatting/modelling genre consideration comparing different rhetorical convention meta-cognitive strategies planning finding focus monitoring checking and identifying problems evaluating reconsidering written text, goals cognitive strategies generating ideas repeating new words revising making changes in plan, written text elaborating extending the content of writing clarification disposing of confusions retrieval getting information from memory rehearsing trying out ideas or language communicative strategies summarizing synthesizing what has read avoidance avoiding some problems reduction giving up some difficulties sense of readers anticipating readers’ response 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):107-118 113 social/affective strategies resourcing referring to libraries, dictionaries getting feedback getting support from professors and peers assigning goals dissolve the load of the task rest deferral reducing anxiety translator should have strategies in writing good sentences in order to produce good translation. in writing, there are two strategies, namely metacognitive and cognitive strategies (congjun, 2005). the categories of the metacognitive and cognitive strategies in writing that are borrowed to analyze the translation process to find out the mental processes of the translator when translating the text. the translator should master the target language grammar and writing skills to transfer the message. metacognitive strategies consisting of planning, evaluation and monitoring are parts of other strategies of esl writing strategies classified by wenden (congjun, 2005). the classification of esl writing strategies is summarized in the following taxonomy with the corresponding activities in which the writers can do variety of activities in writing. the taxonomy is borrowed to analyze the translator in translating the text since translating needs writing strategies to produce good translation. think aloud protocol as a tool for translation think aloud protocols (taps) are widely used in applied linguistics to discover the thinking and cognitive processes language learners engage in when performing different language-related tasks (lumley, 2005; barkaoui, 2011). in translation as a process, translators are asked to say what comes into their mind when they are to complete the translation work. the introspective data collection consists of think-aloud protocol and stimulated recall. think aloud-protocol involves the completion a task or solve the problem by the writers and verbalize their thought process. their self-report is audiotapsed or video-tapsed recorded. it is then transcribed and the written result named as protocol. the writers are not distracted by having to introspect their activities. it is to stimulate their memories to produce good introspective data. introspective is the process of observing and reporting on one’s feeling, thought, motives, reasons, and mental states. it is accompanies with a view to determine the processes and state shape one’s behavior (gass & mackey, 2000; nunan, 2009; barnard & burns, 2007). the method is to elicit qualitative data that regards with the thought processes associated with the performing an action or participating in an event. a stimulus in the form of video recording is used as the instrument of this method (barnard & burns, 2007). 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):107-118 114 research method this study is to apply the qualitative approach. the data are taken from the translation log ii video containing participant translating the english text titled eggnog into indonesian. the type of analysis conducted in this study is interpretative. this study uses a non-experimental design, qualitative data and interpretative analysis; therefore, it applies exploratory-interpretative method. the participant was a freelance translator participating in this study to use the trans log ii. one of a short english text is given to her after a brief introduction about basic procedures of the tryout and how to use the tool. the text translated is eggnog from english as a source language to indonesian. the data are collected by the steps: (1) listening to video of a participant translating the text using translog ii; (2) the taps is applied to record all the talk, activities, silence and the verbalized behavior in translating the english text; (3) marking the words, idioms and fixed expressions, grammatical units; person, gender, numbers, voices and tense and aspects, textual units: reference, substitution, conjunction and lexical cohesion, and theme and rheme, pragmatic aspects: coherence and implicatures; (4) making a grid as a data card to collect the metacognitive strategies and cognitive strategies, process of translation, and activities done by the translator; (5) put all the data into the data card. the data taken from data card are classified based on the translation process, activities, and behavior strategies: metacognitive and cognitive strategies based on the recorded data. finding the data taken from the trans log ii. it is started from the minutes of the translating the text. the data card shows the translation process in which the translator tries to comprehend the source text, translate and do some editing. the activities the translator does when translating related to deleting the words, typing the words, thinking, and taking some times to translate. behavior is related to the translator’s cognition in which it represents the translator mental processes when translating. the translator’s activities in comprehending as the first stage in translation processes comprised of reading the text, referencing the new words, reading the text aloud, reading by typing the words/phrases/ sentences, reading the words/phrases/sentences. the activities are named as general and close reading. the writing strategies involved were rhetorical, metacognitive, cognitive and social/affective strategies. the other strategy, communicative, was not found. the next stage, transferring, in which the translator translated the text, the writing strategies of rhetorical, metacognitive and cognitive were found. the other strategies, social/affective and communicative strategies were not found while 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):107-118 115 translating. those writing strategies, communicative and socio/affective, were revealed in restructuring stage, as the last stage in the process of translation. although the process of translation was sequel; however, the stages are not so that rigid. those stages can be found in any time, in the beginning of the translation, while-translating, and the last process of translation. the tapss can give some valuable information about the process. the translation happens naturally which means if the translator encountered problems in translating, she consulted dictionary and other search engines. this study revealed that there was revising and editing for the text. there were deleting, pausing and repeating activities to finish the task. there were no activities in which the translator tried some other strategies such as formatting, summarizing, or organizing the translated text. the translator used various writing strategies in the beginning stage, transferring stage and restructuring stage. in summary, strategies identified among others in all stages include metacognitive, cognitive, communicative, and social/affective strategies are shown in the table below. table 2. the use of taxonomy of esl writing strategies by the translator writing strategies sub-strategies speculation rhetorical strategies use of l1 translate generates idea into esl meta-cognitive strategies planning finding focus evaluating reconsidering written text, goals cognitive strategies generating ideas repeating new words revising making changes in plan, written text clarification disposing of confusions retrieval getting information from memory rehearsing trying out ideas or language communicative strategies sense of readers anticipating readers’ response social/affective strategies resourcing referring to libraries, dictionaries assigning goals dissolve the load of the task rest deferral reducing anxiety 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):107-118 116 discussion think aloud protocols (taps) are widely used in applied linguistics to discover the thinking and cognitive processes language learners engage in when performing different language-related tasks. in translation as a process, translators are asked to say what comes into their mind when they are to complete the translation work. after analyzing all the data, it can be concluded that think aloud protocol as a method for a technique for collecting the data can give the assistance to reveal the mental processes of the translator. this study reports that the translator applies all the strategies proposed by wenden (1991). it reveals that the translator is supposed to have good writing skills and grammatical competence to produce good translation. tapss have advantages to be used as a tool for revealing the thinking process. however, this method has weaknesses as well (fraser, 1996; olk, 2002; li, 2004; barkaoui, 2011). tapss studies are labor-intensive since doing transcription takes much time. for only a short text, it can take days to transcribe the recording. additionally, if the classification of the data is coded, it is necessary to allocate the time to do it. if tapss use trans log ii, the internet connection should be supported well. if not, the validity of the research is in a question. it is recommended to use screen-recorder that is not needed an internet support. this study uses trans log ii which can create problems for the participants who are not technology literate. the problems are not how to translate, but how to operate the machine. when starting, the translator faces the problem with the machine, it will bother her thinking process. it can possibly invite negative responses from the participants. the research is not valid in terms of the participants are not motivated anymore. regarding the stages in translation, the participants should translate the text by process. the first cycle is the participants translate the text and it becomes the first draft. the second cycle, the participants should check the translated text again to do some revision. the last cycle is the final draft of the same text. by so doing, it can be seen that the process of translation is not done once but it happens in sequel. therefore, the writing strategies can probe the translation as a process not a product. concerning the text, the choice of the text and the level of the participant’s proficiency should be under consideration to result validity. if the text as a source language is challenging, the writing strategies can be reported by this research more varied. if the text is too easy for the participant, so the problems reveal during the translation are not significant (house, 2018; li, 2004). while working on a text, the participant thinks and verbalizes her thinking. she does these activities at the same time, thinking and verbalizing. it is not easy for a participant doing these. moreover, it raises problems if the participant is shy 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):107-118 117 and quiet. in the case of she does not want to voice his/her thinking, it hampers the steps of the research (barkaoui, 2011). the choice of participants with good abilities should be under consideration. moreover, it is not only a text, but also the text-proficiency level. the text is to choose based on the participants’ proficiency level. if it is too easy or too difficult for them, what the research expects from the participant cannot be gained. for further research, the research designs should be reconsidered to result the trustworthiness and minimized the drawbacks (li, 2004). conclusion the writing strategies that are constituted are rhetorical strategies, metacognitive, cognitive, communicative, and social/affective strategies identified in the process of translating english sl to indonesian tl. all the strategies occur in all stages in process in translation which are comprehending the text, transferring the meaning from sl to tl, and restructuring to meet the accuracy, clarity and naturalness. concerning taps as the technique of data collection used in this study, it is convincing that taps could reveal the thought processes of participant. references baker, m. (2018). in other words: a coursebook on translation. new york: routledge barkaoui, k. (2011). think-aloud protocols in research on essay writing: an empirical study of their veridically and reactivity. language testing, 28(1), 51-75. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532210376379 ezzati, a.(2016). non-equivalence at grammatical and word level and the strategies to deal with: a case study of english translation into persian. international journal of language and linguistics, 3(3), 101-107. http://ijllnet.com/journals/vol_3_no_3_august_2016/13.pdf feng, h., creeze, i. h. m., & grant, l. (2018). form and meaning in collocation a corpus-driven study on translation universals in chinese-to-english business translation. perspective, 26(5), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/0907676x.2018.1424222 fraser, j. (1996). the translator investigated: learning from translation process analysis. the translator, 2(1), 65-72. https://doi.org/10.1080/13556509.1996.10798964 gass, s., & mackay, a. (2000). stimulated recall methodology in second language research. new york: routledge house, j. (2018). pragmatics and its interfaces: translation studies and pragmatics, edited by cornelia ilie and neal r. norrick. amsterdam: john benjamin publishing company. https://doi.org/10.1191/1362168802lr102oa https://doi.org/10.1177/0265532210376379 https://doi.org/10.1080/0907676x.2018.1424222 https://doi.org/10.1080/13556509.1996.10798964 https://doi.org/10.1191/1362168802lr102oa 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (1):107-118 118 li, d. (2004). trustworthiness of think-aloud protocols in the study of translation processes. international journal of applied linguistics, 14(3), 301-312. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1473-4192.2004.00067 newmark, p. (1988). a textbook of translation. united kingdom, uk: prentice hall international nida, e. a., & taber, c. r. (1982). the theory and practice of the translation. leiden, belanda: brill olk, h. m. (2002). translating culture-a think-aloud protocol study. language teaching research, 6(2), 121-144. https://doi.org/10.1191%2f1362168802lr102oa wenden, a. (1991). learner strategies for learner autonomy: planning and impiementing learner training -for language learners. new york: prentice hall zhou, y., & lin, y. (2012). probe into translation process based on think-aloud protocols. theory and practice in language studies, 2(7), 1376-1396. https://doi.org/10.4304/tpls.2.7.1376-1386 https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1473-4192.2004.00067 https://doi.org/10.4304/tpls.2.7.1376-1386 linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 1 nomor 2, juni 2018 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi: https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v1i2.187 129 politeness in bad neighbors movie sastika seli 1 stkip-pgri lubuklinggau dewi syafitri 2 stkip-pgri lubuklinggau rshellee@yahoo.com 1 submit, 20-04-2018 accepted, 01-06-2018 publish, 01-06-2018 abstract the research aims at describing politeness used by americans in bad neighbors movie to express apology. this is a qualitative-descriptive research which identified, observed, transcribed the data as well as described them in the sentences. the findings present the strategy of apologizing and the use of address terms overviewed from politeness strategies such as positive politeness, negative politeness and offrecord. the use of address terms in expressing apology covered terms of addressing in negative politeness includes the use of title plus last name (tln) (such as mr. haywood and ma‟am) and positive politeness includes different nick names (nn) (such as mac, baby, scoonie, guys, etc). the variation of apologizing includes direct apology (sorry and i‟m sorry). in the application of direct apology i’m sorry, no address term was used in the expression and it indicates positive politeness. in a direct expression of apology sorry, there was a term of address used preceded the expression and sometimes it also occurred afterward. based on the description, it can be inferred that most of expression of direct apology expressed in positive politeness because the first speaker wanted to show a more intimate relationship to the second speaker. the position of the terms also affects the purpose and the quality of sincerity of the speakers. this strategy considered to be an effective way to express apology to show that the speaker who committed a responsibility of apologizing regretted the mistakes. keyword: politeness, apologizing, term of address introduction speaking with someone with different social status and dimension has to be in the appropriate way. he/she has to think the correct words, intonation and norms depend on the interlocutor (hearer) (hymes in johnstone and marcellino, 2010:4-7). if he/she speaks to a baby it will be different to speak with the teacher or a parking mailto:rshellee@yahoo.com1 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (2):129-142 130 man. the act of greeting (good morning), leave-taking expressing something (good bye), asking for something (can you…?) and any other speaking activities has to be in the right norm. speaking activity requires some norms and appropriate acts. actually, language provides a variety of ways of saying the same thing in addressing and greeting others, describing things, and paying compliment. some factors influence the relationship between the people in particular situation and how the speaker feels about the people addressed. politeness is one important thing to consider to speak with others. according to holmes (1992:297) there are two different types of politeness. positive politeness is solidarity oriented. it emphasizes shared attitudes and values. a shift to a more informal style using slang and swear words will function similarly as an expression of positive politeness. negative politeness corresponds to people respect and avoids intruding on them. negative politeness involves expressing oneself appropriately in terms of social distance and respecting status differences. politeness in different culture might be different. the use of language or english can be seen from movies produced and released in all over the world. therefore, it would not be a problem to know different politeness in different culture. one of the movies is bad neighbors produced by hollywood reflected the characteristic of american politeness used by americans in a comedy movie. as we know that american humor is more vulgar and rude to listen and to see. what about the politeness? the research only concerned with politeness in addressing and apologizing to others used in this adult american comedy movie. literature review politeness actually, language provides a variety of ways of saying the same thing in addressing and greeting others, describing things, paying compliment, apologizing and other expressions. some factors influence the relationship between the people in particular situation and how the speaker feels about the people addressed. wardaugh (2000:265) stated that one can addressed others by title (t), first name (fn), by last name (ln), by nick name, by some combination of them, or by nothing at all. in addressing another, the choice of name which one uses for the other depends both on the knowledge of the person the addresser speak to, and the situation. addressing by title alone is the least intimate form of address in that titles usually designate ranks or occupation, as in colonel, doctor, or waiter. when someone uses first name alone in addressing, it seems that the person is presuming an intimacy or alternatively is trying 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (2):129-142 131 to assert some power the addressee. using nickname shows an even greater intimacy. both first name and nickname tends to occur in relaxed of informal situation. title and first name have the interesting effect of showing respect by the title, by intimacy by the first name. in english we are in doubt as to know to address another, we can actually avoid the difficulty by not using any address term at all. we can say “good morning” as well as “good morning, sir/ mr. smith”. a shift to a more informal style using slang and swear words will function similarly as an expression of positive politeness. the participants in positive politeness have the same level in communication. the example of the expression of negative politeness system is using title and last name to superior and to older people that one does not know well or using a language in different level. leech (cited in spencer-oatey, 2004:23) state that a polite speech is a speech which is obeying the norm of maxim and it is not violating the norm of maxim‟s politeness. they are tact maxim, generosity maxim, modesty maxim, approbation maxim, agreement maxim and sympathy maxim. 1. act maxim: minimize cost to other. maximize benefit to other. 2. generosity maxim: minimize benefit to self. maximize cost to self. 3. approbation maxim: minimize dispraise of other. maximize praise of other. 4. modesty maxim: minimize praise of self. maximize of self. 5. agreement maxim: minimize disagreement between self and other. maximize agreement between self and other. 6. sympathy maxim: minimize antipathy between self and other. maximize sympathy between self and other. according to yule (2006:60), politeness is as the means employed to show awareness of another person‟s face. in this sense, politeness can be accomplished in situations of social distance or closeness. showing awareness for another person‟s face when that other seems socially distant is often described in term of respect or deference. showing the equivalent awareness when the other is socially close is often described in term of friendliness, friendship or solidarity. holmes (1992:296) state that generally speaking politeness involves taking account of the feelings of others. a polite person makes others feel comfortable. being linguistically polite involves speaking to people appropriately in light of their relationship furthermore, brown and levinson (cited in kedves, 2013:434-436), politeness assumes that we all have face, and we all have face wants and needs. further, there are different types of face threatened in various face-threatening acts, and sometimes the face threats are to the hearer, while other times they are to the 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (2):129-142 132 speaker. there are positive face, negative face and off-record to state something in a polite way. positive face wants to show the intimacy from speakers to hearers by saying something casual. negative face wants to show something politely without intruding the hearers. the last politeness is off-records show that someone is saying the words implicitly that he/she wants to be get attention from the second speakers/hearers. terms of address speaking to someone, one has to say the words appropriately. people cannot just say or call someone without considering about anything. if they meet a teacher on the street, they cannot just say the name because it will be impolite and a breakingnorm. to address someone, it depends on the relationship that we have to someone. is it close or distant, formal or informal, we cannot just address people with the same forms (holmes, 1992:16). other social factors of addressee also influences the way we address someone. addressing also considers the norm. norm binds strongly when we use the language. different culture different norm, different area different culture, is the rules in using the language. for examples, british english and american english are two english with different dialect (quirk, 2014:79). using both of language caused confusion if the users do not know how to use them appropriately. address system is usually used to show the possession of formal and informal manners and consideration for other people. in other words, by employing a certain address terms, speaker wants to express his or her feeling of respect, solidarity, intimacy, and familiarity to other people (wardaugh, 2000:264). clearly, address terms are employed to maintain social relation that occurs in daily life. people can find many forms of address term used. in relaxed situation, someone often calls a friend with his nickname, such as tom for tommy or mickey for michael. however, in other formal situation, people tend to address someone else by their titles like mr., mrs., and dr, professor and name which refer to the profession they have. besides, the addresses of my love, my dear, or title one are usually used to show the intimate relation between the addresser and addressee. address system is one of the important tools of communication used in society. address systems of a language correlate highly with social structure (aliakbari & toni, 2008:40). social class, age, sex, profession, marital status, politeness and another related aspect are the kinds of basic rules of address system. address system is used by a person to address one he or she talk to, and the use depends on the 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (2):129-142 133 relationship between the addresser, addressee and the relative status of the individual involved in conversation. according to afful (2006:92), there are 9 categories of address term. they are personal names (nick, stella), title terms (mr., miss), occupation-bound terms (sir, ma‟am), kinship terms (mom, dad), terms of formality (sir, ma‟am), terms of intimacy (dude, bro), personal pronouns (you), descriptive phrases (your highness), and zero address terms (using no term of address). they are used in different social and cultural condition in the society. moreover, koul (in jan, 2013:75) mentions interjections of address, kinship terms of address and second person pronominal. in this study, the classification of american address terms found in the movie is based on the two theories from afful and koul. apologizing apologies was expressive illocutionary acts, which can bedifferentiated from complaint, which was also expressive acts, by beingconvivial in nature. in the terminology of leech (1999:370), the act ofapologizing was convivial speech act, the goal of which coincides with thesocial goal of maintaining harmony between speaker and hearer (leech, 1999:373). meanwhile, holmes (1992:92) considers apology as a speech actdirected to the addressee‟s face need and intended to remedy an offensefor which the speaker takes responsibility, and thus to restore equilibriumbetween the speaker and addressee. by apologizing, the speaker has alsopaid the debt created by his/her transgression, thus restoring theinteractional balance brown and levinson (1987:21).the speech act of apologizing is rather different from that ofrequesting, since apologies was generally post-event acts, apologies signalthe fact that a certain type of event has already taken place (or the speakermight be aware of the fact that was about to take place). by apologizing, thespeaker recognizes the fact that violation of a social norm has beencommitted and admits to the fact that she or he was at least partially involvedin its cause. hence, by their very nature, apologies involve loss of face forthe speaker and support for the hearer (blum-kulka and olstain, 1983:18)meanwhile, when we make mistakes, we will agree thatacknowledging our mistake and offering a sincere apology is a reasonableresponse. according to grigsby (2007:97) apology involves the acknowledgement of injury withthe acceptance of responsibility, affect (felt regret or shame-the personmust mean it), and vulnerabilitythe risking of an acknowledgementwithout excuses. the expression contains some regrets felt by the speakers and expecting a forgive expression from the interlocutor. 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (2):129-142 134 according to ury, brett, and goldberg as cited in maddux (2011:24) apologies are critical for resolvingdisputes and repairing trust between negotiators. disputes are typicallycharacterized by anger and a focus on power and rights rather than interest. apology was a process that involved a change in emotion andattitude regarding an offender. olshtain and cohen (1983:234) also say that the act of apologizing was called for when there were some behaviors, which have violated social norm, whether the offense was real orpotential. it was assumed that there was two participants involved in it,namely the apologizer and the recipient of apology. the apologizer was theone who was perceived by the recipient to have the responsibility to state expression of apology. the recipient was the one perceiving her/him as persondeserving of apology. there was also social expectation that the offender orthe apologizer should express an apology for the deed she has committed.the types and the intensity of apology may be different. they may becaused by the different degrees of mistakes in the action or by the differentcircumstance related to the behavior. based on the definition above, it can be noted that an apology was conducted when the offender has committed an offensive act (action orutterance), which also means that it has violated social norms, by expressing regret and acknowledging responsibility for the undesirableeffect of the act upon the offended party. commonly, apologies was intended to remedy the offense. they was different from other convivialacts, such as thanking, congratulation or complaint, by their remedialfunction. research method the study is a descriptive research. descriptive research can be either quantitative or qualitative. in this study, qualitative descriptive approach was conducted to describe the sociolinguistics phenomenon in sentences (non-statistical procedure). it used systematic procedures to discover non-quantifiable relationship between existing variables (singh, 2007:52). the research data derived from primary and secondary data including bad neighbors movie and some supporting documents as secondary data including journal articles and books. in collecting the data, the movie was observed and identified. orthographic transcription was conducted to change oral language to written language. the collected data were analyzed descriptively in depth description. the data were analyzed by identifying, reducing, classifying and explaining the data from movie bad neighbors. the description of the data analysis is as follow. 1. identifying and reducing the collected data 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (2):129-142 135 2. classifying into the forms and the rules in using addressing terms and apologizing use as well as reducing them 3. explaining the forms and the rules in using addressing terms and apologizing forms and strategy 4. concluding finding in this study, the classification of american address terms found in the movie is based on the theories from afful, koul, politeness strategies by brown and levinson and variations from li yang. there are 9 categories of address terms found in movie bad neighbors. based on the explanation in chapter ii, bad neighbors tells the story about two now neighbors who had problems in their neighborhood. therefore, the language is used by two sides are mostly informal language. in the classification, address terms in this study are classified into 9 categories which will be explained as follow: address terms based on politeness strategies there are two politeness strategies, namely, positive politeness and negative politeness. according to brown and levinson (in kedves, 2013), in positive politeness, the speaker‟s goal is to address the positive face needs of the hearer whereas in negative politeness, the speaker avoids the imposition of the hearer. in positive politeness, the speakers expect an intimacy while in negative politeness the speakers maintain the respect and distance. address terms used in movie bad neighbors based on politeness strategies are explained in the following table. table 1.address terms in negative politeness address terms function mrs. (haywood) to address a married woman. used in formal situation ma‟am to address someone whom we respect. used in informal situation the use of ma‟am in the movie was in a tense-informal situation at the hospital when kelly and mac‟s daughter was sick. the doctor still maintained the manner to address stranger by using ma‟am although he shouted by using „hey!‟. 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (2):129-142 136 kelly : are you fucking kidding me? who the fuck says that to a couple of parents? doctor : hey! ma'am! mac : chill out, chill out! they are dangerous to the neighborhood! two address terms above includes in negative politeness strategy or positive face because in using the terms, speakers use it when they speak to someone whom they respect. they keep a distance to show respect to superior people. table 2.address terms in positive politeness address terms function mac/stella/kelly/teddy to address someone with a close distance baby /sweetie to address someone with a very close distance. to show love and passion pudgie/scoonie to address someone by nickname because of a very close distance man/guys/dude/brother/fellas/dawg to call a very close friends with a very close distance. to shows intimacy and bind. some address terms above shows the positive politeness or a negative face. as explained previously, positive politeness avoids the speakers‟ imposition of the hearers so that they keep a distant in the relationship to the hearers. the use of some terms above indicates an intimate relationship between the speaker and the hearer/interlocutor. pete : tell 'em, teddy. teddy : i'll tell you how. do you see thatempty space on the wall? let's fill it with dreams. pete and teddy is close friend. pete addressed teddy by his first name/nick name because of the close relationship between both. therefore, in this case, the term of address considered positive politeness. variation of apology there are two variations of apologizing explained in the research based on the directness and the 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (2):129-142 137 direct apology direct apology strategies refer to expressions that explicitly stated and direct + promise of forbearance (li yang, 2016). data presentation can be seen in the table below: table 3.type of apology according to li yang type of apology time example of expression frequency direct 00:08:38 kelly : good night. excuse me. sorry. 16 direct + promise of forbearance 00:24:47 mac : okay, you know what? let‟s end this. i‟m sorry. i resend the complaint. you can go. 14 from the table above, direct apology has higher frequency in the use rather than direct + promise of forbearance form with 2 points difference. in direct apology, a shorten form of sorry indicates a more intimate relationship between the speakers. there was no term of address used in the expression. however, in direct + promise of forbearance above the use of i’m sorry present that a longer expression might indicate a lesser intimate relationship which contain a little respect but still in the casual style. address term and apologizing in bad neighbors position of terms of address in apologizing american humor is american humor tends to be more “obvious” and less oblique, and can sometimes be considered by other english speaking cultures to be over the top and ridiculous. americans do not understand irony; it is not the foundation of american humor. when americans use irony they tend to state that they were “only kidding”. they feel the need to make a humor more obvious than brits do. therefore, in this comedy movie the way to use the address term and apologizing strategy were most presented in an informal situation. formal situation indicates a high intimate relationship among the speakers. the movie presented some casual setting with low status. it presented a reciprocal tu in using some informal style in expressing apology. it can be explained that even if the expressions were stated with or without some terms if address, they have different level of politeness consideration. 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (2):129-142 138 the structure of the expression in apologizing presented some usage of address terms followed or preceded by the expression of apology such as: 1. mac : “never call us again? look, man, we‟re sorry. you were being noisy. we tried to call you i don‟t know what to say. 2. teddy : sorry man, sorry my ball just got in your face. the strategy in apologizing above is preceded and followed by the address term man whereas man is used in informal situation with a close relationship between the speakers. it shows positive politeness because the speakers explicitly apology and address someone without considering any higher level. the distinct position of the terms of address above indicates the hidden purpose by the speaker. in (a), man was used preceding the expression of apology we’re sorry. the purpose of this shift is to catch more attention from the interlocutor because of the sincerity of the speaker. it indicates that the speaker really means his word. addressing someone at the beginning make the interlocutor pays attention to the speaker. therefore, it is a strategy to assert sincere apology. in contrast with (b), the term was used after the expression of apology. when the speaker said sorry preceding the term of address man, the message of apology was not stressed because it directly asserted without something that attract attention. therefore, the quality of sincerity is considered to be lower than the preceded term of address. zero term of address in apologizing most of term of address in the whole conversation from the excerpt presented zero address term in apologizing. it caused by the setting of speech. the speech situation presented casual and informal situation where the speakers felt intimate. the intimacy does not give a gap among the member in speech group. the situation is presented in the following excerpt. mac : that's a joke! policeman : it's not a good joke. mac : okay, you know what? let's end this. i'm sorry. i rescind the complaint. you can go. no noise complaint. policeman : you know the boy who cried wolf? you're that boy. 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (2):129-142 139 it can be inferred that the use of expression correspond to respect. in intimate relationship among the speakers, respect is sometimes neglected. it happens also in the situation above. zero term of address in expressing apology indicates a low respect by the speaker upon his interlocutor. it may be caused by the age of the interlocutor which is younger than the speaker. discussion the strategy of apology and address terms applied by the character of “bad neighbors” movie can be identified through within each act of the use of both as proposed by olsthain and cohen (1983:45). meanwhile, the strategy of apology is absolutely needed by the offenders, when they perform the act of apologizing. the presence of the strategy of apology is useful to increase the effort to lessen the offense toward the offended or satisfy them. meanwhile, holmes (1992:78) considers apology as a speech act directed to the addressee‟s face need and intended to remedy an offensefor which the speaker takes responsibility, and thus to restore equilibriumbetween the speaker and addressee. furthermore, the act ofapologizing was convivial speech act, the goal of which coincides with thesocial goal of maintaining harmony between speaker and hearer (leech,1999:373). it will be useful to maintain the social harmony, which may be broken because of the past offensive act. the strategy of apology may be performed by means of an explicit apology, such as an expression of regret “i‟m sorry”, “i‟m so sorry”, and “i‟m really sorry”. address term may attach to many expressions in the conversation such as congratulating, condolence, asking and offering for help, apologizing, etc. however the use of this address term as well as the expression is bounded by the politeness strategy. politeness may reflect the level of a speaker in the society based on the social status. in the movie, bad neighbors reflected the real condition of certain society in americans‟ life. it is a reflection of american society. the movie shows how people talk, greet, joke, and express the feeling through language. since the movie genre is comedy, it can be identified how to state an apology and addressing others in humorous situation. based on finding, the movies contain informal and intimate situation with casual style. they leaned to joke with slang and taboo words. therefore, most of the address term used to address someone is applied in informal situation and to someone who considered at the similar level. it was found that the informal address term was used after and before the apologizing expression. as in look, man, i’m sorry and in 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (2):129-142 140 sorry, man the address term includes in positive politeness and direct + promise of forbearance. as reviewed in chapter ii that in positive politeness the speaker considers the interlocutor is at the similar level with him. and direct + promise of forbearance, indeed, expressed when someone also feels a close relationship with the interlocutor. furthermore, speakers learned not to address others by applying the address terms. it means they applied zero address terms in most of expression of apology with a direct apology, such as we’re sorry we called the cops, okay?. it indicates that the speaker wanted to show a more intimate relationship to the hearer when expressing apology. it can be inferred that to express apology, a speaker has to get more positive attention in saying sorry without intruding the hearer. therefore, expressing apology with positive politeness which considered an intimacy seemed to be an appropriate strategy to assert an apology. conclusion american humor in american comedy movie bad neighbors reflected a real situation in which americans speak humor in a vulgar joke forms. vulgarism and politeness are two different things but it could be analyzed to explain politeness in the informal situation presented in humorous way in a comedy movie. the findings show that most of address terms were used included as positive politeness address terms such as term of intimacy man, dude, baby, etc. related to the strategy of apologizing, they disposed to use direct apology but it did not show much difference. the use of address term also affected the purpose of apologizing. preceded position of term indicates sincerity of the speaker and may catch more attention of the interlocutor. meanwhile, a term was used after the expression of apology indicated a lower sincerity quality stated by the speaker. finally the use of address term in apologizing found in bad neighbors indicated the application of positive politeness address term in a direct apology. most of expressions of apology were expressed with zero term of address because the speakers might get a positive attention (more intimate relationship) to the hearers without treating them in imposition way. 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (2):129-142 141 references afful, j. b. a. (2006). address terms among university students in ghana. a case study. journal of language and intercultural communication, 6 (1), 76-91. retrieved from www.njas.helsinki.fi/pdf-files/vol16num2/afful.pdf. aliakbari, m & toni, a. (2008). the realization of address terms in modern persian in iran: a sociolinguistic study. linguistik online, 35 (3), 3-12, retrieved on february 15, 2016 from www.linguistik-online.net/35_08/aliakbari.pdf blum-kulka, s & olshtain, e. (1983). request and apologies: a cross-cultural study of speech act realization patterns (ccsarp). applied linguistics, 5 (3),196213, retrieved on february 15, 2016 from socling.genlingnw.ru/files/smrp/csarp%20blum-kulka.pdf brown, p. and levinson, s. (1987). politeness. retrieved from http://www.stanford.edu/tylers/notes/emoon/brown_levinson_1987_politene ss_notes_schnoebelen-pdf. cambridge university. grigsby, k . (2007). the fine art of apology: when, why and how to say” i‟m sorry”. retrieved february 15, 2016 from http://www.aamc.org/download/164762/data/grigsby_fine_art_of_apology .pdf.xdsr holmes, j. (1992). an introduction to sociolinguistics. new york: longman publishing. jan, s. (2013). greeting, modes of address and politeness expression in kashmiri language: a cross-gender study. dissertation. srinagar: university of kashmir, retrieved on april 10, 2016 from dspaces.uok.edu.in:8080/jspui/bitstream/1/1405/1/saima%20jan.pdf johnstone, b. & marcellino, w. m. (2010). dell hymes and the ethnography of communication. retrieved march 3 2015 from repository.cmu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1013&context=english kedves, a. (2013). face threatening acts and politeness strategies in summer school application calls. jezikoslovlje, 14 (2/3). retrieved from hrcak.srce.hr/file/165528 leech, g. (1999). principles of pragmatics. london: longman. li yang. (n.d). direct apology strategies in chinese. retrieved on march 10 th , 2016 from https://www.kstate.edu/chinesepragmatics/apologies/2directapologystrategies.html maddux, w. (2011). culturaldifferencesinthefunction andmeaningof apologize. retrieved from http://www.faculty.insead.edu/maddux/personal documents/inculturean.apologies.pdf.france olshtain, e.& cohen, a. (1983). apology: a speech act set. in n. wolfson & e. judd (eds.), sociolinguistics and language acquisition, 18-35. rowley, ma: newbury house. quirk, r. (2014). grammatical and lexical variance in english. new york: routledge. http://www.njas.helsinki.fi/pdf-files/vol16num2/afful.pdf 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (2):129-142 142 singh, y.k. (2007). research methodology. new delhi: a.p.h. publishing company. spencer-oatey, h. (2004). culturally speaking: managing rapport through talk across cultures. london: continuum. wardaugh, r. (2000). an introduction to sociolinguistics. oxford: blackwell. yule, g. (2006). pragmatik. yogyakarta: pustaka pelajar. linguistics, english education and art (leea)journal volume 1 nomor 1, desember 2017 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi: https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v1i1.33 16 pqrst technique toward reading comprehension of the second grade students at sman 1 kota jambi dewi syafitri 1 stkip-pgri lubuklinggau dewisyafitristkipllg@gmail.com 1 submit, 08-11-2017 accepted, 30-12-2017 publish, 30-12-2017 abstract this research is aimed to investigate whether or not there is any significant effect of pqrst technique toward reading comprehension of second graders at sman 1 kota jambi.preview, question, read, summary and test labeled pqrst is one of language teaching technique in reading comprehension. this technique can be used to solve students’ difficulties in comprehend the text and also can help the students to deepen their understanding of the text. the subjects were students of grade xi of sman 1 kota jambi. xi ia 1 was assigned as the experimental group and xi ia 2 was assigned as control group. the cluster sampling technique was used in this research. the design of this research is an experimental research to find out the cause and effect relationship between two variables. there are two data used in this research. the first data is pre-test and the second is post-test. after the data were collected, the researcher used t-test analysis to see the significant difference between two variables. the result of this research showed that t-test value was 3.15, at the level of significance 0.05 with df 60, the value of t-table was 2.00. it is known that t-test value was bigger than t-table indicated the research hypothesis (h1) was accepted where there is significance difference in students, reading comprehension between those who were taught by using pqrst technique and those who were taught without using pqrst technique. in summary, pqrst technique can help the students to comprehend the reading text well. keywords: reading comprehension, pqrst technique introduction reading is one of the skills that should be mastered competently by senior high school students at informational level and should be taught appropriately by the teachers who have a prominent function in the curriculum succession. one of the examples is cited by byrd (1998) who explains that in teaching reading the teacher should be selective in providing materials for the student in the lesson. the teacher can supply resources by referring everyday reading material such as “train schedule, news paper article, and travel and tourism web sites” to increase student knowledge, particularly in helping them reach communicative competence. mailto:dewisyafitristkipllg@gmail.com 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):16-29 17 teaching english especially reading in indonesia emphasizes on comprehension. the teachers usually use three-phase activity technique in teaching reading. this technique includes pre-reading, whilst reading and post reading (fachrurrazy, 1993:3).there are several techniques can be used to comprehend the text. one kind of techniques in comprehend the text proposed by researcher is pqrst technique. one technique used by structured students to keep them on track is the pqrst technique. this technique prioritizes the information in a way that relates directly to how they will be asked to use that information in an exam. the technique can also be modified to suit any particular form of learning in most subjects. it allows more accurate timing of work rather than the student having to decide how much time to attribute to a topic (http://study_skill.htm). one of the best techniques for improving memory from reading is called pqrst technique (preview, question, read, summary, and test). the technique is intended to improve students’ abilities to study and remember material presented in the text books. the researcher used this technique in reading comprehension because this technique solve the students’ difficulties in comprehend the text and also it could help the student to deepen their understanding of the text through each step of pqrst technique. the researcher is interested in conducting a quantitative study by coming across a senior high school in the jambi. the focus of study is students of sman 1 kota jambi. the research question of this study is “is there any significant effect of pqrst technique toward reading comprehension of second grade students at sman 1 kota jambi?” literature review teaching english especially reading in indonesia emphasize on comprehension. the teacher is suggested using three-phase activity procedure in teaching reading. this procedure includes pre-reading, whilst reading and post reading (fachrurrazy, 1993). pre-reading activity is used to introduce the topic that teacher will be taught and give motivation to the student to learn it. this activity can fill by giving some questions that related to the topic, show the pictures and ask the student to guess the topic that they will learn, or introduce the title of the text and invite the students to discuss the topic. whilst reading activity is core activities to get comprehension content of the text. this activity divided into two parts, they are surface problem and deep problem. for surface problem include factual questions about content of the text, scanning and skimming or complete the table, sentences or list based on the text. for deep activity include difficult questions such as wh-question (why, where, how, etc), or question which its implied answer in the reading text, give true false questions, and ask the student to give the reason of their answer choice. post reading activity meant as last activity that relate to the content of reading text, for example speaking or writing about something that relate to the topic. 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):16-29 18 preview, question, read, summary and test labelled pqrst is one of language teaching technique in reading comprehension. pqrst researched by thomas and robinson (1982), spache and berg (1978), and robinson (1970) has demonstrated that a simple study technique applied to reading a book significantly improves understanding and memory. the technique takes its name from the first letter of the five steps that one follows preview, question, read, self-recitation, and test. according to fazel (1993:1[online]) one technique used by structured students to keep them on track is the pqrst technique. this technique prioritizes the information in a way that relates directly to how they will be asked to use that information in an exam. the technique can also be modified to suit any particular form of learning in most subjects. it allows more accurate timing of work rather than the student having to decide how much time to attribute to a topic. in applying the pqrst technique, the teacher takes responsibility for the stages labeled preview and read (in this case in lecture classes) and leaves the element of student-teacher interaction for the stages labeled question, summary, andtest(http://www.uem.es/myfiles/pageposts/jiu/jiu2006/archivos/pdaa/pdaa 24.pdf.). preview, question, read, summary and test (pqrst) derives its name from the five phases, it advocates for studying chapter/ text material in a text book. preview -some steps that the students can do in previewing the material are: to survey the chapter/text to get an idea of what’s ahead. this will prepare their brain to think in terms of that subject. to note the chapter title, it may contain the main idea or theme. read the summaries of the chapter to get a good overview of the material. to the headings and sub-headings, any underlined or italicized words and anything else that looks important. to look at any graphs, charts or pictures. these could emphasize important information. in this research, the researcher modified this step. the students will preview the title, the first paragraph and also the last paragraph to get the description about the content of the text. question -in this second step, students are demanded to be creative by making question while reading. they also, can read the question at the end of the text but they do not answer it directly. they can find the answers while they have their activity later. the students can create questions from headings or an important idea when they are reading the materials. read -the third step is reading itself. students can actually read the text. do it carefully, think about the meaning and relate this to other things students know about this and similar topics. students can do some underlining or highlighting of key words, but don’t overdo it. if students want to take notes, read the whole section first, and then summarize it later. http://www.uem.es/myfiles/pageposts/jiu/jiu2006/archivos/pdaa/pdaa24.pdf http://www.uem.es/myfiles/pageposts/jiu/jiu2006/archivos/pdaa/pdaa24.pdf 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):16-29 19 summary -in this step, students summarize for themselves what they just read. this allows students to check their understanding of the material, and will aid retention of it. without looking at the text, recite the main headings and the main idea under each. then – still without looking – tell yourself in a sentence or two what you read. finally, scan over the section quickly to pick up any essential points you may have missed. test -the last step of pqrst is test. students make certain that they know and remember what they read. then, they answer the question of the text. research method the method used in this research was quasi experimental method. salkind (1991:232) pointed out that in quasi experimental research, the hypothesis cause of the differences that might be observed between groups had already occurred. this design was selected because it was impossible to do randomization and assign the subjects to several different groups. beside that, it was hard to do because the school has fixed system that cannot be changed such as number of students, time of study, and number of classes. in this research, the researcher used the nonequivalent control-group design. the design was shown as follow (salkind 1991:234): table 1. the nonequivalent control-group design experimental group pre-test treatment post-test control group pre-test post-test the pre-test was administered to both of groups. the experimental group was taught by using pqrst technique and the control group through three phase technique. finally, the posttest was administered to both of group. there were three steps in doing this research. the first was giving pre-test to the students. second was a treatment in which there were 8 meetings including pre and post test to give treatment. in the last meeting, the student was given post-test in order to know students’ achievement after the treatment given. the result of pre-test and post-test after giving the treatment was compared. this comparison showed the using of treatment whether it is successful or not. 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):16-29 20 population according to nunan (1993:27) population is all cases, situations, or individual who share one or more characteristics. the population of this study is all the second grade students of sman 1 kota jambi in academic year 2009/2010 with total number 220 students. table 2 shows the population of the study. table 2. the population of the study no classes number of students 1 xi ia 1 31 2 xi ia 2 31 3 xi ia 3 32 4 xi ia 4 32 5 xi ia 5 (ci) 14 6 xi is 1 40 7 xi is 2 40 sample according to salkind (1991:31), a sample is representative of only part of population, but is used to generalize back to the population. in this study, the cluster sampling is used. the cluster sampling is sampling in which groups, not individuals, are randomly selected. all the members of selected groups have similar characteristics (gay 1992:132). the sample of this research was taken from two classes whose english achievement was the same by comparing the previous semester scores. the results were as the sample of the study. to determine the experimental group and control group, the researcher flipped a coin. table 3 shows the sample of the study. table 3. the sample of the study no group classes total 1 the experimental group xi ia 1 31 2 the control group xi ia 2 31 total 62 variables in doing the research, variables have meaning in the content of the study, since they represent something that can distinguish them from other components being studied. ary et al (2002:34) state that variable is a construct or a 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):16-29 21 characteristic that take on different value or scores.the study has two variables. they are dependent and independent variables. here, the treatment of teaching by using pqrst technique served as the independent variable and the students reading comprehension achievement served as the dependent variable. data of the research data of this research is in form of quantitative data, which are students’ scores of reading comprehension test. there were two data used in this research: pre-test and post-test score. in addition, the first data was used to see the score of reading comprehension test between experimental (before treatment) and control group while the second one was to see whether the improvement is significant or not thus it is tested by using t-test formula. test specification the specification both of pre-test and post-test is presented in the next table. the test is in the form of multiple choice items. there are 2 (two) reading texts. the first text consist of 10 (ten) questions and the second one consists of 7 (seven) questions. the total numbers of the test items are 34 items for pre-test and post-test. these questions represented in the element of reading comprehension, they are: 1) finding topic and main idea, 2) finding detail and factual information, 3) finding reference word, 4) ffinding vocabulary items table 4. specification of pre-test pretest type of reading comprehension question test number the number of item passage 1 1. topic and main idea. 2. detail and factual information. 3. reference word. 4. vocabulary items. 1 2,3,4,5,6,7 8 9,10 1 6 1 2 passage 2 1. topic and main idea. 2. detail and factual information. 3. reference word. 4. vocabulary items. 1 2,3,4 5 6,7 1 3 1 2 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):16-29 22 specification of post-test posttest type of reading comprehension question test number the number of item passage 1 1. topic and main idea. 2. detail and factual information. 3. reference word. 4. vocabulary items. 1 2,3,6,7,8,10 4 5,9 1 6 1 2 passage 2 1. topic and main idea. 2. detail and factual information. 3. reference word. 4. vocabulary items. 1 2,3,6 5 7,4 1 3 1 2 technique of collecting data in collecting the data, the test was used. ary et al (2002:216) states “a test is stimuli presented to an individual in order to elicit responses on the basic of which numeral score can be assigned”. in this study, the pre-test was used to find out the students’ achievement of reading comprehension before the treatment. and the post-test was used to find out the students’ achievement of reading comprehension after treatment. multiple choices were the form of the test used in pre-test and post-test. both of data (pre-test and post-test) are obtained through reading comprehension test. the first data is got from pre-test that was given in the first meeting before treatment and the test was administered after treatment. the two tests were administered to see how much improvement of the students, comprehension score before treatment. the second data is obtained from post-test result. the post-test was administered once in both experimental and control group. the post-test was administered in the last meeting. the experimental group was taught by using pqrst technique while the control group was taught by using traditional technique. additionally, the number of the test is 17 questions. in the pre-test and post-test, the test consisted of two texts. the first text consisted of 10 questions and the second one 7 questions. the source of the test was adopted from interlanguage english for senior high school student xi language study program and published by pusat perbukuan depdiknas written by joko priyana. 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):16-29 23 validity of the test validity is the quality of instrument doing what it is design to do (salkind, 1991:109). the validity of the text was determined through content validity. sugiyono (2008:182) stated that for instrument is a test, the validity can be measured by comparing between the content of the test and the subject is learned. technique of data analysis the data obtained (students’ reading comprehension score at pre-test and post-test result) were analyzed. then post-test score for both of class, they can be interpreted based on scoring interpretation of students’ achievement. moreover, the score interpretation for post-test is adapted from heaton and nurgiantoro in yuliana (2007:26) as follows: table 5. the score interpretation for the students’ achievement score category 81-100 very good 61-80 good 41-60 fair 21-40 weak 0-20 poor then, the score of post-test form both classes which is automatically as the post-test data has tested by using t-test formula. it was done to see the significant differences between those groups. here is the formula of t-test (gay, 1992:442):                 21221 21 21 11 nnnn ssss xx t              2 1 12 11 1 1 1 n x xss n x x   2 2 22 22 2 2 2 n x xss n x x      2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):16-29 24 legends: t = the value of t-calculated x1 = the mean of experimental class x2 = the mean of control class ss1 = the variance of experimental class ss2 = the variance of control class n1 = the number of experimental class n2 = the number of control class in addition, the result of t-test was compared to t-table. if t-test value is higher than t-table, it means that there is significant difference on students’ reading comprehension as they are taught by pqrst technique and those who are not. in other words hypothesis 1 is accepted. vice versa, if it is lower than t-table, it means that pqrst technique does not have any significant effect on the second grade students’ reading comprehension. therefore, hypothesis 0 accepted. finding the result of the pre-test and post-test in the experimental group the result of the pre-test in the experimental group showed that the lowest score is 53, the highest score is 88 and the mean score is 72.65. in the post-test the lowest score is 65, the highest score is 100 and the mean score is 83.71. table 7 shows the score distribution in the experimental group. table 6. the distribution of pre-test and post-test score in experimental group score category pre-test post-test frequency frequency percentage percentage 81-100 very good 7 22.58% 21 67.74% 61-80 good 18 58.06% 10 32.25% 41-60 fair 6 19.35% 21-40 weak 0-20 poor total 31 31 from the table 6, the pre-test result in experimental can be seen that there are 7 students (22.58%) are in very good category, 18 students (58.06%) are in good category, 6 students (19.35%) are in fair category and no student is in weak 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):16-29 25 and poor category. for post-test result, it can be seen from the table 7, in experimental group there are 21 students (67.74%) are in very good category, 10 students (32.25%) are in good category, and no students is in fair, weak and poor category. the result of the pre-test and post-test in the control group the result of pre-test in the control group showed that the lowest score is 53, the highest score is 82 and the mean score is 69.06. in the post-test the lowest score is 53, the highest score is 94 and the mean score is 75.94. the table 8 shows the score distribution in the control group. table 7. the distribution of pre-test and post-test score in control group score category pre-test post-test frequency frequency percentage percentage 81-100 very good 6 19.35% 15 48.39% 61-80 good 16 51.61% 12 38.71% 41-60 fair 9 29.03% 4 12.90% 21-40 weak 0-20 poor total 31 31 from the table 7, in can be seen that the pre-test in control group, 6 students (19.35%) are in very good category, 16 students (51.61%) are in good category, 9 students (29.03%) are in fair category and no student is in weak and poor category. for post-test result, it can be seen from the table 8, in the control group there are 15 students (48.39%) are in very good category, 12 students (38.71%) are in good category, 4 students (12.90%) are in fair category and no student is in weak and poor category. data analysis to know whether there is significant difference between experimental scores’ and control group scores’, t-test formula is applied. based on the calculation, it was found that the value of t-test is 3.157. and then the value of ttable is 2.00 with the degree of freedom 60 and the level of confidence 0.05. so, it concluded that the value of t-test was higher than value of t-table. 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):16-29 26 hypothesis testing from the data analysis, the hypothesis can be tested as follow: null hypothesis ( 0 h ) is rejected: “the value of t-test was the less than the value of t-table” alternate hypothesis ( 1 h ) is accepted: “the value of t-test was higher than the value of t-table” on the basis of calculation, the t-value of level significance 0.05 with df = 60 (n1=n2-2) is 2.00. the post-test result from both groups were tested by using ttest formula and from the calculation, the t-test result was 3.157. so it is clear that the value of t-test is higher than t-table, it means that there is significant effect of pqrst technique in reading comprehension. in other words, alternate hypothesis is accepted. discussion based on the analysis, it is found that there is better improvement of group who were taught by pqrst technique and those who were not. this can be seen from pre-test result before treatment and post-test result after treatment in both of groups. teaching reading by using pqrst technique in experimental group was more effective than using three phase technique in control group. it can also be seen from the difference between pre-test and post-test from both experimental and control as follows: table 8. the mean of pre-test and post-test of experimental and control group and their difference class pre-test post-test difference experimental 72.64 83.70 11.06 control 69.06 75.93 6.87 from the table 8, in experimental group, the average of pre-test result is 72.64 and the average of post-test result is 83.70%. the difference between pretest and post-test was 11.06. hence, in the control group, the average of pre-test result is 69.06 and the average of post-test is 75.93 with the difference between pre-test and post-test is 6.87. it clears that pqrst technique has significant effect on increasing students’ reading comprehension. 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):16-29 27 preview, question, read, summary, test (pqrst) was given as the treatment in experimental group. before the treatment was conducted in this group, the students only read the text and then answer the question and did not really understand about the content of the text. these behaviors changed dramatically during the treatment. the students could comprehend the text well, could retell the story in oral or written by using their own words and answer the question without seeing the text again because they have made a summary of the text before and also they did not spend much time to comprehend a reading text so they could save the time and organized the time well. so, it is concluded that pqrst could encourage learning reading text. however, in the control group, because they were learning reading with the similar way they knew before, they were likely bored. there was no new motivations happened in this group, because they did not really understand about the content of the text and also they needed much time in answer the question of the text. in experimental group, before the treatment was given for this group, the pre-test result showed that the lower category was fair and the highest category was very good with six students (19.35%) were in fair category and seven students (22.58%) were in very good category. but after treatment was given, the post-test result showed that the lower category was good and the highest category was very good. there ware ten students for good category (32.25%) and for very good category, there was improvement from seven students (22.58%) becomes twenty-one (67.74%). it can be seen there were no students in fair, weak and poor category. so, it was concluded that pqrst technique gave much increasing on students’ reading comprehension. moreover, in the control group, three phase technique was given as the treatment. before the treatment was given for this group, the pre-test result showed that the lower category was fair and the highest category was very good with nine students (29.03%) were in weak category and six students (19.35%) were in very good category. but after treatment was given, the post-test result showed that there were still four students (12.90%) were in fair category and for very good category, there was improvement from six students (19.35%) becomes fifteen students (48.39%). it can be seen the students’ reading comprehension was increased by using three phase technique but the increasing was only little than using pqrst technique. on the other hand, pqrst technique could help the students in reading comprehension. as the evidence, the first, when the research was conducted students could retell the content of the text in written, although only half of the story but in experimental group the students could not retell the text fast meanwhile they must understand the content of the text well. only five until ten 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):16-29 28 students understand the text well. the second, the timing more effective and did not need many review of the text in teaching learning process by using pqrst technique but in the experimental group the timing that is used can more because there is no parameter of the time. by using pqrst technique reading text organize well because the students must follow the step in order. the usage of pqrst is good in reading comprehension. it is in line with previous study conducted by vazquez et al (2006). they found that teaching of a course through the pqrst technique, both in english and spanish, not only leads to fully satisfactory results but also that this techniques accepted by the majority of the students involved. conclusion after conducting the research, some conclusion about the study of the effect of teaching reading by using pqrst technique is presented. the first, the result of the analysis indicated the mean score of students’ reading comprehension by using pqrst technique was higher than the mean score of the students’ reading comprehension not using pqrst technique. the second, the researcher has computed these two means score by using t-test formula; the value of t-test was higher than t-table. it is indicated that there was a significant difference on the students’ reading comprehension that was taught by using pqrst technique. it meant that the effect of pqrst technique toward reading comprehension at sman 1 kota jambi was accepted. references ary, d et al. (2002). introduction to research in education. (6 th ed.). california: wardsword. fahrurrazy. (2002). pendekatan kontruktivis untuk pengajaran reading bahasa inggris. jurnal pendidikan dan pembelajaran. 9(1). fazel. (1993). how to study shoghi effendi’s writings: some notes on study skills and guides. retrieved from se_writing.htm gay, l. r. (1992) educational research. new york: maxwell, macmillan international. nunan, d. (1993). research method in language learning. cambridge: cambridge university press robinson, f. p. (1970). effective study. new york: harper & row. salkind, n. j. (1991). the role and important of research. new york: macmillan publishing company. spache, g., & berg, p. (1978). the art of effective reading. (3rd ed.). new york: macmillan. 2017. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 1 (1):16-29 29 sugiyono. (2008). metode penelitian pendidikan (pendekatan kuantitatif, kualitatif, dan r&d). bandung: alfabeta yuliana, e. (2007). developing the first year students’ ability to write descriptive text paragraph through the cubing technique at sman 5 kota jambi. unpublished thesis. jambi: fkip, jambi university vazquez, c. b., green, r., & medina j. m. (2006). the application of the pqrst method to the teaching english of difficult or complex technological subjects. jornadas de innovacion docente universidad europe de madrid. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 5 nomor 2, januari-juni 2022 e-issn : 2597-3819 p-issn : 2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v5i2.3163 131 affixation found in lathi song trenady iswandana 1 universitas prima indonesia exsanti jumina sibarani 2 universitas prima indonesia rahmawati 3 universitas prima indonesia trenady.iswandana210@gmail.com 1 submit, 02-12-2021 accepted, 31-01-2022 publish, 01-02-2022 abstract this study aims to determine the effectiveness of songs in improving students' affixation analysis. the method used in this research is a qualitative method with an analytical research design. the results showed that before applying song media, student activity was only 47.5% and students' ability to identify affixation was only 42.5%. still, after applying song media in analyzing affixation, student activity increased to 72.5% and students' ability to identify affixation increased to 72.5%. in conclusion, the use of song media can improve the affixation analysis ability of junior high school students. keywords: affixation, lyrics, song introduction affixation can be defined as a sound or a group of sounds combined with a word to change its lexical meaning or grammatical use (igaab & kareem, 2018). emphasizing the statement above, we can know that a meaning must be arranged to create good harmony in a word. when people improve their english by getting new comments, there is a usual misunderstanding in a conversation because of affixation. for example, there is a difference between "teach" and "teacher" "educate" and "education". teach and educate is a verb and the 'performer is teacher, which is a noun and education is also a noun. adding suffix at word may also change part of speech, not only changing the word's meaning. in addition, it is a kind of affix located at the end of the term. so, based on the example, the suffix is an affix that attaches itself behind of base word (roaini & ansar, 2019). 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):131-142 132 all of the processes making the new word by free morpheme or adding bound morpheme is called morphological process. with or without change the word class. a morpheme-based conception of morphological analysis, thus, leads organically to specific research questions while excluding others. in particular, it leads to efforts to identify small meaningful pieces (morphemes) as well as the rules (morphotactic, phonological, morphophonemic, etc.) that determine the licit combinations of these entities evident in surface word forms (blevins et al., 2018). for example, the claim is based. if we add pro as an affix, the new word is proclaim. the word class from a claim and proclaim is a verb. affixation is the process of attaching something to a name. in affixation, suffixes and prefixes are either bound morpheme. infix is also used in several languages. prefix, suffix, and infix are the most frequent affixation terms. conversely, prefixes carry re-versative or personal meaning in the word-formation. those prefixes are prefix un-, which means “to reverse action” and “to deprive of”, prefix de-, which means “to reverse action”, and prefix dis-, which has meaning as for un(claria, 2017). some criteria distinguish between derivational and inflectional morphemes. first, derivational affixes mainly change the category and the meaning of the form they apply. in contrast, inflectional affixes do not change the grammatical type of the base words to which they combine and do not form new words. the second, derivational morphemes can occur in-side derivation and the position of derivational morphemes is closer to the root than that of inflectional morphemes. still, inflectional morphemes may occur after or outside derivation. the third, derivation, is often restricted in its productivity; certain derivational morphemes can combine with only certain words in category-changing. inflection, however, is fully productive, i.e., certain inflectional suffixes can connect with words with the same category. fourth, the derivation is not syntactically relevant; it is inappropriate for building sentences. on the contrary, inflection is syntactically appropriate. fifth, the derivation is not restricted to suffixation. inflection, on the contrary, is always a suffix and there is no inflectional prefix in english. the last derivation is often semantically opaque. inflection, on the other hand, is rarely semantically opaque. the meaning of the words attached by suffixes can be inferred from their roots (yusuf, 2017). according to zuhro (2020), the function of derivative affixes is to produce new fundamental forms to which derivative affixes or other inflectional affixes can be added. several criteria distinguish between derivational and inflectional morphemes. most derivational affixes affect the form's category or connotation. on the other hand, inflectional affixes do not alter the grammatical categories of the joined actual words and do not create new ones. a derivational morpheme can occur during derivation and is closer to the root than an inflectional morpheme. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):131-142 133 however, an inflectional morpheme can appear after or outside of the derivation. certain inflectional suffixes can connect words that belong to the same category. in english, the prefix would always remain derivational and inflection is always a suffix. inflectional affixes do not change the grammatical categories of the combined essential words and do not create new comments. certain inflectional suffixes can be used to connect words belonging to the same type (bagiya, 2017). therefore, teaching affixes to students with these circumstances would sometimes bring a problem related to how to make students understand this affixation and identify it with all its forms and provisions. in line with the teaching and learning process running conventionally, teachers would teach the students to learn about the affixes by using the lecturing method and textbook as the source of the material. as a result, students who already had a higher level would understand the material, but instead, students who had a lower level of understanding would be confused. this would only make the students uninterested in the learning process. this happened due to monotonous teaching methods and media in learning affixes, as found in smp brigjend katamso medan. based on this consideration, there should be a new method either in the use of media or a strategy that should be implemented to increase the students' level of affixation analysis, which was different from the conventional media. as a representation of human experiences, a song can solve these challenging circumstances. the song was the standard engaging media that students often hear in this age. then the use of song-based press would be very appropriate as the approach media in increasing students’ analysis of affixation. therefore, based on this consideration, the researchers had formulated research that aimed to determine the effectiveness of song media in growing students' analysis of affixation at smp brigjend katamso medan. further, this study analyzed lathi lyrics, song lyrics that have many meanings and meanings that can make students more excited with stunning editing of the video clip of lathi's song and a concept that is far from being awesome, lathi's song is packaged more and more interestingly so that the audience is amazed. students might randomize many new vocabulary words to encourage a high and unique sense of curiosity in the lyrics of the lathi song by weird genius, which has a blend of national culture that adds uniqueness to the songs made by indonesian children. the researchers used this song to increase knowledge, culture, and vocabulary to define derivational and inflectional affixes. moreover, lathi is a word from javanese defined as “tongue”. the lyric of this song also mixes between english and java language. weird genius is happy to support lathi, who represents the best of indonesian culture. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):131-142 134 literatur review there are many ways to improve english skills, for example, reading a novel or book, using flashcards, watching english videos, and listening to an english song. after performing training on a theme, media use of songs improves english vocabulary. mastering english is not as easy as taking things for granted. learners have to go through many steps and parts of learning, especially to get new words and know how to create new meanings (fachrozi et al., 2021). learning media plays a vital role in the teaching and learning process that builds conditions that enable learners to acquire knowledge, skills, or attitudes. graphic, photographic, or electronic instruments for developing, processing, and organizing visual and linguistic information are media. teaching techniques and learning media are two highly significant parts of the teaching and learning process, and these two aspects are connected. the acceptable learning media will be influenced by the teaching technique chosen, yet there are still several additional factors to consider when selecting media. including learning objectives, types of tasks, and the response expected by students, including their characteristics. the primary function of learning media is as a teaching aid that also influences the climate, conditions, and learning environment that are arranged and created by the teacher (aghni, 2018). a song contains various problems experienced by humans. it can be problems within himself, family, or the environment. in addition, songs are also written and sung to describe a person’s feelings. then, it is made to persuade and give the reader and listener advice. in short, the song is one of the literary works created to convey a message by the author or singer to a person, an institution, or a general public siregar (2021). the statement found the importance of suffixes and prefixes when learning english. therefore, song-based media will hone students' thinking power, especially honing good english skills. research method in this study, the writer will apply the descriptive qualitative method to analyze the affixation used in the song lyric. the study design, research instrument, data source, data collection, and data analysis are all covered in this chapter. the researchers used a descriptive qualitative method. according to the researchers ' perspective, qualitative methods seek to understand and study the meaning of an event of human behavior interaction in certain situations. qualitative research is research that uses objective epistemology in the perspective of positivism. this type of research will test hypotheses to find and determine generalizations and relationships on cause and effect relationships between variables. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):131-142 135 there are three goal objectives of qualitative research, namely to describe the object of study (tell the thing), reveal the inner meaning behind the phenomenon (explore the meaning behind the phenomenon) and explain the phenomenon that occurs (explaining object). the writer used a qualitative approach because this study focuses on analyzing or interpreting the written material in context. the writer analyzed the data descriptively and the result will be presented in the form of explanation words. this research will be conducted at smp brigjend katamso medan. there are some reasons the researcher chose this school as a research object. the researcher wanted to know and describe the types of affixation found in lathi lyrics and how the students can analyze and describe affixation in lathi lyrics. in contrast, the researcher's subject will be the second grade of smp brigjend katamso medan. there are two classes and every class has 35 students. the data source is a song lyric "lathi" by weird genius. the researcher will observe the data from https://genius.com.https://genius.com is the website for those searching for song lyrics. the researcher will give the students 10 minutes to listen to that song and analyze the types and process affixation in the lathi song. the lyric researcher used is the original and official song lyric from weird genius. this song was released in 2020 and it became global. there were many affixations found in lathi's lyrics. this song mixes traditional javanese culture and edm music, which means lathi's song is unique. for the collect the data, the researchers will run observation through listen to thelathi song, select and analyze the affixation word, write down the data and arrange data into several parts based on the classification in this research, the methods of researcher used to collect the data are listening and documentation. firstly, the researchers listen to lathi's song, and secondly, the researchers select and analyze word by word, which will correlate with the research object. thirdly, the researchers write down the result of identifying and arranging the data based on classification. in this analysis, the writer will use procedures that listen and identify the lyric of lathi. collected data will be helpful to make data based on the affixation types, which focus on derivational and inflectional in lathi lyric. after identifying the data, the writer will classify each affixation word. this research data is from the original and official song lyrics from weird genius. based on miles's theory, in this step, the researcher firstly analyzes the information by watching the music video, listening carefully, and checking the data by reading the lyrics to see the context. reduction is a process of selection. the concentration of attention on data is often collected and presented as a table of numbers. analysis reports are also frequently presented as a number. table of numbers can be delivered on a page to make them easier to read or harder to read. in this step, https://genius.com/ https://genius.com/ 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):131-142 136 the researcher shows or displays the data which contain the affixation, not only as generally but specifically and clearly. conclusion drawing and verification is the final phase of data analysis that moves the interpretive effort from describing patterns and relationships to higher levels of abstraction, subsuming the particulars into the general. after collecting the data and making it specifically, the researcher concludes the result of the research based on the process. finding the data of try out was carried out on november 2021 at 8.2-8.3 class of brigjend katamso junior high school medan. 120 participants were made up of junior high students taking gap-filling test items. the students had to answer the test within 40 minutes. the advanced aptitude test knowledge of the english vocabulary. the research going on at this school has been through two meetings. the first meeting of the researchers provided an explanation as well as the use of affixes in song lyrics and the forum. the researchers gave the students time to listen to a whole new w by zayn malik and analyze the affixes contained within to stimulate a deeper understanding of the prefix. the researchers, in turn, provided a sedimentary, usable instrument test. affixes in indonesian have been studied since elementary school. in this study, researchers and teachers at the beginning of learning stimulated students' memories of the affixes they had learned, but not all students can and understand what an affix is. based on the above test results, it can be verified the progress of knowledge concerning test participants' english affixation study material with the media, the song has been delivered. it shows that they know enough of the english vocabulary adequate before training. after performing an activity on a theme. media use of songs improves english vocabulary. this is where the researchers based their research using song-based media, which is very relevant to increase students' ability to learn english, especially affixation learning because song media is very popular with all people and is one of the best means of delivering information to listeners of all ages. it seems that their average has enhanced knowledge and a sufficient understanding of what that have been stamps. lathi's song media used has 12 additions. among them, there are appendices in english: suffix (-less, -eden, ing-s), and in javanese, there are appendices: prefix (-ke) and suffix (-an). some words of lathi's song are often thought to be recurring words. 1. myself is a pronoun reflection. 2. something that is specific undetermined, or unspecified thin. 3. everything that is an all that represents. the word confuses students because of its interlocking statements. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):131-142 137 teachers and researchers define relaxation as an element of the word laid on the root that would change the grade of the root word. the tests the researchers conducted were divided into three parts. part a researcher sifting the prefix on the song, part b requires students to classify the root words into the imputation element, and the final part c question about organizing the word into its prefix. each part has five questions. pictrure 1. the average chart data the average value derived from the data above is 79 people out of 120, which means more than half of the sample researchers were already fulfilled in the experimental analysis on the song. this data must have been taken after researchers went through two classes. researchers use the first meeting to introduce affixation to students and then understand that affixation is expected in the song. the teaching session in a researcher's song provides a whole new world by zayn malik. the lyrics of the song have a recurring variety. the example of the lyrics is shining, shimmering and splendid. in one sentence, students can find two affixations. some words have two prefixes in the song's lyrics, such as unbelievable sights and indescribable feelings. students can learn more about compound affixation from that word, where two-word elements can be united in the root word. before the study begins, researchers ask students about the precursor and the level of enthusiasm that researchers see from how many students are developing during the question and answer session. the learning atmosphere in a class is very influential on the learning process results carried out. so that investigators have a student's level of anxiousness before teaching an affixation analysis was done and before. the study results stated that several types of music 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 number of questions total of students' achievement 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):131-142 138 affected students' learning atmosphere in the classroom so that it is easy to understand students' thinking power and make students relax. using comfortable media makes students more eager to learn, and using creative media makes students' thinking power more developed. therefore, the teacher's role is very significant in packaging engaging learning media to learn activities. in making learning media, the teacher must prioritize what activities and learning processes will be carried out in schools so as not to make mistakes in the process of making learning media. learning media to improve english language skills is highly recommended because students can also enhance and add learning skills, especially vocabulary, grammar, and pronunciation. among these media, the application of song media is very suitable for improving students' learning abilities in a good english learning process. for this reason, in using learning media, educators must have sufficient knowledge and understanding of teaching media. in learning, educators in using media must understand about media as a communication tool to make the teaching and learning process more effective, the function of the press to achieve learning objectives, the ins and outs of the learning process, the relationship between teaching methods and educational media, the value or benefits of educational media in teaching, selection and use of educational media, various types of educational media tools and techniques, educational media in every lesson and innovation in education. hence here is the result of students' activity after using song media in students' analysis of affixation. table 1. the motivational presentation in classroom learning no student activity percentage first meeting second meeting 1 students were active and enthusiastic to follow learning to analyze affixation in lyric song 47.5 % 77.5 % 2 students can write and classify which is the affixation 42.5% 72.5% after performing training on a theme, media use of songs improves english vocabulary. found improved their comprehension considerably significant. it seems that their average has enhanced knowledge and a sufficient understanding of what that have been stamped. students experience significantly increased learning because the student's motivation to learn the song's relaxation does not come. a song that has a unique level, like the merging of the two cultures between the west and the javanese culture, can attract students in escalation. there are several relapses in this song that can attract students. as in "ke-salah2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):131-142 139 an." though not in english, the words on the lyrics remained in the study and the presence of a song in the middle of learning can make students more relaxed about learning. songs can stimulate students' thinking to study with excitement. learning applications that have been researched apply to the data retrieval process very much shows developments in students' learning abilities, especially understanding learning abilities in understanding prefixes, infixes, and suffixes. discussion based on the above test results in smp brigjend katamso 1 medan with participants 120 students of grade 8, it can be verified the progress of knowledge concerning test participants' english affixation study material with the media the song has been delivered. this is where the researchers based their research using a song-based press, which is very relevant to increase students' ability to learn english, especially affixation learning because song media is very popular with all people and is one of the best means of delivering information to listeners. in carrying out student activities, learning activities must be given comfortable conditions and situations to create student learning interest. it is easy to understand students' thinking power and make students relax. using pleasing media makes students more eager to learn, and using creative media makes students' thinking management more developed. therefore the teacher's role is very significant in packaging engaging learning media so that students are learning activities. the song is a medium that is packaged in a way that is so unique (roffiq et al., 2017). this statement was also in line with the result of this research, where the song had become a way out for either the teacher or the students in teaching and learning affixation. the finding also showed that song as the media in teaching had increased the students' activity and enthusiasm from 47,5% to 77,5%. this finding means that there was an increase of as much as 30% from the students' interest in analyzing the affixation in song lyrics. in addition, the researcher also found that the students could write and classify the affixation on the song lyrics. it had been increased from 42,5% to 72,5%, which means that the level of affixation analysis of the students had increased much as 30%. the data showed that using the song as the media in teaching english was compelling enough in teaching affixation to junior high school students, particularly at smp smp brigjend katamso medan. the number of students who had increased their achievements and motivation was as many as 51 students to 87 students from the total number 120 students. this data also clearly reported that more than half of the classrooms were interested in learning affixation analysis through song media. this result is in line with ranuntu & tulung (2018) findings that learning english through songs can be a powerful tool in improving students' 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):131-142 140 memory and ability in learning english. it can be proven by students' ease with which songs are followed and remembered. the thing that needs to be considered before using songs as teaching media is that teachers should choose simple songs for learning needs. also, choose a song whose lyrics can be heard clearly and correctly. as students who learn english as a foreign language, the researchers believed that it was neither easy for the students to learn affixation nor the teacher in teaching the affixation since considering the students' first language morphological structure was different from the english morphological structure. however, the appropriate teaching media could be the supporting tool in easier teaching affixation, making the students understand the affixes themselves. this statement is also in line with what was conveyed by herawati et al., (2019) that affixation is a vital aspect of language learning for students besides the literary element in learning indonesian at school. selecting the correct teaching system in learning helps students understand it better. moreover, teaching english in particular, the analysis of affixation also was not only about making the students understand the affixation in the form of derivational and inflection, but it was more beyond that. applying an appropriate teaching activity in teaching affixation was a bit hard since the teachers did not only aim to transfer the ability to identify the affixation but also increase the students' motivation and enthusiasm when learning english. the classroom teaching activity should also be brought as interactive as possible and as attractive as possible. the monotonous teaching media would only lead the students into boredom, even though selecting the suitable media can make students more understanding and active in the classroom. the researcher found it on the first assignment of the affixation towards the students of smp brigjend katamso 1 medan. the students' activity, both in motivation and the ability to identify the affixation, was still below. only 42,5% and 47,5% of total students understood the assignment and were active during the teaching and learning process. in comparison, other students were less interested and lacked ability as much as 57,5% and 53,5%. it clearly showed that most students tend to analyze the affixation before the researcher's stimulus the students with the song media. however, it was in contrast after the implementation of the song based media in teaching affixation where the student's motivation and ability had increased to be 72,5 and 77,5% which also means that there were only 28,5% of students and 22,5% of students who still uninterested and lack of ability in identifying the affixation. nevertheless, even though a few students still show a low percentage in learning affixation, this was not ruled out the opportunity to further reduce the percentage. the continuous teaching media of song would still increase this percentage of students' motivation and ability. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):131-142 141 therefore, the researcher believed providing stimulus with new teaching media could bring a unique atmosphere for students to learn. it could raise the students' motivation and attract their interest and attention. if the motivation to learn has been formed, the interest in learning will increase. it would continue to go hand in hand with the students' activities. the more enthusiastic the students were and paid attention to the learning process, the more knowledge they could absorb. as a result, the students would get more significant achievement in their understanding of affixation in line with the finding of this research. conclusion there was a significant increase in students' understanding of affixation learning at smp brigjend katamso 1 medan through songs as a learning medium. students understand learning better and are more motivated in learning affixation, especially in english subjects. the use of unique media songs can stimulate student learning activities because it makes the learning atmosphere more enthusiastic. reference aghni, r. i. (2018). fungsi dan jenis media pembelajaran dalam pembelajaran akuntansi. jurnal pendidikan akuntansi indonesia, 16(1), 98–107. https://doi.org/10.21831/jpai.v16i1.20173 bagiya, b. (2017). infleksi dan derivasi dalam bahasa indonesia. journal of language learning and research (jollar), 1(1), 32–40. https://doi.org/10.22236/jollar.v1i1.1240 blevins, j. p., ackerman, f., & malouf, r. (2018). word and paradigm morphology. the oxford handbook of morphological theory, 264–284. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199668984.013.22 claria, d. a. k. (2017). the analysis of forms and meanings of prefixes found in bali advertiser. kulturistik: jurnal bahasa dan budaya, 1(1), 56–66, https://doi.org/10.22225/kulturistik.1.1.217 fachrozi, i. f., rahmawati, r., andini, m. a., tampubolon, e. m., & tarigan, e. a. b. (2021). the use of crossword puzzles as the way to increase student’s vocabulary mastery at sma tamansiswa binjai. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal, 4(2), 249–256. https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v4i2.1851 herawati, r., juansah, d. e., & tisnasari, s. (2019). analisis afiksasi dalam kata-kata mutiara pada caption di media sosial instagram dan implikasinya terhadap pembelajaran bahasa indonesia di smp. membaca bahasa dan sastra indonesia, 4(1), 45–50. https://jurnal.untirta.ac.id/index.php/jurnalmembaca/article/view/6236/437 9 igaab, z. k., & kareem, i. a. (2018). affixation in english and arabic: a contrastive study. english language and literature studies, 8(1), 92-103. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):131-142 142 https://doi.org/10.5539/ells.v8n1p92 ranuntu, g. c., & tulung, g. j. (2018). peran lagu dalam pengajaran bahasa inggris tingkat dasar. jurnal lppm bidang ekososbudkum, 4(1), 99– 110. https://ejournal.unsrat.ac.id/index.php/lppmekososbudkum/article/downloa d/24111/23794 roaini, r., & ansar, f. a. (2019). prefix and suffix analysis in relation with students english ability. english education: jurnal tadris bahasa inggris, 12(1), 49–62. https://doi.org/10.24042/ee-jtbi.v12i1.4430 roffiq, a., qiram, i., & rubiono, g. (2017). media musik dan lagu pada proses pembelajaran. jpdi (jurnal pendidikan dasar indonesia), 2(2), 35-40. https://doi.org/10.26737/jpdi.v2i2.330 siregar, f. r., & siregar, n. s. (2021). an analysis of derivational affixes in song. english journal for teaching and learning, 9(1), 47–62. http://etd.iain-padangsidimpuan.ac.id/6804/ yusuf, a. (2017). different criteria between derivational and inflectional morphemes in english. education and human development journal, 2(2), 23-29. https://doi.org/10.33086/ehdj.v2i2.1377 zuhro, f. (2020). proses derivasi dan infleksi dalam bahasa indonesia pada berita koran jawa pos radar jombang edisi juli 2019. jurnal disastri (jurnal pendidikan bahasa dan sastra indonesia), 2(1), 1–8. https://doi.org/10.33752/disastri.v2i1.872 linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 6 nomor 1, juli-desember 2022 e-issn : 2597-3819 p-issn : 2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v6i1.4581 50 lecturers’ challenges: teaching english by using blended learning in pandemic era at pgri silampari university ayu oktaviani 1 universitas pgri lubuklinggau yulfi2 universitas pgri lubuklinggau deva sugianto 3 universitas pgri lubuklinggau damerayu13@gmail.com1 submit, 26-09-2022 accepted, 26-12-2022 publish, 28-12-2022 abstract this research aimed to discover the lecturers' challenges in teaching during the pandemic situation at pgri silampari university. the method used in this research was the descriptive qualitative approach. the subjects of this research were five lecturers in the english education study program. in collecting the data, the researcher used two instruments. there were questionnaires and interviews. the researcher followed three concurrent activity flows to analyze the data: data condensation, data display, and conclusion, for the results showed some challenges they faced when implementing teaching and learning activities in blended learning both in the online and offline classroom. the challenges were the lack of student control and monitoring, the problem in applying technology, and the problem with time allocation due to the pandemic. in conclusion, students faced many challenges in teaching by applying blended learning during pandemic covid -19 at pgri silampari university. keywords: blended learning, challenges, lecturer. introduction coronavirus disease has become the hottest topic in the world in 2020. this virus has suddenly become a terrible terror for the world community, especially after claiming hundreds of people's lives in only two weeks. according to abidah, hidaayatullaah, simamora, fehabutar & mutakinati (2020), the spread of covidhttps://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v6i1.4581 mailto:damerayu13@gmail.com1 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):50-63 51 19 profoundly affected the world of economics. starting to fade, but now the impact of the world of education is being felt. one of the countries exposed to the coronavirus is indonesia, especially in the field of education; the government made some issues about online teaching policies and removing national final exams. the adaptation of blended learning is required because the government initiated its application at this time. this is because blended learning has advantages which were the reasons to be applied and the importance of this blended learning in the new normal in the pandemic situation. according to innes and wilton (2018), there were advantages of blended learning for the student, including improved learning skills, increased access to knowledge, satisfaction, and learning outcomes, and opportunities to both study with and teach others. however, he also added that there were weaknesses in blended learning, isolation, a lack of connection, and other negative emotions were possible. derived from pre-observation, which was conducted through an interview with one of the lecturers at pgri silampari university, it was found that in this pandemic era, the activities of the lecturer for delivering the material by giving the material first, doing some discussion to the students and also providing assignment via applications. sometimes she uses google classroom and whatsapp because these applications are the fastest media for all students. in the teaching and learning process lecturer also faces some challenges, typically bad signals, forgetting the schedule, and low student response. ahmad, parihin, hidayat, and halimatuzzahra (2021) have analyzed blended learning at desa montong sampah. from their observation, many factors influence blended learning, such as teachers' and students' understanding of technology, internet connection, and content of material or instruction. in addition, the challenges faced by teachers in applying blended learning at desa montong sampah are teachers and students still lack technology, and internet connection in that area is usually disturbed. still, in line, menggo, and darong (2022), in their research about blended learning in esl/efl classes, explained that blended learning requires digital technology transformation for lecturers and students, up-to-date teaching methods, flexible learning processes, the effectiveness of time, space, budget, learning motivation, learning autonomy, all of which contribute to improving student learning achievement. however, current empirical research results do not support the claim that blended learning improves students' english proficiency and learning autonomy. evidence shows blended learning affects students' english competence, autonomy, motivation, and ict literacy. in conclusion, the new online education policy in 2020 changed the learning process from face-to-face to online learning. the use of technology in the online learning process is necessary and must be understood by the lecturer. thus, lecturers 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):50-63 52 must face many challenges and new activities during the pandemic. this research is required to describe lecturers' obstacles in using blended learning after the pandemic, especially in teaching english skills. consequently, the researcher is interested in conducting research titled "lecturers' challenges: teaching english by using blended learning in pandemic era at pgri silampari university." literatur review a. definition of corona virus in 2020, coronavirus disease became the hottest topic in the world. this virus has suddenly become a terrible terror for the world community, especially after claiming hundreds of people's lives in only two weeks paudel et al. (2020) state that coronavirus is an infection caused by a single-strand, positive-sense rna genome that belongs to the subfamily coronaviridae. the onset of the coronavirus is a phenomenon with no known cause; on 31 december 2019, the who china country office notified of cases of unknown etiology (unknown cause) pneumonia discovered in wuhan city, hubei province, china. as of 3 january 2020, the national government in china has registered 44 cases of pneumonia of uncertain etiology to who. b. changes learning activities at pgri silampari university during coronavirus pandemic starting from the beginning of the pandemic in march 2020 to january 2021, the teaching and learning process at pgri silampari university should be online to continue all lecture schedules according to recommendations from the government. at this time, there is a new policy from the government to allow lectures in face-to-face or offline classes. the minister of education and culture said indonesia had reopened some schools in the country's "poorest" and "most marginalized" regions where the risk of covid-19 spread is assessed to be relatively low. he explained that those schools were allowed to operate at 50% capacity (cnbc.com 2020). now, pgri silampari university has been able to conduct two types of lecturing, namely online and offline class. additionally, one of the policies of the indonesian government is new normal. therefore, pragholapati (2020) says that in the midst of the covid-19 coronavirus outbreak, indonesia is preparing to enter a new normal era in which people can leave their homes. the only surefire way to combat the covid-19 pandemic before a vaccine is found is to follow a normal lifestyle in a different (new normal) way. in the new normal, education in indonesia, especially in the education sector, uses blended learning, as implemented at pgri silampari university. in short, changes in learning activities at pgri silampari university during the coronavirus pandemic follow the indonesian government's regulations, which 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):50-63 53 required two types of learning, especially in the new normal current situation, by complying with several learning requirements such as keeping health protocols during the learning process. c. blended learning the development of the current technology revolution has invited lecturers to integrate technology into their teaching to facilitate students with better learning. utilizing technology in teaching is known as e-learning or online learning. online learning has brought people a more natural way of learning. it could be done anywhere and anytime as long as they have an internet connection. therefore nowadays, there is a teaching strategy called blended learning. blended learning, as one of the teaching strategies, mixes a traditional method of teaching with an online course to achieve specific learning goals. blended learning is a type of learning that seamlessly integrates face-to-face with online instruction. experts share their thoughts on blended learning, claiming that it is the only effective teaching technique that combines technology in its execution (dziuban et al., 2018; galvis, 2018; kumar et al., 2021; menon, 2019). it is a teaching technique that combines two fields of study: education and the application of educational technologies (zhang, 2020). additionally, it is also known as a type of education that involves merging, mixing, and integrating traditional and digital-based education systems. thus, blended learning combines face-to-face and online learning that utilizes technology, for instance, google classroom, zoom, moodle, or spada (ma’rifatulloh, 2020). in reality, blended learning is evolving with advancements in information technology, computers, audio, audio-visual, and mobile learning. it emerges as a form of constructive criticism of the monotony of students whose learning process is still conventional, face-to-face in classrooms. however, this conventional learning is still required in the development of a student's affection. in addition, blended learning is a learning innovation that adapts to shifting patterns of human interaction and the advancement of information, communication, and technology (ict) (abdullah, 2018). blended learning has some benefits to the innovation of teaching methods and improvements in student learning patterns. the strengths of blended learning include improving the digital literacy skills of lecturers and students, composing content of teaching materials that align with current standards, unlimited sources of information, responsible and enthusiastic students, and accommodating differences in educational learning styles. these advantages can promote the improvement of student's academic and non-academic achievements. in the context of studying english as a second language (esl) or a foreign language (efl), it is also proven that the use of blended learning may enhance students' english proficiency (ginaya, rejeki, & astuti, 2018). these researchers 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):50-63 54 explain that implementing blended learning in english courses could boost language and non-language skills. the english language skills include listening, speaking, reading, and writing. in contrast, non-language skills are related to a more engaging and meaningful classroom atmosphere, strengthening students' critical thinking skills and developing students' digital literacy skills. research method the research was conducted at pgri silampari university, on mayor toha street, air kuti village, lubuklinggau city. this is a location where the learning process took place. and the researchers used the descriptive qualitative method. the subject of this research was nine lecturers of an english study program that used blended learning in their teaching and learning process. in collecting the data, a questionnaire and interview were used. the questionnaire was adapted from komang (2014), and consisted of 20 questions. and there were only 5 of 9 lecturers interviewed by the researchers. data gathered were analyzed by applying three concurrent activity flows: data condensation, data display, and drawing the conclusion. finding 1. the findings from the questionnaire as stated in the previous part that there were 20 statements adapted from kumang theory. the result of the questionnaire is explained per each statement below: table 1. result of questionnaire no statement yes no 1 lecturer says, greeting the students 100% 2 the lecturer checks the attendance list 100% (by using various ways) 3 the lecturer tells the students about what they are going to learn. 100% (use the same ways both online and offline) 4 lecturer explains the objectives of the research 100% 5 the lecturer starts showing the picture and asking the students to answer the questions orally based on the image. 80% 20% (in offline, one lecturer does not use pictures) 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):50-63 55 6 lecturer gives the material, discusses together, and the students answer the question based on the material 100% 7 lecturer asks students to open and log in to the website, find the material, read the material and answer the question. 40% 60% (in offline, the lecturers ask students to find the material from books, journals or any other sources related to the material discussed that day) 8 lecturer gives feedback about the material that had discussed. 100% 9 lecturer gives a chance for students to ask a question about the material 100% 10 lecturer gives homework for students 100% 11 lecturer reviews the important point of the material 100% 12 lecturer asks student to log out from the website. 100% (yes in online classroom) 13 the lecturer tells the next material to the students 100% 14 the lecturer closes the class by saying goodbye 100% 15 the lecturer feels that internet technology is a danger. 100% 16 the lecturer feels that technology is unsuitable for education. 100% 17 students are difficult to adapt blended learning 100% 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):50-63 56 18 the lecturer still lacks and established design framework for teaching blended learning. 100% 19 the lecturer has sufficient knowledge to ensure the instructional design with the applicable curriculum 60% 40% 20 lecturer takes a longer time to redesign the syllabus or rps that is used for blended learning activities (material, activities and teaching method, teaching strategy) 100% 2. the findings from the interview 1) do you think blended learning will be accepted by students in teaching (skill), especially on covid-19 period? why? informant 1 "yes, i do. because blended learning for musi rawas and lubuklinggau should be accepted because 50 % of students should be on online learning and 50 % of students learn from offline learning, they have to balance teaching and learning between daring and luring. and teacher will teach the students using technology online and other classes offline. it will be effective for the teacher and also the students". informant 2 "yes, i do. because of the pandemic situation, the students are required to learn by themselves in their homes. to help them enhance their writing performance, blended learning is effective to support their own learning not only inside but also outside the classroom". 2) how do you relate online and offline learning in teaching (skill), especially during the pandemic? informant 1 "how do you relate online and offline learning in teaching speaking, especially during the pandemic? exactly i make or design rps or syllabus; it is applied online and also offline. it means they have related to each other online and offline, so there is different material or practice in speaking online, and also offline, they have similar materials. absolutely relate". 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):50-63 57 informant 2 “teaching writing, both online and offline learning, is still the same in the way how to teach. on the other side, focusing on online learning, the time is more flexible“. 3) is there any teaching media that you apply in blended learning between online or offline classrooms? explain! informant 1 "okay, i will tell you first offline. for media, offline, i only use powerpoint and also videos on youtube. and for online, i use. first, i use social media, and then second, is youtube. because in social media they have to log, they have to take attendance, and i can give the material and instruction online by using social media". informant 2 "yes, there are. several teaching media that i apply to help my teaching writing skills are an lcd projector to share ppt slides and microsoft words, as well as youtube videos". 4) do you have a specific syllabus, rpp, or new teaching-learning activities for blended learning? *any different activities between online and offline classrooms? informant 1 "personally, i design it for blended learning, so i don't have any different online rpp, offline rpp they are similar, same." informant 2 "in teaching writing, both online and offline learning, i don't have a specific syllabus, lesson plans, or teaching activities. in terms of the teaching activities, while doing online learning, i heavily focused on discussing the learning materials shared before the meeting. i invite the students to share what they have understood or not from the materials". 5) do you have a problem designing the syllabus or teaching guidelines for blended learning? explain! informant 1 "not, really." informant 2 "in designing the syllabus to teach writing skills, i don't have any significant problems. in my opinion, the syllabus is still the same, although it should be taught offline or online learning. the real problem is the unstable network while doing online learning". 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):50-63 58 6) how do you deal with “time” in practicing in the online and offline classroom? informant 1 "at the time, i don't have maybe any problems online and offline. we have extra time online; we will discuss the material and then keep more place. if we lack time in a real class, because in the real class usually the time is really limited time so i give the discus in the group. so the time should be completed". informant 2 "in this classroom, i heavily focus on offline learning, and the time for each meeting follows the schedule shared at the beginning of the semester. if i cannot attend the offline learning, i will ask the students to have a meeting online, and the time is flexible based on the students' and teacher's agreement". 7) will blended learning take over time to be real? explain the reason! informant 1 "not, really." informant 2 "yes, it will be. combining offline and online learning cannot be inseparable. teaching in the classroom has a limited time; therefore, online learning needs to support efl students in improving their own learning". 8) how do you do the pre-activity as the first step of teaching in blended learning between online and offline classrooms? *(greeting, checking the attendance list, telling what students are going to learn, and explaining the objectives of the study). informant 1 "it should be the same every activity i give them greeting, assalamualaikum, good morning, good afternoon. and then, i ask them to pray together online and then also offline. and then i check the attendance, and also i ask about what they did yesterday or last week. just like that". informant 2 "in the pre-activity, both online and offline learning, i greet my students, check their attendance lists, mention what they discussed last week, and explain what they are going to learn during the meeting." 9) how is your activity in the exploration step between online and offline classrooms? 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):50-63 59 informant 1 "in exploring the materials, usually i give them questions. and then i give them feedback about the material, i explore the material into a real life". informant 2 "i have the same activity in both the online and offline classroom. in the exploration step, first of all, i provide several guiding questions related to the learning material, for example, making a descriptive paragraph. i invite my students to read a sample text entitled 'my best friend' and 'my banana garden.' after that, i attract them to imagine and share what they have known about the topics". 10) how is your activity in the elaboration step between online and offline classrooms? informant 1 "when i elaborate the material exactly because it is in blended learning. online in elaborate, i make them individually, but offline, i make them into groups. because the problem is about time and online, why do they have to individual because the location is only one on one person, so they don't need to be in a group to elaborate on the material, and also i think i can use take others' materials online; and also in offline and also the speaking we don't have really many materials… but also in practice. so we have to take practice more". informant 2 "in the elaboration step, i discuss the learning materials and ask the students to elaborate on the topics and check the generic structure and linguistic features of the texts. then, i invite them to find out an interesting topic to organize and develop it to become a good descriptive paragraph“. 11) how is your activity in the confirmation step between online and offline classrooms? informant 1 "usually, in speaking online and also offline, i use the same activity in the last meeting. i even when the student in question, "do you have a question? and if it does not work, just ask or just explain. i will answer, and then after they answer, "no, don't have," i will give them a question about the material before." informant 2 “in the confirmation step, i provide several questions related to the learning materials to confirm whether they have understood or not and then invite them to share whether they have faced several problems during the learning. i also provide opportunities for the students to ask if they have several questions related to the topics“. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):50-63 60 12) how is your activity in post-activity in the last time of class between online and offline classroom? informant 1 "in post activity, i just always give them practice. i ask them to practice, and then it should be summit into the video on youtube. that's why i use youtube, right? and then i will give you the homework for next week". informant 2 "in post-activity, i summarize the learning material discussed during the meeting and then motivate them to enhance their writing performance in making a good paragraph, for example, a descriptive paragraph. finally, i closed my class by saying 'thank you very much for your attention, and i am really sorry if i have made many mistakes." discussion based on the results of the research described in the findings of the instruments, it can be interpreted that there were some challenges they faced when implementing teaching and learning activities in blended learning both in the online and offline classroom. these are evidenced by the answers of the informants in the instruments used by researchers, both questionnaires and interviews, and also from the additional interview that can be seen in the appendices that have been conducted by the researcher. from the result of three indicators, both the answers in the questionnaire and interview above and also the results of additional interviews, the researcher can conclude that the challenges faced by a lecturer in the pandemic situation at pgri silampari university were: 1) lack of student controlling and monitoring this challenge is encountered by lecturers in online learning. lecturers find it difficult to control learning conditions during class. this was because the environmental conditions of each student were different. blended learning is a learning innovation that adapts to shifting patterns of human interaction and the advancement of information, communication, and technology (ict) (abdullah, 2018). lecturers find it difficult to control student discipline because they do not meet directly. lecturers can find out student attendance from the attendance list but cannot find out which students focus on paying attention to explaining the material. this, of course, hindered lecturers from monitoring which students were active or not, which students were staying tuned on the material, or going around participating in online teaching and learning activities. it was like the students turned off the camera when joining the meeting application, and they did not follow all activities in the online classroom. the problems above resulted in not achieving the goals and 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):50-63 61 objectives of the material. it is still in line with the research result of ahmad, parihin, hidayat, halimatuzzahra (2021). they found that lack of technology became one of the challenges in applying blended learning. 2) the problem in applying technology online learning, as people know, is a technology-based or mobile-appbased activity. therefore, understanding it is used a must for all lecturers. however, this requirement became a new problem for lecturers because they were required to study hard in the use of various applications. because it was a must for the lecturer to adapt the technology for teaching activities during the pandemic situation. in blended learning, lecturers combined two fields of study: education and the application of educational technologies (zhang, 2020). additionally, it is also known as a type of education that involves merging, mixing, and integrating traditional and digital-based education systems. thus, blended learning is defined as a combination of face-to-face learning and online learning that utilizes technology, for instance, google classroom, zoom, moodle, or spada (ma’rifatulloh, 2020). thus, the use of the application is closely related to the internet connection. ahmad, parihin, hidayat, and halimatuzzahra (2021) stated that internet connection was always the basic challenge in applying blended learning, especially for online meetings. however, this also became a challenge in online learning because the stability of the internet connection in each area or environment for each student was different. this interfered with students' participation in learning and interfered with the course of teaching and learning activities. also, teachers must be able to quickly adapt and innovate to design simple and effective materials by using some new application that remains relevant to the subjects being taught, and the government must free up exclusive and affordable learning resources that can work across platforms so lecturers did not have trouble in using them. 3) the problems in time allocation due to the pandemic situation teaching and learning times have changed, and these changes were the results determined by various considerations of each school. the pgri silampari university gave time for offline learning, about 50 minutes per course. however, the allocation was relatively short, so the process of delivering material in offline classes was minimized even though the lecturer did not achieve the learning goals with maximum. however, the lecturer had a lot of paperwork to manage, and it was taken a lot of time for the lecturer to check their paperwork. as a result, lecturers have few times to transfer materials and spend an awful lot of time checking students' work. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):50-63 62 based on the findings from the questionnaire and interview between challenges and activities. the researcher summarized that they researcher found that were challenges in applying blended learning. the first is the lack of student control and monitoring which consists of 5 kinds of problems. second, the problem in applying technology consists of 3 kinds of problems. finally, the problem in time allocation consists of 2 kinds of problems. conclusion from the findings of the research that have been found and discussed in the previous chapter, the researchers conclude that there are several challenges both in the online and offline classroom; they were lack of student controlling and monitoring. this first challenge was caused by the meeting that was held online, not face-to-face. the second challenge was the problem in applying technology, such as signal or internet connection, the lack of maturing online applications, etc. the last was the problems with time allocation due to the pandemic situation. lecturers have few times to transfer materials and spend an awful lot of time checking students' work. references abdullah, w. (2018). model blended learning dalam meningkatkan efektifitas pembelajaran. fikrotuna: jurnal pendidikan dan manajemen islam, 7(1), 855-866. https://doi.org/10.32806/jf.v7i1.3169 abidah, a., hidaayatullaah, h., simamora, r., fehabutar, d., & mutakinati, l. (2020). the impact of covid-19 to indonesian education and its relation to the philosophy of “merdeka belajar.” studies in philosophy of science and education (sipose), 1.12 ahmad., parihin, hidayah, n., halimatuzzahra. (2021). pembelajaran blended learning pada masa pandemi covid 19 (studi kasus desa montong sampah). jurnal mahasantri, 2 (1), 386-398. dziuban, c., graham, c. r., moskal, p. d., norberg, a., & sicilia, n. (2018). blended learning: the new normal and emerging technologies. international journal of educational technology in higher education, 15(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-017-0087-5 galvis, á. h. (2018). supporting decision-making processes on blended learning in higher education: literature and good practices review. international journal of educational technology in higher education, 15(1), 1–38. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-0180106-1 ginaya, g., rejeki, i. n. m., & astuti, n. n. s. (2018). the effects of blended learning on students' speaking ability: a study of utilizing technology to strengthen the conventional instruction. international journal of https://doi.org/10.32806/jf.v7i1.3169 https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-018-%200106-1 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 6 (1):50-63 63 linguistics, literature, and culture, 4(3), 1-14. http://dx.doi.org/10.21744/ijllc.v0i0.000 innes, m. c., & wilton, d. (2018). guide to blended learning (s. mishra (ed.); 2018th ed.). commonwealth of learning. http://www .riss.kr/link?id=t11200193 komang, m., nitiasih p k, & budasi, i. g. (2014). developing blended learning based reading materials for the tenth grade multimedia students of smk wira harapan. jurnal program pascasarjana universitas pendidikan ganesha, 2, 1. https://doi.org/10.4304/jltr.4.2.301-309 kumar, a., krishnamurthi, r., bhatia, s., kaushik, k., ahuja, n. j., nayyar, a., & masud, m. (2021). blended learning tools and practices: a comprehensive analysis. ieee access, 9, 85151–85197. https://doi.org/10.1109/access.2021.3085844 ma'rifatulloh, s. (2020). measuring the impact of blended learning in efl classroom. proceedings of the 1st international conference on islamic civilization, icic 2020, menggo, s., & darong, h.c. (2022). blended learning in esl/efl class. llt journal: a journal on language and language learning. 25(1). 132-148. https://doi.org/10.24071/llt.v25i1.4159 menon, s. a. (2019). designing online materials for blended learning: optimising on bookwidgets. international journal of linguistics, literature, and translation, 2(3), 166–174. https://doi.org/10.32996/ijllt.2019.2.3.19 paudel, s., dangal, g., chalise, a., bhandari, t. r., & dangal, o. (2020). the coronavirus pandemic: what does the evidence show? journal of nepal health research council, 18(1), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.33314/jn hrc.v18i1.2596 pragholapati, a. (2020). new normal “ indonesia ” after covid-19 pandemic. 1–6. zhang, r. (2020). exploring blended learning experiences through the community of inquiry framework. language learning and technology, 24(1), 38– 53. https://doi.org/10.125/44707 http://dx.doi.org/10.21744/ijllc.v0i0.000 https://doi.org/10.1109/access.2021.3085844 https://doi.org/10.32996/ijllt.2019.2.3.19 https://doi.org/10.125/44707 linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 2 nomor 1, desember 2018 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi: https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v2i1.344 30 indonesian efl students’ learning styles nostalgianti citra prystiananta 1 ikip pgri jember prystiananta@gmail.com 1 submit, 23-09-2018 accepted, 21-12-2018 publish, 21-12-2018 abstract this research aims at investigating students’ learning styles of accounting program of aak pgri jember in learning english as foreign language. efl students have their own ways in learning english which they think as the most enjoyable way to a better comprehension of the material. by investigating their learning styles in learning english, teachers may know the best ways to treat their students to reach a better improvement. in this research, the sample was 41 students from three different academic years who were learning efl. the data were collected through questionnaire and interview. the questionnaire contained 30 items of statements about 6 learning styles according to questionnaire by reid (1987). an open-ended interview was conducted to support quantitative data gained from questionnaires. the result presents that students of accounting program of aak pgri jember most preferred visual style (44%) as their style in learning english. and individual style (4%) as the least preferred style. it can be concluded that students of accounting program of aak pgri jember enjoy learning english best by the assistance of pictures, charts, and videos because they can comprehend the material better. they also did not enjoy to learn individually because they were not independent type of student who enjoy being alone. keywords: tefl, language learning styles introduction naturally, students are human who have their uniqueness. as chomsky (1966:12) stated that a child may have a generative ability descended by parents’ gene. it means that a child has already equipped by some abilities, not just a blank space. however, humans still have different capacities in learning languages (gleitman, 1993:13). they may also reach different result after learning. the result may be satisfying or, on the contrary, may be disappointing. there are a lot of possibilities of those problems in regard to students’ academic performance. the problems may derive from the approach towards mailto:prystiananta@gmail.com1 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):30-42 31 communication, learning facilities, proper guidance, and family stress (mushtaq & khan, 2012:18). all three factors such as communication, learning facilities and proper guidance have positive relationship with students’ academic performance meanwhile family stress has a negative relationship. teaching methods, teachers’ competence and performance are not merely to be blamed. students also have distinct learning strategies and styles which may determine their success. variants researches have been conducted correspond to language learning styles in english as a second language (esl) and english as foreign language (elf) teaching (oxford, 2003; reid, 1987; muniandy & shuib, 2016). the results presented some findings such as some factors which influence the students’ ability to learn in a particular framework; different learning style of native speakers and non native speakers which influenced by backgrounds such as sex, length of time, length of studying english, field of study, level of education, toefl score, and age; and the most preferred learning styles among students. students have variants ways of understanding and learning something on their own. in receiving information or knowledge, it is their right to have the best ways which make them comfortable to learn. most students have a preferred learning style, depending on the situation and the type of information the student is dealing with (the department of education for newfoundland and labrador, 2014:34). some experiences and prior knowledge background may create the distinction of learning styles among students as efl learners. some students are easier to learn if they see the pictures (visual style). some are comfortable in listening information (audio style). some others are easier to learn through their body movement (kinesthetic style). some students also enjoy experimenting something to improve a better understanding (tactic style) (featherstone, 2014; ghafoor-davis, 2011). learning efl may be sufficient enough for those who have experiences and prior knowledge about target language. on the other hands, those who are lack of those experiences and prior knowledge tend to face some difficulties. this case may happen to students of non english study program that are lack of english knowledge in which it happens to some countries with english as foreign language or english as second language. therefore, the investigation of students’ of non english program may assist them to identify what styles appropriate for them. english instructors also should know the combinations of students learning styles as well natural learning needs of their problems (prashing, 2006:51). 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):30-42 32 literature review english as foreign language in indonesia english is an international language used in many countries in the world. there are numbers of english varieties such as british, american, singapore, indian, australian, east african, etc. why english has to be widely used as international language? according to maxom (2009:1), there are some factors such as, 1) the political factor gives the current dominance of the usa, 2) science and technology have developed with english as medium of instruction, 3) there is a need for a global language to make international communications smoother, and tools such as the world wide web truly accessible around the planet. in the use of english, there are two kinds of english varieties according to geographical distinction: those of first language situations where english is the mother tongue (mt), as in the usa or australia, and second language (sl) situations, where english is the language of commercial, administrative and educational institutions, as in ghana or singapore (broughton, brumfit, flavell, hill & pincas, 2003:4). what about indonesia? indonesia as one of countries located in south-east asia has a large numbers of languages used by different tribes in its archipelago. indonesians speak at least one native language and more than two second languages. by looking at the situation, english status is as foreign language that many people do not familiar with. introducing and teaching english in indonesia, formerly, were opposed by indonesian government in 1950s due to anti-western policy. it caused the english language program declined in educational system in indonesia (candraningrum, 2008:51). yet sadtono (as cited in chesire, 1999:325) shows from historical evidence how the status of english has progressed from just one of those foreign languages into the first foreign language. even so, english cannot replace the primary function of indonesian language in indonesia because it has already met a demand of communication in many domains. it is supported also by lowenberg (as cited in dewi, 2014:61) who mentioned that english does not strongly function as a second language yet it is a productive language use source for indonesians. teaching english as foreign language (tefl) tefl refers to teaching english activity to students with english as their foreign language. english is the language which is used for only certain purposes and not widely used since they have their first and second language to communicate daily. the fact shows that more than half the world’s young children speak two or more 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):30-42 33 languages outside school and many millions are now learning english in schools (dunn, 2014:10-11). facing this phenomenon, english instructors or teachers must handle some difficult situation in tefl due to limited knowledge of english. because english is not a primary language spoken by students, the first thing to do is get them familiar with english. some efforts had been conducted such as applying tefl in pre-schools and primary schools. even though they are not a compulsory course, english is better to introduced in the early ages. it happens in china in which english is considered one of three major subjects in middle schools and in some primary schools (keqiang, 1986:155). china even collaborates with some english speaking countries such as canada and united states. one of the short program is summer teaching program in china universities cooperates with american universities which is promoted through some websites including teach-english-in-china.co.uk and mdtesol.org. the efforts in tefl indicate a lot of improvement and progress presented by many experts in the world. students are one of many important terms in teaching and learning activities. if students show their positive progress, then teaching is successfully conducted. on the contrary, if students show a negative progress such as achieving bad scores and bad skills improvement, teaching has to be evaluated more. students may be tired of the material. students are also possible to have different learning strategies and styles. identifying and analyzing students’ learning style in english is important to support the success of tefl. by doing some investigation, teachers will know the difference among students which cause different result in the classroom. through the analysis, teachers can evaluate teaching and learning process to reach a better goal in tefl. learning styles humans live in different ways. it happens also in the way they learn something. they may choose the ways which make them comfortable to assist their understanding toward something. the learning styles may vary both among individuals and groups. learning style refers to the way a person absorbs and retains information and skills (cox, sproles & sproles, 1988:7). the different styles may be characterized by each individual characteristic which influence them to lean on certain styles. some experts have different opinion of classifying language learning styles. according to willing (as cited in harmer, 2003:43) in his research, there are 4 types 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):30-42 34 of learning styles including convergers (a loner who enjoy being independent and prefer to avoid groups), conformists (a dependent student who are not creative), concrete learners (students who prefer language use and groupwork in class), and communicative learners (a language-use-oriented student). on the other hands, students’ learning style may influenced by circumstances of learning. it is also called a cognitive style which was classified into fielddependent (fd) and field-independent (fi) (saville-troike, 2006:87). fd is kind of dependent students who enjoy communicate in groups and to other groups and fi is kind of students who enjoy learning alone. the field discriminate learners from their autonomy in learning whether they like to socially communicate or not. the most well-known learning styles are visual, auditory and kinesthetic (vak) (malone, 2003:305). visual style refers to students who observe pictures; auditory refers to students who listen to sounds; and kinesthetic style requires body movement. meanwhile, flemming and mills (1992:56) insert vak with r (read/write) into vark because they believed that there may be style of writing or reading because they are comfortable to learn through writing some notes or reading text. on the other hands, there is tactic style in which students prefer experimenting something rather than just practicing it. furthermore, according to reid (1987:92), there are 6 styles by a research she conducted namely visual, auditory, tactile, kinesthetic, group and individual. for group learners, they enjoy more interaction with classmates while individual likes to study alone without much interaction to others. however, those classifications of learning styles has similar purpose in teaching, namely, to assist students to learn better by knowing their best ways to comprehend the material. if the learning style causes a negative attitude probably it is teachers’ duty to treat students to a better way of learning. research method the research is a non-experimental research with survey research design. survey research was conducted to collect a large data to describe the important phenomena of students’ english learning strategies. the data were collected through questionnaire and interview to gather the data from 41 students from all accounting program of aak pgri jember. the questionnaire was in the form of close type in which the sample only answered the question by choosing one option in each question. it was perceptual learning style preference questionnaire (plspq) by joy reid (1984:110). it contained 6 learning styles including visual, auditory, kinesthetic, tactile, group learning and individual 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):30-42 35 learning then it translated into indonesian language as students’ first and second language. validation was done by expert judgment. the interview was also conducted to support the data gained from questionnaires. the type of interview was open-ended questions to open a possibility for the researcher to ask questions and the sample to answer the questions easily. the data analysis was conducted through statistical procedure by calculating means (m),standard deviation (sd) and percentage (%) (weinberg & abramowitz, 2008:95). according to reid, students were classified into 6 types of learning styles indicated through the score of each item which represented each style. then the students’ score of each item were classified into 6 different styles to find out the most preferred learning styles among all students. finding the research was conducting by distributing questionnaire of plspq which was adapted from reid (1984:110) and translated into indonesian language. some statistical procedures were conducted and finally show some results which answer the research questions. in table 2, there are 6 learning styles preferred by students and the rank presents that most of students preferred visual (44%) as the most enjoyable way to learn english. the second most preference is kinesthetic (24%) style which requires body movement or active movement. the last rank which shows the least preferred style is tactile (6%) and individual (4%) learning styles. table 1. students’ accounting program learning styles learning style m sd % rank visual 3.4927 0.5522 44 1 tactile 2.0690 0.3271 6 5 auditory 3.0780 0.4888 10 4 kinesthetic 3.4048 0.5383 24 2 group 3.2927 0.5206 12 3 individual 2.0683 0.3270 4 6 visual learning style visual learners are usually preferred to learn by seeing pictures, images, movies, etc. which shows the visualization which attract the eyes (reid, 1978; featherstone, 2014; ghafoor-davis, 2011). in accounting program of aak pgri jember, students most prefer visual style as their learning style which is indicated 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):30-42 36 by44 %. it means there are 18 who chose this style to learn english in the classroom. the statements contain visual style are in statement number 6, 10, 12, 24, and 29. the statements are: (1) i learn better by reading what the lecturer writes on the whiteboard, (2) when i read instructions, i remember them better, (3) i understand better when i read instruction, (4) i learn better by reading and see pictures then by listening to someone, (5) i learn more by reading textbooks than by listening to lecturers. for 44 % percent students put good scores to those 5 statements which indicated that their learning style is visual learning style. for example, they enjoy english and easier to remember the material if the lecturer used pictures, charts and videos as media. kinesthetic learning style kinesthetic learning style is the style that causes a very active teaching and learning. in this case, students who prefer the style may enjoy the class by moving around the classroom and collaborate with friends. it does not mean they love to cooperate, but they like to be more active not only sitting on their seats. the style surprisingly is at the second rank after visual students’ learning style preference. at this level, students preferred kinesthetic style for 24 % of the total sample. the statements contain kinesthetic statements are number 2, 8, 15, 19 and 26. the statements are: (1) i prefer to learn by doing something in class, (2) when i do things in class, i learn better, (3) i enjoy learning in class by doing experiments, (4) i understand things better in class when i participate in role-playings/simulation, (5) i learn best in class when i can participate in related activities. this style is as the second rank of the most preferred by students in accounting program of aak pgri jember. it refers to the style in which students enjoy to do things that move their body in learning. it may be indicated by practicing english by games or cooperative activities. for example, in learning pronunciation in english, it may be fun if they play pronunciation uno game. group learning style group learning is the third rank as the most preferred learning style among students of accounting program of aak pgri jember. group learning considers as the effective learning style for those who are not creative enough and have slow response to lecturer’s instruction and english material. five or 12% students selected 5 questions contain statements about group learning style. the statements are statement number 3, 4, 5, 21 and 23, presented as follow: (1) i get more work done 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):30-42 37 when i work with others, (2) i learn more when i study with a group, (3) in class, i learn best when i work with others, (4) i enjoy working on an assignment with two or three classmates, (5) i prefer to study with others. the students with this learning style are dependent and always discuss to classmates in pair or in a small group to solve the problems or difficulties they have. this learning style may be visible when there are some exercises and projects instructed by the lecturers. auditory learning style auditory learning style is ranked fourth after group learning style. there were 4 students who prefer this style or 10 % out of 41 students. most students in this group of learning style are talkative and memory-oriented (muniandy & shuib, 2016:5). they enjoy discussion and listen others a lot. for example, they enjoy listening to english songs to learn vocabularies and pronunciation. they are also comfortable to listen a lecturer’s or friend’s explanation. five items of statements about auditory learning style are item number 1, 7, 9, 17, and 20, as presented as follow: (1) when the lecturer, tells me the instruction i understand better, (2) when someone tells me how to do something in class, i learn it better, (3) i remember things i have heard in class better than things i have read, (4) i learn better in class when the lecturer gives a lecture, (5) i learn better in class when i listen to someone. the statements above indicate that a student is more comfortable and easier to comprehend the input they receive by listening to someone speaking, and explaining directly or from a recording. in accounting program of aak pgri jember, the students who prefer the style were only 4 students. they more understand about english material when the lecturers explain directly in front of the class and easier also to recall the information. tactile learning style this learning style was not too much preferred by accountant program students in learning english. tactile learning style requires students to do some experiments or project works which finally produce something in concrete things. they enjoyed doing class projects such as shooting speaking performance and record it in a video file. they were comfortable to draw words chart or making the chart as creative as possible. but according to the result, only 2 students who prefer this style in learning english (only 6 %). 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):30-42 38 the statements included in this learning style are item number 11, 14, 16, 22, and 25 presented as follow: (1) i learn more when i make a model of something, (2) i learn more when i make something for a class project, (3) i learn better when i make drawings as i study, (4) when i build something, i remember what i have learned better, (5) i enjoy making something for a class project from those five statements above comprise ideas which described the students as tactile learners. five out of 41 students chose this style as they preferred style in learning english. it means the students of accounting program of aak pgri jember did not really enjoy making projects or doing some activities creatively in producing something as the learning result. indeed, tactile learning style is a style which attributes creative, innovative, and enthusiastic learners. doing some experiments, creating some products or doing simulation are the things that not all students capable of. individual learning style individual learning style is the opposite learning style of group learning style. if students in group learning style enjoy cooperating and discussing something with friends or classmates, students with individual learning style prefer doing many things alone. they tend to be independent students and love to solve the problems as well as finish the tasks alone. students with this learning style become the least preferred because only a few students who enjoy of being alone and independent. there were only five students out of 41 students of accounting program of aak pgri jember who prefer this style (4 %). the statements which comprise about individual learning styles are stated in items number 13, 18, 27, 28, and 30 presented as follow: (1) when i study alone, i remember things better, (2) when i work alone, i learn better, (3) in class, i work better when i work alone, (4) i prefer working on projects by myself, (5) i prefer to work by myself. students with this learning style enjoy being alone out of crowded places. they cannot concentrate well if they are in noisy situation. they do not cooperate well with others or classmates. they think that they may comprehend the material well if learn and work alone. they also enjoy a self-project comparing to a groupproject. therefore, this learning style is not good enough to maintain because it may give negative atmosphere in the classroom. if this learning style is the least preferred, it means that the classroom situation is active and enthusiastic. 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):30-42 39 discussion based on statistical procedures in analyzing the data, findings show that most students of accounting program of aak pgri jember preferred visual learning style as the way to learn english. it means they comprehend better through the visualization of information they receive. the quantitative data were also supported by interviewing the students. the number of 44% is a large percentage which indicates more tendencies of students to be visual students. they were comfortable to learn what they can see by their eyes such as by reading the notes, reading at the lecturer’s explanation on the whiteboard, and reading and looking at the lecturer’s power point presentation which inserted by some visual graphics. the second most preferred style is kinesthetic style (24 %). it means students in the program enjoy to do some activities in the classroom such as doing exercise on the note book or on the board, discussing with friends, doing role-play and simulation (malone, 2003, p.306.)the students with this learning style cannot just stay on their seats because it would make them boring and they cannot comprehend the material easily. therefore, teachers have to think more creatively to give a better learning opportunity to these students. the third most preferred learning style is group learning styles (12 %). the students in this learning style belong to fd or field dependent (see saville-troike, 2006:87)who are dependent to classmates. they enjoy learning in group or at least a partner. they love to communicate, share ideas, or just like being together with friends not only in the classroom but also outside. auditory learning style was the fourth most preferred style in accounting program of aak pgri jember (10 %). as muniandy and shub (2016:5) stated that auditory learners acquire information by listening and they prefer classroom activities like role-play and discussion. most of them are talkative and memory-oriented. in the research, it was found out that the students with this learning style were easier to understand the direct oral instruction and lecturer in english. it may be very much beneficial for them to do something immediately and fast forward. the fifth preferred learning style was tactile (6 %). tactile requires students’ creative activities such as simulation, doing experiments and finishing projects. according hayes (2009:413), tactile learning style is almost always associated with kinesthetic learning because both styles involve bodily movement. the statement is contradicted with the finding which showed different rank between both styles. the distinction is caused by the way of using body movement. the students enjoyed learning in the classroom without having projects or experiments but they love to 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):30-42 40 move their body around the classroom by practicing and doing the tasks during teaching and learning activity. the least preferred learning style was individual learning style (4 %). in this learning style students usually prefer doing everything alone. the individual students in accounting program ware also stated that they enjoy learning alone in a quiet place. they were not talkative and saying their opinions a lot. there were only 2 students belong to this learning styles probably because most of the students in the program are not individual. they are dependent students who need mates assistance in learning english. according to the data analysis, some styles disposed to relate each other because the style similarity. the style similarity means the style shows the similarity in some sense such as similar in sense organ location, eyes and ears as in visual and auditory and the activity of using the body to learn as in kinesthetic and tactile. however, no individual can be said belongs to only one category. the learning style may be different depend on the situation (rubio, perez-paredes, luque as cited in megias rosa, 2008:18). it also happenedto students of accounting program of aak pgri jember in which some of them tended to choose some items related to different learning styles. there is some students showed more than one major category of learning style. for example, the score indicated the most preferred style was visual style but they also showed sufficient score to be group style. conclusion teaching and learning english is a challenge both for students and language instructors. because english is a foreign language, it is harder for students to learn the language without any prior skills. moreover, tefl for students of non-english study program might be more complicated because of the students’ interest which is more interested in other disciplines but english. study about learning style may assist both students and language instructor to overcome some english teaching and learning difficulties, particularly in accounting program of aak pgri jember. the information gained from the research presented some findings such as students learning style preference and the rank. learning style categories are based on reid classification consist 6 types of learning style. the data analysis showed that visual learning style was 44 % preferred, kinesthetic style was 24 % preferred, group style was 12 % preferred, audio style was 10 %, tactile style was 6 % and individual learning style was only 4 % preferred. the finding indicated that the most preferred style in accounting program of aak pgri jember was visual learning style (44 %) and individual learning style was the least preferred (4 %). the research is expected 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):30-42 41 to contribute in the advance of tefl in aak pgri jember especially accounting program. by knowing about their learning styles, students may improve their english learning in their own ways. moreover, language instructor must guide their students to adjust their learning styles and teaching as learning situation as well as figuring out the solution in improving their performance. references broughton, g, brumfit, c, flavell, r., hill, p., & pincas, a., (2003). teaching english as a foreign language. new york: routledge. candraningrum, d. (2008). the challenge of teaching english in indonesian’s muhammadiyah universities (1958-2005). munster: the deutsche national bibliothek. chesire, j, (1999). english around the world: sociolinguistic perspective. cambridge: cambridge university press. chomsky, n. (1966). topics in the theory of generative grammar. netherlands: mouton&co. n. v. cox, d. e., sproles, e. k., & sproles, g. b. (1988). learning style variations between rural and urban students. research in rural education. 5 (1), 27-31. retrieved june 10, 2017 from jrre.vmhost.psu.edu/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/51_5.pdf dewi, a. (2014). perception of english: a study of staff and students at university in yogyakarta, indonesia. newcastle: cambridge scholars publishing. dunn, o. (2014). introducing english to young children: spoken language. london: harpercollins. featherstone, s. (2014). learning to learn. new york: bloomsburry. flemming, n. d. & mills, c. (1992). not another inventory, rather a catalyst for relfection: to improve the academy. 11, 137-155. retrieved october 10, 2017 from www.vark-learn.com/wpcontent/uploads/2014/08/not_another_inventory.pdf ghafoor-davis, k. v. (2011). real talk: ten parenting strategies to raise confident successful children. retrieved march 15,2017 from https://books.google.co.id/books?id=zq1oaaaaqbaj&pg=pa112&dq=lan guage+learning+styles+vak&hl=en&sa=x&ved=0ahukewjeminbmblza hwbvrwkhy2sbbm4chdoaqhvmag#v=onepage&q=language%20learni ng%20styles%20vak&f=false. gleitman, l. (1993). a human universal: the capacity to learn a language. modern philology, 90, s13-s33. retrieved from http://www.jstor.org/stable/438421. harmer, j. (2003). the practice of english language teaching. essex: longman. keqiang, w. (1986). teaching english as a foreign language in china. tesl canada journal. 3 (1) . retrieved september 10, 2017 from citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.457.2613&rep=rep1...pdf 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):30-42 42 lefever, m. (2004). learning styles. colorado springs: david c. cook. malone, s.a. (2003). learning about learning. london: cipd. maxom, m., (2009). teaching english as a foreign language for dummies. west sussex: john wiley & sons, ltd. megias rosa, m. (2008). didactic approach for teachers of english in an international context. salamanca: ediciones universidad de salamanca. muniandy, j. & shuib, m. (2016). learning styles, language learning strategies and fields of study among esl learners. malaysian journal of elt research. 12 (1), 1-19. retrieved february 9, 2017 from https://journals.melta.org.my/index.php/majer/article/viewfile/22/5 mushtaq, i & khan, s. n. (2012). factors affecting students’ academic performance. global journal of management and business research. 12 (9), 16-22. retrieved march 12, 2017 from https://globaljournals.org/gjmbr_volume12/3-factors-affecting-studentsacademic.pdf. oxford, r. l. (2003). language learning styles and strategies: an overview. gala. retrieved september 07 2017 from web.ntpu.edu.tw/~language/workshop/read2.pdf. prashing, b. (2006). pocket pal: learning styles and personalized teaching. london: network continuum education. reid, j. m. (1987). the learning style preference of esl students. tesol quarterly, 21 (1). 87-110. retrieved september 12, 2018 from old.fltrp.com/download/06071807.pdf saville-troike, m. (2006). introducing second language acquisition. cambridge: cambridge university press. the department of education for newfoundland and labrador. (2014). english language arts kindergarten curriculum cuide. labrador: newfoundland labrador. weinberg, s. l. & abramowitz, s. k. (2008). statistics using spss: an integrative approach. cambridge: cambridge university press. willing, k. (1987). learning styles in adult migrant education. sydney: nsw adult migrant education service https://globaljournals.org/gjmbr_volume12/3-factors-affecting-students-academic.pdf https://globaljournals.org/gjmbr_volume12/3-factors-affecting-students-academic.pdf 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):30-42 43 linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 4 nomor 2, januari-juni 2021 e-issn: 2597-3819 p-issn: 2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v4i2.1860 337 investigating the effect of reward and punishment on the student’s learning achievement and discipline inda indrawati1 universitas madako marzuki2 universitas madako syafi’urrohman3 universitas madako agung rinaldy malik4 universitas madako indawati@gmail.com1 submit, 02-12-2020 accepted, 03-03-2021 publish, 03-03-2021 abstract this study aimed to investigate the effect of reward and punishment on student achievement and discipline. this study used a descriptive qualitative approach with the sampling technique, namely purposive sampling. the data was collected using interviews and documentation and was analyzed qualitatively. the research results showed several rewards and punishment types contribute to the student's learning achievement and discipline. the types of rewards that contribute effectively to students learning achievement are praise, respect and material prizes, and a sign of appreciation. in contrast, types of punishments that affect the students learning discipline are physical punishment and inconvenient punishment. in conclusion, the effect of reward and punishment on student achievement and discipline, among others, increases student enthusiasm for learning, motivates students to maintain achievement, and makes students more disciplined in learning. keywords: discipline, learning achievement, punishment, reward https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v4i2.1860 mailto:indawati@gmail.com1 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):337-350 338 introduction education is a learning process for students to understand something and be critical in thinking. education is essential in the life process wherewith education we will get additional knowledge that is useful for living a better life. the goal is to educate and develop the potential of students. that way, every student is expected to have good knowledge, creativity, and personality. education is also crucial to improve a nation's quality, a country is said to be advanced, and its quality is good. student learning achievement is the result obtained during the learning process carried out in the mastery of the task or subject matter received within a certain period, usually presented in a report card's form of values. it can also be relied on from student achievement as a teacher to provide lessons to students in the classroom's learning process. in line with israwati's (2014) research, teaching in the school is significant to support students' knowledge, skills, and values so that the results of this transformation have meaning for students. disciplined students usually attend on time, comply with all applicable regulations, and behave according to applicable norms. discipline is a condition formed from a process and a series of behaviors that show the value of obedience, obedience, and order. it is expected to create a comfortable and peaceful learning environment in the classroom (rachman & agustian, 2016). the reward is a means to educate children to feel happy because their deeds or work are rewarded. whereas the reward is a means of repressive education that is fun given to children who excel in teaching, have progress and good behavior, and become role models for companies. besides, it can ignore that appreciation is an award that becomes a motivator or motivation for students who form a confident person in carrying out their obligations and duties to achieve fulfilling goals (purwanto, 2006). the results of surbakti's research (2019) state that reward is one way or educational tool to educate students to feel happy because their actions and work are rewarded. in more detail, there are several rewards such as praise, awards, and material prizes. in line with sujiantri (2016), giving students sufficient attention with all their potential is a simple form of motivation. many do not have the motivation to learn because they do not feel alert. furthermore, schunk (2008) states that using rewards in the classroom will increase student motivation. rewards convey information about skills or competencies if they are linked to actual performance or progress, such as when teachers praise students for learning new skills or gaining new knowledge. therefore, when the teacher gives the reward, students can associate behavior with happiness feelings (santrock, 2004). isnadini & rasmawan’s (2014) study showed that students' high self-efficacy was measured using a self-efficacy 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):337-350 339 questionnaire with a total approval percentage of 75.2% with a strong interpretation. it shows that students who have high self-efficacy will also have high learning outcomes due to their lack of effort to overcome obstacles. apart from reward, punishment or sanction is required in the learning process. punishment is an educational effort to correct and direct students in the right direction, not a practice of punishment and torture that stifles creativity (hamid, 2006). also, purwanto (2006) states that punishment is suffering caused or deliberately by someone (parents, teachers) after an offense, crime, or mistake has occurred. however, holth (2005) defined punishment as a procedure in which an individual response (inappropriate action or behavior) has consequences. the response decreases in frequency, and the decrease in frequency occurs because of the response-consequence relationship, not for some other reason. the same thing was stated by lefrancois (2006) that punishment is similar to reinforcement, both of which are determined by their effect. however, the main difference between the two is that punishment involves suppressing a behavior, not reinforcing it as in reinforcement. in line with widiyono et al., (2019) research results, there was an increase in the results of the cognitive domain of 69.23%, which was in the high category, 76.92 in the affective domain, which was also in the high class, and 84.61 in the psychomotor domain which was in the very high sort. it means that the impact obtained is to trigger students' enthusiasm to be competent, increase student's learning motivation, and increase the emotional bond between teachers and students. this research is supported by wulandari (2014) that giving rewards and punishments to the experimental group can improve student's learning motivation in volleyball under-passing learning by 4.08%. purwanto (2006) classified punishment as preventive, repressive, associative, and logical punishment. preventive punishment is a punishment carried out with the intention of not having violated it. this penalty is intended to prevent violations from occurring to improve before the breach occurs. repressive punishments are punishments carried out because of an offense because someone made a mistake. in misriyah's research (2015), the reward has implications for increasing motivation to take action according to character education values. meanwhile, punishment implies that it will not repeat the mistakes that have been made. hermanto (2020) stated that there is a significant influence between the provision of punishment on student learning discipline. so this punishment is carried out after an offense or error has occurred. this punishment was used against older children. with this punishment, the child understands that the punishment is a logical result of bad work or actions. the child understands that the punishment he gets is the result of a mistake he has made. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):337-350 340 furthermore, herman (1980) divided punishments into psychic punishments, words and sentences, stimulus psychic punishments, and painful punishments. in line with the discussion above, this study aims to determine the effect of reward and punishment on student learning achievement and learning discipline. based on the explanation of the research results above, this study's novelty focuses on the effect of reward and punishment on achievement and discipline of students of sma negeri 2 tolitoli. literature review past investigations from a few decades thoroughly investigated the effects of rewards and punishment on all school aspects. they are considering the importance of rewards and punishment in education. researchers have conducted many studies focusing on the impact of these two techniques on student’s learning behavior. according to bernstein (2011), people are pulled toward behaviors that offer positive incentives and pushed away from behaviors associated with negative stimuli". many educators and researchers have very different views on the effects of rewards as, according to deci et al., (2001), rewards do not increase a student's intrinsic motivation to learn. miller et al., (1998) found in their study through a survey within one inner-city primary school of 49 pupils, six teachers, and 64 parents or guardians shows parents and their children are strongly agree on the effectiveness of possible school initiated rewards. still, they considerably disagree over the use of punishment or sanctions. rehman & haider (2013) explained in their study that learning is not possible without motivation, and teachers usually used rewards and punishment as motivating factors to improve their students' learning in classrooms. ilegbusi (2013) explained that punishment is just a temporary drive. students inspired by fear of punishment usually stop work once the fear is removed. so, it's challenging to use punishment effectively to motivate the learning of students. research method this research employed descriptive qualitative research. the descriptive analysis describes and interprets events, conditions, or situations of the present. the sample of this research was the students of sma 2 tolitoli. in this study, purposive sampling was used. one of the critical things in doing research is how to get and collect the data. the researcher has to apply the research instrument. the primary device in qualitative research is the researcher because developing the information is found by the researcher. find information in this research needs several agencies such as documentation, questionnaire, and interview. instruments such as cameras and handphones are used to record important events in an event 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):337-350 341 both in photos and videos. in contrast, ballpoint and books are used to write data information obtained from sources. findings giving rewards on students achievement and discipline can undoubtedly be seen from the types of rewards teachers offer to students to affect their learning achievement and discipline or no effect when given a reward from the teacher. from the interview that the researcher has conducted on class xi ipa 1 students of sman 2 tolitoli, teachers apply so many rewards to students in the classroom and outside learning, which are very useful or affect student learning achievement and discipline. the researcher was found that the types of rewards that teachers most often gave to students were praise, respect, giving material prizes, and signs of appreciation. praise the first is praise. the teacher applies this type of reward by giving credit in the form of words, applause, or thumbs up to students who have succeeded in doing something from the teacher. in this research, the researcher found that several students had received praise. it can be seen from the results of the first interview that dh. interviewee: i was given praise "your answer is perfect" from the teacher when answering questions correctly and the fastest. from the interview results above, the student said she received congratulations "your answer was perfect" when she has successfully answered the question from the teacher correctly and fastest from other friends in the class. however, something different from the first student who was congratulated when she responded to the question correctly and the fastest. this second student received praise from the teacher when she succeeded in getting the first rank in his class. it can be seen from the results of the interview by nn. interviewee: i was given praise from the teacher when i ranked first in my class. the student who received praise from the teacher was rifka fadila. she was given praise from the teacher when completing the task the fastest or the first compared to other friends. it can be seen from the results of the interview from rifka fadila. interviewee: i was given praise from the teacher for completing the task the fastest or the very first compared to other friends. then the student who received praise from the teacher was a male named wahyu perdana. the teacher praised him because he was on time in submitting assignments compared to his friends, it can be seen from the interview results from wahyu perdana. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):337-350 342 interviewee: i was given praise "your job is excellent" from the teacher when collecting the teacher's assignments compared to other friends. the next student who has received praise is nadia syafira, the same as the previous student. she received praise from the teacher for submitting assignments on time compared to other students. it can be seen from the results of an interview with nadia syafira. interviewee: i was praised by the teacher when i submitted my assignments on time & the fastest compared to other friends. when students get the highest score at the test time, they will also be praised by the teacher, such as a student named umy masitha. she is given praise from the teacher when she gets the highest score during the class test. it can be seen in the interview results from umy masitha. interviewee: i was given praise from the teacher when i got the highest score inclass tests. and the last, different from previous students who received praise from the teacher when they were the best in the learning process in class, either in doing assignments, tests, or class ranking. and activities outside the school during the previous student's actions inside the school. this one student was given praise from the teacher when he participated in the olympics. it can be seen from the results of the interview with putri nabilah. interviewee: i was once given praise from the teacher when i participated in the olympics on behalf of the school for some students, praise from the teacher dramatically increases students' achievement in learning. from all the results of student interviews, which get rewards in the form of praise from the teacher, it can be seen that some student actions deserve praise, both in the learning process and outside the learning process. because not all students do the same, of course, students who get praise feel happy and proud because not all students get a compliment from the teacher, and of course, these students will try to maintain their achievement. with the teacher's giving of praise, it will certainly motivate other students to study even harder so that they can be like their friends who have already received praise from the teacher. it raises motivation built up from within the students who want to study even more challenging and can achieve so that they can be like other students who get praise first from the teacher. this study also found rewards in the form of respect from teachers to students. respect is almost the same as praise, but its application is more directed at students who excel or have done something well than other students. then it was announced by the teacher in front of his classmates because of his achievements so that the student got the respect of other classmates. it can be seen from the results of the student interview nurnaningsi. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):337-350 343 interviewee: i was given respect from the teacher in the form of saying, "be an example for your peers in class" in front of the class when doing the teacher's assignment on the board correctly. from the interview results above, she was given a greeting from the teacher in front of her classmates when she worked on the teacher's questions on the blackboard. the student was proud because the teacher announced her achievements in front of other students in the class. the teacher gave her respect in the form of "be an example for your friends. in the classroom". respect respect also raises students' learning achievement to increase because they feel superior compared to other students when called to the front, and the teacher respects them. it is also evidenced in the student interview results, which show that giving rewards affects student achievement and makes students even more active in learning. each student certainly has a different character. therefore, teachers certainly have other ways of giving students rewards by providing praise and respect to increasing student motivation and providing material prizes to students. that way, students will try hard and study harder to get it. it can be seen from the results of interviews with several students who have received rewards in the form of material gifts from the teacher. the first is rahayu; in the interview, she said that the teacher had given her a gift during a class lecture competition at school. it is outside the learning process or extracurricular activities. interviewee: i was given a gift from the teacher during a lecture competition between classes at school. material prizes furthermore, different from students who first received a reward in the form of a teacher's gift during a lecture competition outside the learning process. this student was given a reward in the form of a teacher's grant during the learning process, to be precise daily tests. the student managed to get the best score of 100 and became the best of other students in the class so that the teacher gave a prize in the form of food. it can be seen in the interview results from fadilah. interviewee: i was given a food gift from the teacher when i got 100 in daily tests and became the best of the other students in the class. then the reward in the form of a gift that teachers often give to students is stationery. in the results of student interviews, the type of reward most often students get from the teacher is a gift in the form of paper compared to other kinds 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):337-350 344 of rewards. the result of the interview, which the researcher took as a representative, was bila amalia. interviewee: i was given a stationery gift from the teacher when i got a ranking in class. from the interview results above, she said that she was given a gift by the teacher in stationery when she got a class ranking. different from the previous student who received a stationery prize when the student was ranked in the class. this student was given an award because he could complete the teacher's assignment well and faster than other students. this statement can be seen from muh. hidayat. interviewee: i was given a teacher's stationery gift when i finished the assignment well and the fastest. from this research, the reward in the form of a gift that most often the teacher gives to the best students in the learning process in class or outside the classroom is food and stationery. it is very popular with students in the class to get these prizes and increase student achievement. signs of appreciation this reward is different from the types above of reward. it is often given at the end of the semester. the receipt of student report books that the teacher gives is an award and a certificate usually accompanied by a semester report book. in this research, several students said the same thing was given awards and credentials when they were ranked in class and presented at the end of the semester at the acceptance of the student report book. it can be seen in the results of the interview by dwi muis saputra, who the researcher chose as a representative. interviewee: i was given a certificate of appreciation and certification by the teacher when i got a class ranking at the report book's receipt. the punishment toward student’s achievement and discipline punishment is a learning method that the teacher applies when students break the rules in the learning process or outside the learning process in class. it is for student's good to not repeat their mistakes and become better in the learning process. in this research, the types of punishment that teachers often give to students who have problems include physical punishment, using words and sentences, inconvenient discipline. it is evidenced in the results of interviews with students. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):337-350 345 physical punishment physical punishment results in physical pain imposed on students who commit actions that violate the existing rules in school, either in the learning process or before the learning process in class. in this study, it was found that this type of punishment is often given to students who violate the school rules, which aim for the good of students in the learning process and can motivate students not to violate the rules again. as for physical punishment found in the study is pinching. the teacher must pinch students because they have made mistakes in class, such as being late to class, not completing homework, or playing/making noise during the learning process in class. it can be seen in the results of interviews with several students. researchers chose the results of interviews with nadyanurmaidah as representatives. she said that the teacher was punished when she was late to class and didn't do the teacher's homework. it can be seen in the results of her interview. interviewee: i was given the punishment of being pinched by the teacher when i came to class late and did not finish my homework. inconvenient punishment inconvenient punishment is a punishment in which students are made uncomfortable to make students regret their mistakes that have violated the existing rules in school. in this research, it was found that teachers most often applied this type of punishment to students. there are several types of inconvenient punishment that teachers usually use, such as running around the field, standing in the area, doing assignments outside the classroom, standing in front of the class, and throwing the rubbish. it can be seen in the results of interviews with several students who have received inconvenient punishment and from subject teachers. some of the interviews results that the researcher chose as a representative include the first is putri nabilah. she said that when she played with other students in the class and made a lot of noise during the learning process in class, the learning process was disturbed. she was given a punishment from the teacher running around the field with other students, which can be seen in the interview results below. interviewee: i was given a sentence to run around the teacher's field while playing and making noise with other students during the class's learning process. the teacher also confirmed teacher interviews' results about giving rewards and punishments to student motivation, especially giving a penalty to students. he said that he often punished students running around the field as a 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):337-350 346 deterrent effect for their mistakes in giving punishment to students. they were given such a penalty because if students were only given a warning, they would repeat their mistakes. it can be seen in the results of the interview with miss yuliawati, s.pd., m.pd as a subject teacher below. interviewee: to giving punishment, i often take it in the form of physical punishment, for example, running around the field when a student is doing an assignment, but the teacher shouldn't do it often. but if the student is only given a warning when he makes a mistake, the student will repeat his mistake again. then different from before, this type of inconvenient punishment is standing in front of the class. in this research, it can be seen this punishment often includes the teacher gives during the learning process to students who make mistakes such as sleeping during the learning process, cheating during tests, playing & making noise during the learning process, etc. several students interviewed by researchers said that they had received this punishment from the teacher. of course, this punishment makes students who receive it feel uncomfortable and feel ashamed not to repeat their mistakes and motivate themselves to be even better in the future. it can be seen in the results of the interview by muh. hidayat, which the researcher chose as the representative. furthermore, the inconvenient punishment teachers often give to students when they make mistakes is standing in the field. this study found that the teacher gave this punishment when students did not complete the assigned homework, playing during the learning process. this punishment makes students uncomfortable and will make students not repeat their mistakes and motivate themselves to study harder not to get the punishment. the interview results from febrianto, who the researcher chose as a representative, can be seen. interviewee: i was given to stand in the school field by the teacher when i didn't do the homework that was given the last inconvenient punishment is doing assignments outside the classroom. usually, students only play in the learning process in class, so they do not focus on the lesson and cannot complete the teacher's assignment correctly. it causes the teacher to give this punishment so that students can reflect on their mistakes so that they can learn again because they are motivated not to repeat previous mistakes. in this study, several students had received this punishment from the teacher. it can be seen in the results of the interview from ramadani, which the researcher chose as a representative. interviewee: i was given a penalty for doing assignments outside the classroom while playing during the learning process & not doing tasks from the teacher. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):337-350 347 apart from the types of punishment that the researcher wrote down earlier, several punishments were still found in student interviews. the teachers didn't often give them such disciplines as singing in front of the class, telling students to change seats, and leaving the classroom. all types of punishment given by the teacher are intended for the good of students so that in the future, they do not make the same mistakes again and can be more active and increase their learning motivation so that the learning process can run well. however, it depends on the way students respond to the punishment given by the teacher. discussion this study focused on reward and punishment on second-grade student's achievement and discipline at sman 2 tolitoli. student learning achievement is significant in the learning process, where learning achievement results from the entire student learning process in class. teachers must have a way so that students can excel in class. one of them is by implementing reward and punishment. therefore, the teacher applies rewards and punishments to students to aim that students have the motivation to learn in every learning process and focus on learning. it is useful for increasing achievement and increasing grades, and maintaining their achievement. with the application of reward and punishment, the balance between students who behave well and students who often make mistakes in class can also be seen. rewards tend to be given to students who have good behavior and achievements to appreciate what these students have done well. the hope is that these students can motivate themselves to maintain their achievements. it is also hoped that these students' achievements can inspire other students to study harder. relevant to the results of melinda's research (2018) states that there is a positive and significant influence between reward and punishment on the learning motivation of grade vi students at sdn merak i tangerang regency. his research shows that on average reward and punishment get 77%, which is in the excellent category. punishment is more aimed at students who have problems or often make mistakes at school. the teacher applies punishment to trigger a deterrent effect so that students don't repeat their mistakes again and so that other students do not copy their mistakes. these students become more disciplined at school, make students enthusiastic in the learning process, behave well, and not make mistakes at school. there are many rewards and punishments that teachers can give to students depending on the teacher's creativity in choosing them so that the application of rewards and penalties can be useful in improving student learning achievement and discipline. in line with the results of sofiana's (2017) research, it is stated that granting punishment improves mistake offenders so that they do not 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):337-350 348 make the same mistakes. besides, punishment is also intended to influence selfawareness so that it will raise awareness not to commit the same violation. in this study, researchers found several types of reward and punishment that teachers often apply to students to increase student achievement and discipline both in the learning process and outside the learning process. giving reward and punishment to students affects their learning achievement and discipline. it can be seen from the results of the interview that almost all students say the same thing. students feel motivated to study harder and maintain their achievement when given a reward and feel motivated to be better and not repeat their mistakes when given punishment. students agree to implement it. reward and punishment in the learning process and feel interested, but students say that the application of reward and punishment must be balanced in the learning process. in this study, it was found that the effect of reward and punishment on student achievement and discipline, among others, increases student enthusiasm for learning, motivates students to maintain achievement, and makes students more disciplined in learning. it is one of the teachers' abilities in managing the class. and from the results of interviews with all students and the teacher's value data, it can be seen that reward and punishment significantly affect student learning achievement as evidenced by changes in grades in the first semester and second semester and makes students more disciplined. these results follow sari & hadijah's (2017) research that class management through giving rewards and punishments can significantly influence student awareness and student behavior in learning, one of which is shown through student motivation. in the second semester, the teachers who teach them apply reward and punishment in learning to change from the first semester to the second semester. there was a significant increase in student scores from the first and second semesters when the teacher applied reward and punishment. students are disciplined in the learning process and did not make mistakes again. conclusion giving rewards and punishments for student achievement and discipline is proven to increase student enthusiasm for learning, motivate students to maintain achievement, and make students more disciplined. there was a significant increase in student scores from the first and second semesters when the teacher applied reward and punishment. students become more disciplined in the learning process and do not make mistakes again. it shows that the application of reward and punishment succeeded in increasing student achievement and discipline in the learning process. 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):337-350 349 references bernstein, a. (2011). a herzbergian look at academic librarians and job satisfaction. georgia library quarterly, 48(3), 1-15 deci, e. l., koestner, r., & ryan, r. m. (2001). extrinsic rewards and intrinsic motivation in education: reconsidered once again. review of educational research, 71(1), 1-27 hamid, r. (2006). reward dan punishment dalam perspektif pendidikan islam. ittihad jurnal kopertis wilayah xi kalimantan, 4(5), 65-76 herman, l. (1980). interaksi dan motivasi belajar mengajar. jakarta: rajawali pers hermanto, r. (2020). pengaruh pemberian hukuman terhadap kedisiplinan belajar siswa pada mata pelajaran ekonomi. sjee: scientific journals of economic education, 4(1), 87-93 holth, j. (2005). the underachieving school. usa: sentient publications ilegbusi, m. i. (2013). an analysis of the role of rewards and punishment in motivating school learning. computing, information systems & development informatics, 4(1), 35-38 isnadini, w., & rasmawan, r. (2014). pemberian corrective feedback disertai reward terhadap efikasi diri dan hasil belajar kimia di sma. jurnal pendidikan dan pembelajaran khatulistiwa, 3(8), 1-12 israwati, i. (2014). pengaruh strategi pembelajaran dan motivasi mengajar guru terhadap hasil belajar siswa. jurnal serambi ilmu, 15(2), 65-124 lefrancois, g. r. (2006). theories of human learning: what the old woman said. alberta, canada: thomson wadsworth melinda, i. (2018). pengaruh reward dan punishment terhadap motivasi belajar siswa kelas iv a sdn merak i pada mata pelajaran ips. international journal of elementary education, 2(2), 81-86 miller a., ferguson e.& simpson r. (1998). the perceived effectiveness of rewards and sanctions in primary schools: adding in the parental perspective in educational psychology. an international journal of experimental educational psychology, 18(1), 5564 misriyah, s. (2015). implementation and implication of reward and punishment toward character education at senior high school in pemalang. hikmatuna, 1(1), 68-98 purwanto, m. n. (2006). ilmu pendidikan teoretis dan praktis. bandung: remaja rosdakarya rachman, a., & agustian, m. (2016). meningkatkan kedisiplinan siswa melalui pengelolaan kelas di sdn 23 pagi palmerah jakarta. jurnal perkotaan, 8(2), 75-93 rehman, a., & haider, k. (2013). the impact of motivation on learning of secondary school students in karachi: an analytical study. educ. res. int, 2(2), 139-147 santrock, j. w. (2004). live-span development: perkembangan masa hidup. jakarta: erlangga 2021. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 4 (2):337-350 350 sari, b. p., & hadijah, h. s. (2017). meningkatkan disiplin belajar siswa melalui manajemen kelas. jurnal pendidikan manajemen perkantoran (jpmanper), 2(2), 233-241 schunk, d. h. (2008). learning theories: an educational perspective. new jersey: pearson prentice hall sofiana, f. (2017). persepsi siswa tentang pentingnya pendidikan agama islam terhadap minat belajar pai di sman 1 tayu pati. doctoral dissertation. universitas islam negeri maulana malik ibrahim sujiantri, n. k. (2016). pengaruh reward and punishment terhadap motivasi belajar siswa dalam pembelajaran ips (studi pada smp negeri 1 singaraja kelas vii tahun ajaran 2015/2016). jurnal jurusan pendidikan ekonomi, 7(2), 1-10. http://dx.doi.org/10.23887/jjpe.v7i2.7573 surbakti, a. s. (2019). pengaruh pemberian reward terhadap hasil belajar siswa pada pelajaran matematika kelas iv sd di sd negeri 101740 tanjung selamat tahun pembelajaran 2018/2019. jurnal ilmiah aquinas, 2(2), 200-221 widiyono, a., thoyyibah, d., nasir, a. h. k., & hidayatullah, m. l. (2019). pengaruh reward dan punishment terhadap hasil belajar matematika peserta didik kelas iv sdut bumi kartini jepara. tunas nusantara, 1(2), 102-109 wulandari, i. s. (2014). pengaruh pemberian reward and punishment terhadap motivasi belajar siswa dalam pembelajaran passing bawah bola volli. jurnal pendidikan olahraga dan kesehatan, 2(3), 599-604 http://dx.doi.org/10.23887/jjpe.v7i2.7573 linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 5 nomor 2, januari-juni 2022 e-issn : 2597-3819 p-issn : 2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v5i2.3742 194 how to scaffold young learners’ english speaking class? retno dwigustini1 universitas bina sarana informatika arrizqi ramadhan2 universitas bina sarana informatika susilawati3* universitas bina sarana informatika nurhasanah halim4 universitas bina sarana informatika chelly banuwaty marison5 smp dasana indah tangerang susilawati.sxw@bsi.ac.id3 submit, 17-04-2022 accepted, 11-06-2022 publish, 12-06-2022 abstract the research objective is to portray how scaffolding strategy is applied in an englishspeaking class of young learners. a qualitative approach with a case study design was employed in the present research. interviews, observation, and document analysis were used to collect the data. the participants involved in this research consisted of an english teacher and 20 junior high school students. the results indicate that the english teacher applies micro-scaffolding strategies, which are realized in the following six activities: 1) stimulating students' participation and engagement; 2) providing explanations; 3) modelling; 4) repetition drills; 5) confirming students' understanding; and 6) giving feedback. those activities, combined with role-play technique, have been proven to increase students' positive responses, especially concerning learning excitement, speaking skills element enhancement, and students' confidence. the findings signify that scaffolding is a good strategy for young learners' language skills. the present research strongly recommends exploring new scaffolding activities with the infusion of learning platforms both in full remote and hybrid learning as an endeavour to grant much more tremendous help and support for young learners' productive skills. keywords: english speaking skills, scaffolding, teaching strategy, young learners introduction recent developments in the world require people to have good communication skills, including speaking english. therefore, it is not surprising that speaking has become an essential skill to acquire. as underlined by seameo https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v5i2.3742 mailto:susilawati.sxw@bsi.ac.id 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):194-206 195 in their 2035 agenda, clear communication is one of the main things to face the challenge of the educational future (southeast asian ministers of education organization, 2018). the significance of having good communication skills also applies to kids or young learners. generally, learning english during childhood is claimed to positively impact later language development (chen et al., 2022). moreover, the intensity of young learners using modern communication equipment in this pandemic has increased rapidly. acquiring english skills becomes critical as english is used for most websites and applications (nishanthi, 2018). in order to be able to communicate with people worldwide, young learners in indonesia have been introduced to speaking english as their foreign language, which means they only encounter speaking english at schools. as it is different from the process of acquiring a first language, speaking english becomes a real challenge, not only for the young learners themselves but also for the english teachers. in reality, teaching english speaking to young learners is indeed not easy. some problems emerge, such as inadequate vocabulary and pronunciation (nikmah & anwar, 2021). additionally, young learners tend to be shy and afraid of trying to speak, and they also lack confidence (shen & chiu, 2019). the scaffolding strategy is an alternative solution that english teachers can consider to overcome such problems. this strategy is suitable for building students' experience and insight when acquiring new skills. the strategy is also well known for boosting young learners' motivation and interest in learning a language (anggadewi, 2017). a number of previous studies have proved how this strategy helps students foster their language skills. generally, scaffolding is reported to improve young learners’ speaking skills (munawar, 2019). kulsoom et al. (2021) also reported significant improvement in how scaffolding strategy impacts students’ fluency in speaking english. this scaffolding strategy gives students opportunities to actively engage themselves during classroom sessions (anita, 2019). the research of sari & rozimela (2021) has acknowledged that scaffolding in speaking classes provides students with independence in learning. the research of munawar (2019) focused on the teaching activities of how this scaffolding is applied in an english-speaking classroom for secondary school students. similarly, the research of kulsoom et al. (2021) has proven the effectiveness of the scaffolding strategy statistically in promoting secondary school students' speaking skills. the study conducted by anita (2019) and sari & rozimela (2021) on a number of english course teachers portrayed the teachers' point of view of scaffolding strategies they apply in their speaking classes. however, finding out what strategies are used for scaffolding english-speaking, especially in a young learners' class, and its integration with role-play teaching technique, and investigating the students' opinions on how they perceive this strategy is worth 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):194-206 196 researching. therefore, the current study attempts to depict 1) what scaffolding activities are usually conducted during classroom sessions; and 2) how the students perceive scaffolding strategy implementation in their classroom. literature review english-speaking for young learners in this day and age, as english is used internationally, mastering englishspeaking skills can be used to attain high competence in academic achievement and career (sudarmo, 2021). this implies that teachers must immediately introduce english speaking to students, including young learners. learning english at an early age gives students benefits. it is claimed to enhance students’ language achievement (chen et al., 2022). furthermore, in general, learning english as a foreign language at an early age greatly influences young learners. it gives children time to learn about diversity, enhance their multilingualism, nurture creativity and imagination, and build confidence and understanding (sari, 2019). for young learners, especially those who learn english as a foreign language like in indonesia, speaking english might be something new. as a result, learning to speak english should be done in small steps. to introduce speaking activities to beginners, newton & nation (2020) suggest the minus (meaning, interest, new language, understanding, stress-free) principle. first, speaking activities in a beginners' class should provide meaningful and relevant content. second, teachers should maintain their students' interests through various activities, which are suggested not to last too long. third, teachers should prevent themselves from giving too much new language to students, for example, by giving them too much information on grammar or vocabulary. fourth, teachers are suggested to give graspable input for students' understanding; teachers may give exposure to their students' receptive skills and students' preparation to start speaking. the last principle is creating a stress-free learning atmosphere, a comforting and helpful learning environment. these principles might be applied to all classes of beginners, including young learners, and that will help them learn better. referring to those mentioned principles, teaching english-speaking to young learners can be conducted through many simple but interesting activities. teachers may use repeat and listen (imitating what teachers say), repeat and do (imitating what teachers do), or guide students in discussion (wulandari et al., 2020). drilling is also an activity to apply in a young learners' class (razi et al., 2021). moreover, role-playing is also frequently suggested (robert & pane, 2020). teachers can explore many more engaging activities by paying attention to the teaching principles. scaffolding the scaffolding strategy is highlighted to signal vygotsky's work on zone of proximal development, specifically developing teacher-student interaction (smagorinsky, 2018). zpd, based on vygotsky's theory, refers to a condition in 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):194-206 197 which students need some help or guidance from more competent people to assist them in fulfilling difficult tasks (anggadewi, 2017). the scaffolding strategy is then used to assist students, including young learners, learn in and pass this zone. scaffolding provides learners and teachers with pedagogical benefits. scaffolding improves comprehension (elandeef & hamdan, 2021). scaffolding is considered simple for it does not require much preparation (tajeddin & kamali, 2020). scaffolding also allows students better to understand a difficult concept (harraqi, 2017). however, scaffolding does not suit pupils with good competence and comprehension (li & zhang, 2020). scaffolding is used to verify students' understanding, offer academic standards, clarify the broader view of the teaching/learning process, and call students' attention to prior and upcoming topics, lessons, and evaluations (heron & webster, 2019) at its implementation, scaffolding may be realized on a variety of levels. at the micro-level, scaffolding may be executed through contextualization and representing text, while micro-scaffolding can be delivered through modeling and bridging (sari & munir, 2018). their research also implied that teachers might use macro and micro scaffolding strategies in their classrooms. scaffolding is realized in several activities. first, scaffolding may be implemented by recalling previous knowledge and using real-world examples in learning (harraqi, 2017). then, giving oral questions to students can also be implemented to create a supportive learning environment (kamil, 2017). besides that, modeling is also mentioned to get students involved in their learning (sari & munir, 2018). research method this present research describes the implementation of a scaffolding strategy to teach speaking in a young learners' class. the present research employed a qualitative approach with a case study design. the informants involved in this research were one english teacher and one class of 20 seventh graders from a private junior high school in tangerang city, banten province, indonesia. the research was conducted before the pandemic era in which all students attended faceto-face classrooms at the school. the data were gathered through observation, interviews, and document analysis. observations are crucial instruments in qualitative case studies as they provide researchers with first-hand information from a research site. in the present research, observation was conducted during the teaching and learning processes. the researchers observed all the activities taking place in the class during speaking sessions. the researchers observed three speaking sessions. the researchers used open-ended interviews to obtain the data from the english teacher and the students. the students interviewed consisted of 3 students as the representatives of the class. the researchers complete the data by analyzing relevant documents such as lesson plans and students’ speaking scores. the data were then analyzed using data reduction, description, and verification. the researchers sorted the completeness of all the data gathered via observation, interviews, and document analysis during data reduction. the data was 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):194-206 198 then categorized according to the research's foci. the researchers analyzed the findings and compared the outcome to the existing theory and past relevant studies as part of the data verification process. finally, triangulation was used to establish the data's authenticity. findings observations data the teacher applies the scaffolding strategy from the beginning to the end of the speaking lesson. the observation, interview, and data analysis (lesson plan) indicate the following result: here is an overview of the strategy in each learning step conducted by the english teacher. table 1. scaffolding strategy applies during in young learners’ speaking class no strategy learning phase 1 stimulating students’ participation and engagement pre-activity whilst activity post activity 2 providing explanation whilst activity 3 modeling whilst activity 4 repetition drills whilst activity 5 confirming learners' understanding whilst activity post activity 6 giving feedback whilst activity post activity table 1 indicates that several strategies are only applied in one learning phase, such as providing an explanation, modelling and repetition, and repetition drills. some other strategies are implemented more than once. stimulating participation is applied in pre-activity and while activity, confirming students' understanding and giving feedback is observed to be done during and post-activity. the above learning activities are also listed in the lesson plan prepared by the teacher. the following is an excerpt from a lesson plan sample used by the teacher. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):194-206 199 table 2. lesson plan used by the teacher learning phase description scaffolding strategy opening/ introduction apperception :  mentioning the things related to global warming  mentioning the places which are threatened by global warming and how to use the alternative energy stimulating students’ participation and engagement motivation :  explaining the importance of learning material following competencies to be dominated by students main activity delivering materials, including telling the students how to save the earth providing an explanation confirming students’ understanding involving students to look for information related to the topic stimulating students’ participation and engagement giving students dialog examples and reading the dialogs for them modeling facilitating students to ask and answer questions in discussions (between the teacher and the students, and also among students) stimulating students’ participation and engagement providing an explanation asking students to repeat the dialog repetition drills facilitates learners to work in groups before performing the dialog stimulating students’ participation and engagement asking the students to imitate and play the roles found in the dialog (role play technique) repetition drills stimulating students’ participation and engagement provides positive feedback and reinforcement in the form of oral gestures and rewards to the successful learners. giving feedback facilitates learners to reflect on to gain a learning experience that has been done. the teacher asks the students whether or not they find difficulties. closing making a summary lesson together with the students stimulating students’ participation and engagement giving homework to students evaluating the whole learning process giving feedback delivering the next meeting agenda verifying the data from observation in table 1, table 2 shows in detail learning activities that involve implementing a scaffolding strategy. it is precisely stated that the strategy is implemented in various learning phases. it is also observed 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):194-206 200 that the strategy of stimulating students' participation and engagement dominates the learning phase. while giving explanations and modelling are only practiced once. in connection with the student's responses to the use of scaffolding strategy, the representative of students gives positive responses to the strategy applied by the teacher in their speaking class. the scaffolding strategy is combined with a roleplaying technique. the following is the sum of the interview results. first, the students said that the scaffolding strategy creates fun and exciting learning. of all the interviewed students, all admitted that they have more fun and feel excited to learn and practice speaking english with the strategy applied by the teacher. they mentioned, st 1: “…speaking english is more fun.” st 2: “we were proud, excited.” st 3: “i felt proud and excited.” student 1 stated that the strategy used by his teacher makes learning to speak english more enjoyable. students 2 and 3 stated that they enjoyed this speaking class. second, the students acknowledge that using a scaffolding strategy combined with role-playing allows them to improve their speaking competence. they stated, st 1: “we learned new words.” st 2: “we learned other words.” st 3: “we can speak fluently.” students 1 and 2 said they could learn new vocabulary apart from what they have mastered. student 3 admits that she can speak english fluently. further, the students indicated that the combination of role-playing and scaffolding strategy helps them build their confidence. they clarified st 1: “everyone can speak english.” st 2: “… become another person, so we learn english out of our comfort zone.” st 3: “especially when you do it with friends. it is a great confidence booster.” student 1 said that everyone is able to speak english in the class by using the strategy, which means that he is sure everyone in the class can practice speaking english well. student 2 tends to say that he builds his confidence in speaking english in the class as he is forced by the teacher to come out of his comfort zone. student 3 stated directly that practicing speaking english with a combination of scaffolding and role-playing techniques can boost his confidence. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):194-206 201 discussion this part discusses the finding's interpretations and justification for the current research. the discussion is divided into two parts based on the research questions. scaffolding strategy in young learners’ english-speaking class this section describes the strategies applied by the teacher to scaffold the young learners’ speaking class, which consists of six activities. they are: 1) stimulating students' participation and engagement; 2) providing explanations; 3) modeling; 4) repetition drills; 5) confirming students' understanding; and 6) giving feedback. these strategies are categorized into micro scaffolding. the first strategy to scaffold english speaking class implemented by the teacher is stimulating students’ participation and engagement. this strategy is used more frequently than other strategies during the class, starting from the apperception stage in the opening to the summary making in the closing. the strategy is practiced in apperception, searching for information, discussing, working in groups, role-playing, and summary making. the stimulation is in the form of questions, answers, comments, giving times and chances, and instructions. the implementation of this scaffolding strategy implies that by giving more stimulation, it is expected that all students will get involved during the learning process. every student is exposed to new knowledge, skills, concepts, and information. this stimulation may motivate students who keep silent to try speaking up. those who have been active can also do more, for example, by helping their friends. this result is in harmony with previous research. a study conducted by (nurlisa et al. (2020) found that scaffolding strategies may foster students’ active participation and engagement in speaking. kamil (2017) reveals in his study that giving chances for students to participate in learning is one of the strategies to implement in productive language classes. it is also reported that scaffolding increases students' engagement and motivation (damanhouri, 2021). the second is providing explanations. the researchers found out that the english teacher explains in the session of material delivery for each meeting. the english teacher delivers his explanation very clearly and as communicatively as possible. he sometimes repeats his explanation in order to have his students gain understanding. the researchers also observed that the teacher sometimes repeats his explanation during a question-and-answer session. by doing so, it is expected that the students get the points of his explanation. the finding corresponds to the number of relevant research studies. providing or offering an explanation is listed as one of the scaffolding strategies teachers can apply in their classroom (aliyah, 2019; kamil, 2017). describing materials in detail also benefits students in developing their zpd as an attempt to attain learning objectives (fatonah, 2019). the third strategy that the teacher usually applies is modeling. the researchers note that the teacher usually prepares dialog examples for his students. not only that, he will perform the dialogs before the students perform them in front of the class. he reads the dialogs, gives examples of the words’ correct 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):194-206 202 pronunciation, and explains how to use the expressions found in the dialogs. after he thinks his students have comprehended the dialogues well, he will ask the students to repeat what he models for them. after that, the students are asked to perform the dialogs in front of the class. the performance put on by the students is in the form of a role-play. from the description, it can be inferred that the teacher applies talk-aloud modeling. although this modeling is less conducted than stimulating students’ participation and engagement, it provides great assistance for the students. they can imitate what their teacher performs. the finding supports the study reported by hartani & sulindra (2017). they exemplified how modeling can assist students as they see the first picture of a new concept or knowledge base, even in a distance learning setting. ersani et al. (2021) notice that modeling can still be done by infusing it into the learning design. the fourth strategy used by the teacher is repetition drills. as mentioned earlier, it was observed that the teacher always reads the dialogues first. he does not only provide examples of how to pronounce the phrases and sentences but also the intonation, stress, and rhythm, so the students are given a complete exposure to the dialog situation. after that, he asks the students to repeat the reading of the dialog. the teacher uses such a repetition drill to guide the students' learning before performing the dialogs using a role-playing technique. this repetition drill is portrayed as motivating to students, particularly those who are less motivated due to factors such as shyness or lack of confidence. these repetition drills are claimed to enable students’ speaking ability enhancement as well as to capture students’ learning interests (aini et al., 2020). in addition, repetition drills are reported to improve students' understanding of speaking class (larosa et al., 2020). the fifth strategy applied is confirming learners' understanding. the researchers found that some students encounter several problems during the teaching and learning process. cognitively, they lack vocabulary, specifically not knowing the words' meaning and mispronouncing them. affectively, they feel unconfident, nervous, and shy. when the students experience the condition and cannot adjust themselves, the teacher is frequently observed to change his language use into a simple one. sometimes, he re-explains what he has already delivered to his students to ensure they understood his explanation. by doing this, his students become more relaxed and show their best attempts to speak english. this type of strategy is crucial to conduct as it will support students in entering their new area of knowledge. this is also the beginning of training them to learn independently. sari & rozimela (2021) highlighted that verifying learners’ understanding is a way to direct students toward becoming independent learners. when students have comprehended new concepts and knowledge delivered by teachers, it will be easier for teachers to evaluate and assess the students’ abilities (yuvita, 2018). the last strategy is giving feedback. when the students perform the dialogs in front of the class, the teacher gives his attention by listening, analyzing, and giving corrective feedback to his students. he mentions that the feedback is given 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):194-206 203 based on the criteria of assessment he has decided earlier. the assessment criteria comprise fluency, pronunciation, grammar, vocabulary, and comprehension. getting feedback from the teacher directs the students to rectify their mistakes. they improve their pronunciation and accelerate their fluency. from the comments and praise given by the teacher, the students are motivated to learn and speak better. the study by khairani & refnaldi (2020) states that feedback functions to correct students' errors and appraise them. feedback from the teacher seems to either upgrade or lower their students' confidence. those shy and nervous students get encouragement from the teacher to speak up. feedback delivered in a scaffolded setting is empirically believed to increase students' self-esteem and diminish their feeling of uneasiness about speaking english (zarei & rezadoust, 2020). students’ responses the interviewed students expressed their approval of the use of the scaffolding strategy in their speaking class. first, they see that the use of the strategy gives them more fun and excitement during their attempt to speak english. this condition surely creates a good learning atmosphere. the result is in agreement with research conducted by piamsai (2020) that suggests scaffolding can build a positive learning environment. second, the students agreed that the scaffolding strategy directed them to foster their speaking skills. the components of english-speaking skills they specifically highlight are vocabulary and fluency. this finding is consistent with the research reported by kulsoom et al. (2021) that scaffolding impacts students’ english fluency. third, scaffolding in english-speaking classes is regarded as effective in promoting students' confidence. the students feel certain that everyone can speak english. by scaffolding the speaking class, they get so much support to explore new things they have not been familiar with. the fact is in harmony with a study reported by (boonmoh, 2019). the study empirically proves that the scaffolding strategy is a great help for students who want a confidence boost in english-speaking. conclusion the present research has indicated that micro-scaffolding strategies scaffold young learners' english-speaking classes: stimulating students' participation and engagement; providing explanations; modeling; repeating drills; confirming students' understanding, and giving feedback. the students show positive responses to scaffolding strategies in their speaking class. the scaffolding strategy can be a solution for english teachers who want to intensify their students' speaking skills progress but encounter many obstacles during the teaching and learning process. in conjunction with the recent pedagogical developments during the pandemic, exploring new scaffolding activities with the infusion of learning platforms is highly recommended. connecting to the current situation, scaffolding young learners' english-speaking classes may offer new possibilities for more enjoyable learning activities either in the setting of hybrid or full distance learning. 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):194-206 204 references aini, n., khoyimah, n., & santoso, i. (2020). improving students speaking ability through repetition drill. project (professional journal of english education), 3(1), 26– 35. https://doi.org/10.22460/project.v3i1.p26-35 aliyah, d. n. (2019). an analysis of scaffolding talks by the teacher in efl class [a thesis, iain bengkulu]. http://repository.iainbengkulu.ac.id/4244/1/dina nur aliya.pdf anggadewi, b. e. t. (2017). scaffolding: how it works for students with learning difficulties. the 2017 international conference on research in education, 210– 218. https://usd.ac.id/seminar/icre/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/icre-2017proceedings.pdf anita, a. (2019). teacher’s instructional scaffolding in teaching speaking to kampung inggris rafflessia rejang lebong participants. al-lughah : jurnal bahasa, 8(2), 18–29. https://doi.org/10.29300/lughah.v8i2.2360 boonmoh, a. (2019). using scaffolded instructions to improve students’ skills. reflections, 26(1), 1–16. chen, s., zhao, j., de ruiter, l., zhou, j., & huang, j. (2022). a burden or a boost: the impact of early childhood english learning experience on lower elementary english and chinese achievement. international journal of bilingual education and bilingualism, 25(4), 1212–1229. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2020.1749230 damanhouri, m. y. (2021). the effectiveness of scaffolding as a teaching strategy in enhancing english language learners’ motivation in writing: a case study. journal of arts and humanities, 10(03), 49–58. elandeef, e. a. e., & hamdan, a. h. e. (2021). scaffolding strategy and customized instruction efficiency in teaching english as a foreign language in the context of saudi arabia. journal of literature, languages and linguistics, 77(april), 33–50. https://doi.org/10.7176/jlll/77-05 ersani, n. p. d., suwastini, n. k. a., padmadewi, n. n., & artini, l. p. (2021). schemes of scaffolding in online education. retorika: jurnal ilmu bahasa, 7(1), 10–18. https://doi.org/10.22225/jr.7.1.2941.10-18 fatonah, e. (2019). scaffolding used by the teacher in teaching english at junior high school 2 bobotsari [a thesis, universitas negeri semarang]. http://lib.unnes.ac.id/33346/1/2201415037.pdf harraqi, m. (2017). review of aida walqui’s scaffolding instruction for english language learners: a conceptual framework. american journal of arts and design, 2(3), 84– 88. https://doi.org/10.11648/j.ajad.20170203.13 hartani, t., & sulindra, e. (2017). modeling and peer reviewing as scaffolding in efl students ’ english business correspondence. vocatio: jurnal ilmiah ilmu administrasi dan sekretari, 1(1), 60–76. heron, m., & webster, j. (2019). scaffolding talk in eap lessons: an examination of experienced teachers’ practices. innovation in language learning and teaching, 13(4), 358–370. https://doi.org/10.1080/17501229.2018.1466892 kamil, r. (2017). exploring teacher’s scaffolding to the students in teaching writing. journal of english and education, 5(2), 187–193. http://ejournal.upi.edu/index.php/l-e/article/view/9949/6332 khairani, i., & refnaldi, r. (2020). english teachers’ oral feedback in teaching and learning process. journal of english language teaching, 9(1), 377–389. kulsoom, s., hussain, i., raza, s., & ghani, s. (2021). effectiveness of scaffolding instructions for speaking skill of secondary school students in punjab. ilkogretim online, 20(2), 1000–1008. https://doi.org/10.17051/ilkonline.2021.02.112 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):194-206 205 larosa, n., qamariah, h., & rosdiana, r. (2020). the implementation of repetition drill in teaching speaking skill. jurnal ilmiah mahasiswa pendidikan, 1(1), 1–10. li, d., & zhang, l. (2020). exploring teacher scaffolding in a clil-framed efl intensive reading class: a classroom discourse analysis approach. language teaching research, 26(3), 333–360. https://doi.org/10.1177/1362168820903340 munawar, m. (2019). using scaffolding technique to improve students’ speaking skill at eleventh grade of sma negeri 1 labuapi in academic year 2019/2020 [a thesis, universitas islam negeri mataram]. http://etheses.uinmataram.ac.id/962/ nation, i. s. p., & newton, j. (2020). teaching esl/efl listening and speaking. routledge. nikmah, n. s., & anwar, c. (2021). efl young learners’ problems encountered in the learning of english speaking: teachers’ perspectives. register journal, 14(2), 301–316. https://doi.org/10.18326/rgt.v14i2.301-316 nishanthi, r. (2018). the importance of learning english in today world. international journal of trend in scientific research and development, 3(1), 871–874. https://doi.org/10.31142/ijtsrd19061 nurlisa, n., sada, c., & ikhsanudin, i. (2020). improving students’ engagement using scaffolded role play and facebook discussion. journal of english as a foreign …, 1(2), 31–39. https://jurnal.untan.ac.id/index.php/jefle/article/view/43749 piamsai, c. (2020). the effect of scaffolding on non-proficient efl learners’ performance in an academic writing class. learn journal: language education and acquisition research network, 13(2), 288–305. razi, f., muslem, a., & fitrisia, d. (2021). teachers’ strategies in teaching speaking skill to junior high school students. english education journal, 12(3), 399–415. https://doi.org/10.24815/eej.v12i3.19136 robert, n. f., & pane, w. s. (2020). teacher’s strategies in teaching english speaking to young learners. borneo educational journal (borju), 2(2), 60–67. https://doi.org/10.24903/bej.v2i2.627 sari, a. p. (2019). the advantages and disadvantages of english learning for early childhood education in indonesia. global expert: jurnal bahasa dan sastra, 8(1), 28–36. http://ejournal.uigm.ac.id/index.php/ge/article/view/955 sari, a. r. f., & munir, a. (2018). the use of scaffolding on teaching process and students writing in a senior high school. retain, 6(2), 166–174. sari, d. k., & rozimela, y. (2021). the implementation of scaffolding strategies at speaking english course in kampung inggris pare east java. proceedings of the ninth international conference on language and arts (icla 2020), 539, 51–56. https://doi.org/10.2991/assehr.k.210325.010 shen, m., & chiu, t. (2019). efl learners’ english speaking difficulties and strategy use. education and linguistics research, 5(2), 88–102. https://doi.org/10.5296/elr.v5i2.15333 smagorinsky, p. (2018). deconflating the zpd and instructional scaffolding: retranslating and reconceiving the zone of proximal development as the zone of next development. learning, culture and social interaction, 16, 70–75. southeast asian ministers of education organization. (2018). action agenda for the seameo 7 priority areas. seameo secretariat. sudarmo, s. (2021). the importance of speaking in english as a foreign language between skillful and thoughtful competencies: studying sociolinguistics perspectives. linguistics and culture review, 5(s1), 113–124. https://doi.org/10.21744/lingcure.v5ns1.1321 tajeddin, z., & kamali, j. (2020). typology of scaffolding in teacher discourse: large 2022. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 5 (2):194-206 206 data-based evidence from second language classrooms. international journal of applied linguistics, 30(2), 329–343. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijal.12286 wulandari, n. l. p. t., ratminingsih, n. m., & ramendra, d. p. (2020). strategies implemented in teaching english for young learners in primary school. journal of education research and evaluation, 4(3), 235–241. https://doi.org/10.23887/jere.v4i3.26228 yuvita, y. (2018). the use of scaffolding instructions as teaching strategy to increase students’ reading ability. dialektika, 6(1), 22–37. zarei, a. a., & rezadoust, h. (2020). the effects of scaffolded and unscaffolded feedback on speaking anxiety and self-efficacy. journal of modern research in english language studies, 7(4), 111–132. https://doi.org/10.30479/jmrels.2020.13464.1655 linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 2 nomor 1, desember 2018 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi: https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v2i1.442 86 the role of metacognitive instruction in developing esl/efl listening abilities: a theoretical and empirical review ani fiani 1 stkip-pgri lubuklinggau annie_fiani@yahoo.com 1 submit, 23-11-2018 accepted, 30-12-2018 publish, 30-12-2018 abstract due to metacognition, as a psychological concept, has been a focus of educational researchers and become a potential to empower students to improve their own learning; increase the meaningfulness of learning, especially among students who are having problems in learning; and become successful learners, the present paper implicatively investigates the possible role of metacognitive instruction in developing esl/efl listening abilities among students by providing theoretical and empirical foundations drawn from the literature. to elicit the purpose of this article, the literature study was used. this study reviewed several recent research papers in the last 10 years related to the implementation of metacognitive instruction in order to elicit the information of the possibilities in developing esl/efl students‟ listening comprehension abilities. based on a detailed analysis and review of the research articles, there were some themes related to the possibility role of implementing the instruction not only developing esl/efl listening abilities, but also metacognitive knowledge and metacognitive awareness. moreover, the instruction enables esl/efl students to increase their awareness of the listening process by improving richer metacognitive knowledge about themselves as listeners, the nature and demands of listening tasks, and listening strategies. this instruction they may encourage them to have an ability to regulate their own learning in and outside esl/efl classrooms. therefore, based on the literature review and analysis above, esl/efl teachers will regard the important role of metacognition and attempt to implement the instruction as an alternative of effective teaching ways to develop esl/efl students‟ listening abilities in and outside the classroom independently, particularly in the context of higher education in indonesia. keywords: metacognition, metacognitive awareness, metacognitive instruction, listening abilities mailto:annie_fiani@yahoo.com1 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):86-98 87 introduction in the current time, the development of technology has become challenges for all people in the world, including esl/efl students. they should be able to follow and learn not only by their teachers, but also by themselves. it means that they should be able to learn independently in and outside the language classrooms. one of the criteria to become independent learners is students should have metacognitive abilities to plan, monitor or regulate and evaluate their learning so that they are able to improve their language learning outcomes. they are easy to elicit all of the information they need. therefore, in esl/efl listening, they should have these abilities to enhance their listening abilities as one prerequisite of successful language learners although this topic has not been investigated yet in indonesian context, particularly in efl listening contexts. esl/efl listening is an indispensable skill for language learning due to the most frequently used in normal daily life and playing a significant role in the development of other language skills (richards, 2008:3; rost, 2002:1). effective listening comprehension skills support students‟ language learning success (goh, 2008:195; vandergrift and goh, 2012:4). the importance of this skill is based on a view of its role in second language acquisition (sla). it starts from krashen‟s input hypotheses (1985:90) that makes a claim that comprehensible input is the primary source of language acquisition. although there were various criticisms to his hypothesis, most of sla experts agree that such input has a critical role in language learning. previously, this skill had been considered a passive skill and its core purpose was only to extract or understand meaning from text. however, expanding to this role, listening is now also regarded as a skill that can support the growth of other aspects of language knowledge such as speaking or reading speed (chang and millett, 2015:23), linguistics elements (van zeeland and schmitt, 2013:67; vidal, 2011:25), and so forth. thus, this skill has been a crucial skill to develop and can be taught integratedly (e.g. in a secondary level and esp context) or discretely as a particular subject (e.g. in a tertiary level in english department). in indonesia, it has been a crucial skill to develop. it can be seen from the role of listening in the development of efl curriculum. long before the 2004 english curriculum set up, the primary purpose of efl teaching was to prepare students with abilities in reading english texts. however, the current efl instruction attempts to meet the demands to master all the four language skills – listening, reading, writing, and speaking (agustien, anugerahwati, & wahidah, in cahyono and widiati, 2009:195). even, the important of this skill still continues in the current efl curriculum, the 2013 english curriculum. this skill can be taught integratedly or discretely. 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):86-98 88 however, in fact, in learning this skill, not all of the students succeed. they are often faced with difficulties such as how fast a person is speaking, words used, and limited background knowledge of the students. further explanation, this skill is generally regarded as a difficult skill and as a source of anxiety for them (e.g. graham, 2006:78). they associate those problems to what they perceive as their low listening ability or difficult listening texts or tasks. as graham (2006:178) points out, “such association indicate a sense of passivity and helplessness in language learners which could easily result in they becoming demotivated, resigned to being less effective listeners”. in these cases, offering more listening texts or tasks to the students who find listening difficult will most likely add their sense of failure (field, 2002:45; graham, 2006:34) and thus o‟malley, et al (1985:37) argue that those students as “learners without direction or opportunity to review their progress, accomplishments and future direction”. generally, there are several problems in esl/efl listening classroom contexts such as teachers still tend to focus on the outcome/product of listening and they do not include sufficient guidance in the process of learning to become more successful listeners (vandergrift and goh, 2012:4-5). these problems also happened in indonesian contexts. it can be seen from the development of efl listening abilities, compared with other language skills, is still low among students in the current era. then, in efl listening classes, teachers tend to test rather than teach them the way how to use the effective ways to develop their own learning in and outside the classrooms. most of them do not succeed yet in learning this skill. they perceive that this skill is generally regarded as a difficult skill and as a source of anxiety so that in learning the skill, they tend to be passive and do not initiate to improve it due to they do not know yet how to use appropriate or effective ways to enhance their learning in listening by themselves. as suggested by several listening experts (mendelshon, 1994, 1995, 1998; rost, 2005:87), to overcome those problems, the esl/efl students should be taught how to listen by making them aware of the mental processes that are involved in listening and equipping them with effective listening strategies. in addition, they should be made conscious of the need to focus on using appropriate strategies of metacognitive knowledge (planning, monitoring, and evaluating) about listening as well as regulate the proper metacognitive strategies for listening (goh, 2000, 2002; vandergrift, 2002, 2003, 2004; vandergrift and goh, 2012:12). in short, esl/efl students have to develop their knowledge and regulation of cognition in learning listening to achieve their learning goals as successful learners. developing esl/efl students‟ metacognition promotes them an awareness of the learning process and strategies that leads to succeed in their language learning. they will understand their own thinking and learning process, 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):86-98 89 as well as their strengths and weaknesses in listening skills. then, they are more likely to select and apply learning strategies appropriately, plan how to set a learning goal, monitor their own learning progress, find solutions to problems encountered, and evaluate themselves in completing a learning task, especially in a listening task (zhang and goh, 2006:37). the use of these strategies activates their thinking and leads to improve their performance in common (anderson, 2002:94). therefore, as a preliminary study to find the possibilities role of metacognitive instruction in esl/efl listening contexts, the aim of this current article attempts to provide theoretical and empirical review of studies done in investigating the role of metacognition in esl/efl listening skills. literature review metacognition was initially introduced by flavell (1979) and brown (1980). then, in language learning, wenden (1987) is a pioneer who implemented this concept. he articulated that metacognition has a crucial role in developing learner autonomy and differentiating cognitive processes between students. this term has been described as „a critical analysis of thought‟, „knowledge and cognition about cognitive phenomena, or simply „thinking about thinking‟ (flavell, 1979). then, hacker, dunlosky, and graesser (2009, ) expand this concept as one‟s ability to think about one‟s own thinking or cognition, and, by extension, to think about how one processes information for a range of purposes and manage the way one does it. therefore, metacognition is not only one‟s knowledge of cognition but also one‟s regulation of cognition. metacognition generally includes two main components, knowledge of cognition and regulation of cognition (schraw and moshman, 1995:600). knowledge of cognition deals with what students know about their cognition and is categorized into three aspects, personal knowledge, task knowledge, and strategy knowledge (flavell, 1979:906). firstly, personal knowledge is knowledge about how one learns and the various factors affect that one‟s learning. it is talking about what students know about themselves as learners and the beliefs students have about what leads to success or failure in their learning. the second is task knowledge, which is knowledge about the purpose, demands, and nature of learning tasks, for examples listening tasks. the last is strategy knowledge. it involves knowledge about effective strategies for learning tasks and knowledge about how best to approach the learning tasks. besides that, another component is regulation of cognition. it involves at least three components – planning, monitoring, and evaluation (schraw and moshman, 1995:600). planning is a process for selecting appropriate strategies 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):86-98 90 and allocating resources. it includes goal setting, activating relevant background knowledge, and budgeting time. the second component is monitoring. it provides the self-testing skills necessary to control learning at both the local and global levels. then, the last is evaluation. it refers to appraising the products and regulatory processes of student‟s learning such as re-evaluating one‟s goals, revising predictions, and . typical examples of this component are re-evaluating one‟s goals, revising predictions, and consolidating one‟s learning achievements. regarding the explanation of the concept above, it is important to apply this term as knowledge and regulation of cognition, into action to develop students‟ metacognitive awareness (e.g. wenden, 1987). metacognitive awareness means being aware of how one thinks. this development can be described as conscious development in one‟s metacognitive abilities such as the move to greater knowledge, awareness and control of one‟s learning, selecting appropriate learning strategies, monitoring the learning progress, solving the problems during the process of learning, analyzing the effectiveness of learning strategies, and changing learning behaviors and strategies when necessary (ridley et al, 1992:45). as stated by wenden (in coskun, 2013:36-37), students who have metacognitive abilities seem to have the following benefits such as 1) they are more strategic learners; 2) their rate of progress in learning as well as the quality and speed of their cognitive engagement is faster; 3) they are confident in their abilities to learn; 4) they do not hesitate to get help from peers, teachers, or family when needed; 5) they provide accurate assessments of why they are successful learners; 6) they think clearly about inaccuracies of why they are more successful learners; 7) their tactics match the learning task and adjustments are made to reflect changing circumstances; and 8) they perceive themselves as continual/lifelong learners and can successfully adapt with new situations. particularly, in esl/efl listening context, metacognitive approach has been has been developed by several researchers such as o‟malley and chamot (1990:153) who proposed calla model and vandergrift and tafaghodatari (2010:23) who suggested metacognitive instruction. these models have been implemented and examined in esl/efl listening contexts. these models can potentially improve students‟ awareness of their listening and learning process and develop students‟ ability to use appropriate learning strategies. in esl contexts such as in malaysia, the important role of metacognitive instruction has been investigated in reading (pressley and gaskin, 2006:23) and some indications of its benefits have also observed amongst weak esl listeners (goh and taib, 2006:230). moreover, although research on metacognitive awareness about listening is still relatively new, there were a number of research studies that showed a significant association between metacognitive instruction and esl/efl listening performance. the use of metacognitive strategies lead to better listening performance in different 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):86-98 91 contexts (e.g. vandergrift, 2003:23; o‟malley and chamot, 1990:67; thomson and rubin, 1996:56). a study of vandergrift (2003:46) trained esl students in the use of metacognitive strategies in beginner elementary school and university contexts in france. this study more focused on the advantages of predictions for successful listening, the place of collaboration with a partner for monitoring, and the confidence-building function for developing listening performance. o‟malley and chamot (1990:153) trained intermediate high school esl students received instruction in a metacognitive, a cognitive, and a socio-affective strategy. this study had three classes divided into two groups: a treatment group and two control groups (a group with instruction in a cognitive and a socio-affective strategy only and a group with no strategy instruction). the results showed that each daily test, the treatment group performed better than the control group, and that the metacognitive group had a better performance than the cognitive group on three of the four tests. in addition, another study has been conducted by thomson and rubin (1996:90). this study investigated the influence of metacognitive and cognitive strategy instruction on the listening comprehension performance of american university students learning russian. the students‟ listening scores of the experiment group compared to the scores of the control group over a two-year period revealed that the students who received strategy instruction in listening to video-recorded text developed significantly over those who had received no strategy instruction at the end of the treatment. research method this current article reviews several recent research papers in the last 10 years related to the implementation of metacognitive instruction in order to elicit the information of the possibilities in developing esl/efl students‟ listening comprehension abilities. the theoretical and empirical review are based on clark and cresswell‟s (2010:79) definition. this study refers to “a written synthesis of journal articles, books, and other documents that summarizes and critiques the past and current state of information about a topic, organizes the literature into subtopics, and documents the background of the study”. in finding those relevant articles, a systematic search through several online sources such as eric (educational research informational center), proquest, google scholar, science direct data base is conducted. those articles were then selected based on the following criteria: 1) the researches published within the last 10 years; 2) the researches focused on the implementation of metacognitive instruction; and 3) the researches undertaken in english language classroom setting, particularly in esl/efl listening contexts. moreover, those relevant studies are analyzed and reviewed to identify the possibility roles of the implementation of metacognitive instruction in esl/efl listening contexts. 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):86-98 92 finding through a detailed analysis and review of the research articles, there are some themes related to the possibility role of implementing metacognitive instruction such as developing esl/efl listening abilities, metacognitive knowledge, metacognitive awareness. the influence of metacognitive instruction on listening comprehension performance has been demonstrated by ample evidence of current research studies in efl contexts (i.e. birjandi and rahimi, 2012; selamat and sidhu, 2013; rasouli, mollakhan, and karbalaei, 2013; malik, sarudin, muhammad, and ibrahim, 2013; rahimirad, 2014; wang, 2016). moreover, the implementation of metacognitive instruction is developing not only students‟ listening comprehension but also metacognitive knowledge and metacognitive strategy use (i.e. malik, sarudin, muhammad, and ibrahim, 2013; wang, 2016). the development of listening comprehension abilities the research results from several research articles have indicated that metacognitive instruction could encourage students to develop their listening comprehension abilities. one of the few of empirical studies (birjandi and rahimi, 2012:505) highlighted the effect of metacognitive strategy instruction on efl students‟ listening performance in iran. this study used 62 students learning english translation and literature at shahid beheshti university and implemented metacognitive strategy instruction proposed by vandergrift and tafaghodatari (2010:34) and o‟malley and chamot (1990:153). the result of statistical analysis indicated that the experimental group with the strategy training instruction significantly outperformed the control group with no instruction on the post-test measure. similarly, selamat and sidhu (2013:428) investigated the effect of metacognitive strategy training on lecture listening comprehension abilities of university students in malaysia. this study included 34 first-year students from the faculty of education in a public university and collected the research data from the use of a questionnaire, a listening test, and semi-structured interviews. those students were divided into two groups, the experimental and control group. the result revealed that students from the experimental group when listening to lectures in english scored higher in the listening tests. then, rasouli, mollakhan, and karbalaei (2013:125) examined the effect of metacognitive listening strategy training on listening comprehension in iranian efl context. this study involved 120 intermediate students studying english in zabansara english institute in gorgan, iran. they were randomly divided into six intact classes and assigned to three experimental groups and other classes as control group. students in the experimental groups were taught the metacognitive listening strategies included in metacognitive awareness listening questionnaire based on calla instructional model proposed by chamot and o‟malley (1994:90), but other 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):86-98 93 classes as control group received no strategy instruction. in collecting data, this study implemented pre-test and post-test standardized measures and metacognitive listening strategy questionnaire. the result revealed that the metacognitive strategy training could advance iranian efl students from the beginning level to a higher level of listening comprehension. next, a study written by malik, sarudin, muhammad, and ibrahim (2013:57) investigated the effects of metacognitive listening strategy training on listening comprehension and strategy use of esl learners. the participants of this study were 54 students and randomly assigned to two groups, 29 students in the experimental group and 25 students in the control group. the students in the experimental group were provided with a list of metacognitive strategies and their descriptions and were taught how to use them, while other students in the control group took the normal listening course. the findings revealed that students who underwent metacognitive listening strategy training performed slightly better than students in the control group. however, the difference was not statistically significant. nevertheless, after the treatment, they had more strategy repertoire and used these strategies more frequently. it meant that they reflected the characteristics of good listeners. furthermore, rahimirad (2014:1490) examined the impact of metacognitive strategy instruction on university students‟ listening performance in iran. this study used 50 participants whose english proficiency around intermediate level. those students were randomly assigned to experimental and control groups. the experimental group received the metacognitive strategy instruction based on the models suggested by vandergrift and tafaghodtari (2010:98) and o‟malley and chamot (1990:130), whereas the control group received no strategy instruction. the result showed that the experimental group significantly outperformed the control group on the post-test. the current study conducted by wang (2016:85). this paper investigated the impact of a metacognitive approach to listening instruction on a chinese university focused on students‟ listening proficiency and aspects of metacognitive knowledge. this study indicated that metacognitive instruction positively affect students‟ listening abilities and that it could contribute to their development in three components of metacognitive knowledge, namely person, task, and strategy knowledge. metacognitive knowledge successful listening is often correlated with metacognitive knowledge and metacognitive regulation skills (vandergrift and goh, 2012:86). the implementation of metacognitive instruction in listening contexts has been examined to find out the impact of the instruction not only for the development of listening abilities but also the improvement of metacognitive knowledge. one of the empirical studies was conducted by malik, sarudin, muhammad, and ibrahim (2013:64). this study revealed that after the implementation of metacognitive instruction students were 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):86-98 94 able to benefit the effective/appropriate listening strategies in helping them to improve their language learning success, especially in esl/efl listening contexts similarly, another research study was done by wang (2016:85). this study investigated the impact of metacognitive instruction on chinese university efl students‟ listening abilities and metacognitive knowledge. focusing on the effect of the intervention on three aspects of metacognitive knowledge, the findings reported that metacognitive instruction contributed to students‟ improvement in person, task, and strategy knowledge. discussion based on the literature review and analysis above, some language educationists have discussed the rationale for incorporating metacognitive instruction into teaching listening comprehension (e.g. vandergrift, 2004; goh, 2008; vandergrift and goh, 2012). goh (2008:195) assumed that “metacognitive instruction can potentially heighten learners‟ awareness of their listening and learning processes and develops learners‟ ability to use appropriate strategies”. however, mixed findings of the research studies on the effects of metacognitive strategy instruction on listening performance have challenged the accuracy of this assumption. a number of the above-mentioned previous research studies on implementing metacognitive instruction in teaching listening had showed that there was a positive effect on students‟ listening achievements. then, other research studies revealed that the experience raises students‟ metacognitive knowledge about listening (e.g. vandergrift, 2004:95) and increased students‟ understanding of the nature and the demands of listening and their confidence in completing listening tasks (goh and taib, 2006:230). moreover, students who have metacognitive abilities seem to have some advantages such as more strategic learners, confident in their abilities to learn, and so forth. however, a few studies have reported non-significant changes in listening performance (seo, 2002:150) or strategy use and awareness (chen and huang, 2011:290) after the strategy instruction. the results have been attributed to both students‟ characteristics and contextual factors (chen and huang, 2011:245). although, there have been a few studies reported that non-significant changes in listening performance, for other above-mentioned studies showed support for the view that metacognition is significantly related to listening performance among students. there is a positive impact of the implementation of metacognitive instruction on listening performance. both calla and metacognitive instruction as models of strategy instructions have been used in different contexts successfully. thus, based on those promising findings, integrating metacognitive instruction into teaching listening comprehension need more investigations to settle the controversies (goh, 2010:179). 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):86-98 95 in indonesian context, although the research studies of the implementation of metacognitive instruction have been investigated in english language learning such as reading (mbato, 2013; pammu, amir, and maasum, 2013), the effect of this instruction in efl listening has not been found yet. mbato (2013:176) conducted a research focused on facilitating self-regulation in efl reading classes through metacognitive approach. the results showed that the approach appears to have a promising future for indonesian teachers and learners and supporting the development of self-regulated learning in students and assist them to gain a higher level of english language learning success. another study investigated by pammu, et al (2013;363) reported about profiles of metacognitive reading strategies of the less proficient efl learners. the findings revealed that there is a high level of metacognitive awareness for problem solving strategy but only at medium level for both global and support strategy. it meant that the less proficient efl learners need the reading strategy instruction not only for the global analysis of texts, but also for the use of outside reference materials in order to generate their metacognitive awareness to enhance their proficiency level. conclusion in conclusion, insight based on the theoretical and empirical review above can provide teachers and instructors with clear and explicit guidelines on how students can increase their autonomy in language learning, particularly in esl/efl listening. regarding this, the teachers in indonesia can use wide range of learning instructions and tasks that promote the implementation of metacognitive instruction as an alternative of effective teaching ways in their teaching in efl listening classes to facilitate students with adequate learning strategies to enhance independent learning and become more successful listeners and conduct a research to find out the effect of metacognitive instruction in language learning, especially in listening skill and metacognitive knowledge. references anderson, n. j. (2002). the role of metacognition in second language teaching and learning. eric digest. birjandi, p., & rahimi, a. h. (2012). the effect of metacognitive strategy instruction on the listening performance of efl students. internationa journal of linguistics, 4 (2), 495-517. brown, a. l. (1980). metacognitive development and reading. in r. j. spiro, b. bruce, and w.brewer (eds.), theoreical issues in reading comprehension (pp. 453-482). hillsdale, nj: lawrence erlbaum associates. cahyono, b. y., & widiati, u. (2009). the teaching of efl listening in the indonesian context: the state of the art. teflin journal, 20 (2), 194211. 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):86-98 96 chang, c. –s., & millett, s. (2015). improving reading rates and comprehension through audio-assisted extensive reading for beginner learners. system, 52, 91-102. chen, c. c., & huang, c. t. (2011). raising efl collefe students’ metacognitive awareness about listening. paper presented at the nys tesol 41st annual conference, melville, ny. clark, p., & cresswell, j. w. (2010). designing and conducting mixed methods research (2 nd eds.). thousand oaks, ca: sage. coskun, a. (2013). the effect of metacognitive strategy training on the listening performance of beginner students. research on youth and language, 4(1), 35-50. field, j. (2002). the changing face of listening. in methodology in language teaching: an anthology of current practice. j. richards and w. renandya (eds). cambridge: cambridge university press. flavell, j. h. (1979). metacognition and cognitive monitoring: a new area of cognitive developmental inquiry. american psychologist, 34, 906-911. goh, c. (2000). a cognitive perspective on language learners‟ listening comprehension problem. system, 28, 55-75. goh, c. (2002). learners‟ self-reports on comprehension and learning strategies for listening. asian journal of english language teaching, 12, 46-68. goh, c. (2008). metacognitive instruction for second language listening development: theory, practice and research implications. relc journal, 39(2), 188-213. goh, c. (2010). listening as process: learning activities for self-appraisal and self-regulation. in n. harwood (ed.), materials in elt: theory and practice (pp. 179-206). cambridge: cambridge university press. goh, c., & taib, y. (2006). metacognitive instruction in listening for young learners. elt journal, 60, 222-232. graham, s. (2006). listening comprehension: the students‟ perspective. system: an international journal of educational technology and applied linguistics, 34, 165-182. hacker, d. j. dunlosky, j., & graesser, a. c. (2009). handbook of metacognition in education. mahwah, nj. erlbaum/taylor & francis. krashen, s. (1985). the input hypothesis: issues and implication. london: longman. malik, f. a., muhamad, a. j., & ibrahim, e. h. (2013). effects of metacognitive listening strategy training on listening comprehension and strategy use of esl leaners. world applied science journal, 57-66. mbato, c. l. (2013). facilitating efl learners‟ self-regulation in reading: implementing a metacognitive approach in an indonesian higher education context. phd thesis. lismore, nsw: southern cross university. mendelsohn, d. (1994). there are strategies for listening. teal occasional papers, 8, 63-76. 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):86-98 97 mendelsohn, d. (1995). applying learning strategies in the second/foreign language listening comprehension lesson. in mendelsohn and rubin (eds.). a guide for the teaching of second language listening. san diego: dominie press. 132-50. mendelsohn, d. (1998). teaching listening. annual review of applied linguistics. 18, 3-19. o‟malley, j. m., chamot, a. u., stewnew-mazanares, g., russo, r, & kupper, l. (1985). learning strategies applications with students of english as a second language. tesol quarterly, 19, 285-296. o‟malley, j.m., & chamot, a. u. (1990). learning strategies in second language acquisition. cambridge: cambridge university press. pammu, a., amir, z., & maasum, t.n. (2013). metacognitive reading strategies of less proficient tertiary learners: a case study of efl learners at a public university in makasar, indonesia. procedia, 118, 357-364. pressley, m., & l. w. gaskins. (2006). metacognitively competent reading comprehension is constructively responsive reading: how can such reading be developed in students? metacognition learning, 1, 99-113. rahimirad, m. (2014). the impact of metacognitive strategy instruction on the listening performance of university students. procedia, social and behavioral sciences, 98, 1485-1491. rasouli, m., mollakhan, k., & karbalaei, a. (2013). the effect of metacognitive listening strategy training on listening comprehension in iranian efl context. european online journal of natural and social sciences, 2 (1), 115-128. richards, j. c. (2008). teaching listening and speaking. cambridge: cambridge university press. ridley, d. s., schutz, p. a., glanz, r.s., & weinstein, c.e. (1992). self-regulated learning: the interactive influence of metacognitive awareness and goal setting. journal of experimental education, 60, 293-306. rost, m. (2002). teaching and researching listening. london: longman. rost, m. (2005). l2 listening. in handbook of research on second language learning and teaching, pp: 503-527. ed. mahwah, nj: erlbaum. schraw, g. & moshman, d. (1995). metacognitive theories. educational psychology review, 7(4), 351-371. selamat, s., & sidhu, g. k. (2013). enhancing listening comprehension: the role of metacognitive strategy instruction (metsi). procedia: social and behavioral sciences, 90, 421-430. seo, k. (2002). the effects of visuals on listening comprehension: a study of japanese learners‟ listening strategies. international journal of listening, 16, 57-81. thompson, i., & rubin, j. (1996). can strategy instruction improve listening comprehension? foreign language annals, 29, 331-342. van zeeland, h., & schmitt, n. (2013). incidental vocabulary acquisition through l2 listening: a dimensions approach. system, 41, 609-624. vandergrift, l & goh, c. (2012). teaching and learning second language listening: metacognition in action. new york: routledge. 2018. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal 2 (1):86-98 98 vandergrift, l. (2002). it was nice to see that our predictions were right: developing metacognition in l2 listening comprehension. the canadian modern language review, 58, 556-575. vandergrift, l. (2003). from prediction through reflection: guiding students through the process of l2 listening. the canadian modern language review, 59, 425-440. vandergrift, l. (2004). learning to listen or listen to learn? annual review of applied linguistics, 24, 3-25. vandergrift, l., & tafaghodtari, h. m. (2010). teaching l2 students how to listen does make a difference: an empirical study. language learning, 60, 470497. vidal, k. (2011). a comparison of the effects of reading and listening on incidental vocabulary acquisition. language learning, 61(1), 219-258. wang, w. (2016). learning to listen: the impact of a metacognitive approach to listening instruction. asia-pacific educational research: springer, 25(1), 79-88. wenden, a. (1987). metacognition: an expanded view of the cognitive abilities of l2 learners. language learning, 37, 573-594. zhang, d., & goh, c. (2006). strategy knowledge and perceived strategy use: singaporean students‟ awareness of listening and speaking strategies. language awareness, 15, 199-219. linguistic, english education and art (leea) journal volume 3 nomor 1, desember 2019 e-issn :2597-3819 p-issn:2597-9248 doi : https://doi.org/10.31539/leea.v3i1.792 1 developing local content-based instructional graded reading materials for reading level three students shella monica 1 iai al-azhaarlubuklinggau machdalenavianty 2 universitas sriwijaya ausyshella@yahoo.com 1 submit, 30-07-2019 accepted, 27-08-2019 publish, 29-08-2019 abstract this research aimed at analyzing the quality of the newly developed local-contentbased instructional graded reading materials for junior high school students in lubuklinggau. the development of the instructional materials was then analyzed and evaluated in terms of their validity, practicality, and effectiveness using formative evaluation proposed, which consists of self-evaluation, experts review, one-to-one, small group, and field test. the result of expert review showed that the prototype of the product was categorized as having high validity as indicated by the average score of questionnaires on content and construct which was 3.23 (scale 1-4). moreover, developed instructional reading materials were also considered as highly practical as indicated by the average score of one-to-one evaluation (3.39) and small group evaluation (3.18). meanwhile, the result of field test evaluation showed that the developed reading comprehension test was highly effective to be used as reading assessment. meanwhile, the result of field test evaluation shows that developed test could be categorized as effective because there were 20 students (74.07%) out of 27 students in reading comprehension test reached average category which was between 56 and 70. hence, it was concluded that the developed products, either the test or the teaching materials can become alternative for teaching reading to students whose level of reading is level 3. keywords: reading assessment; graded reading material; local contentagriculturalproduct introduction as the largest archipelago country in the world, indonesia absolutely has a rich local content (riyadi, 2004:1). national resource governance institute (2015:1) states, “local content is the value that an extraction project brings to the local, regional or national economy beyond the resource revenues.” local content products bring such a benefit to the indonesian local communities especially in improving local economy. a great example comes from its agriculture field; mailto:ausyshella@yahoo.com 2019. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (1):1-16 2 world bank (2003) explains that historically, indonesian agriculture has performed well, and its agricultural products significantly contributed to indonesia‟s growth, bringing with it significant increases in employment and a remarkable reduction of poverty. however, as a matter of fact, ubbe (2011:23) points out that indonesia doesn‟t paid attention on protecting and even promoting its local content products, as the result, indonesian local content can be claimed by other countries. baswedan, srihadi, yusuf, koban, and yuda (2010:89) reported that there are at least 21 indonesian local contents have been claimed by the neighbor country, malaysia. unfortunately, malaysia not only claimed some of indonesian cultural products including traditional dances, songs or music instruments, but also one of indonesian traditional foods; it was rendang from west sumatera. this problem clearly reflects how weak indonesia is in securing the wealth of its local content. therefore, lack of appreciation of local content products on the part of the public nowadays becomes the biggest concern for related government in indonesia. education sector regarded as an appropriate forum for fulfilling the aim of local content promotion. by establishing the ministry of national education decrees number 22 and 23/2006, indonesian government, gives a big chance for local content to being integrated on various school subjects either in curriculum of primary (basic) or in secondary education. in addition, english also plays an important role in responding this challenge. it is widely recognized that english is important for indonesia and the reason most frequently put forward this is that english is a global or international language, thus the local content products regarded, would be effectively exposed to the world if it is delivered in english (lauder, 2008:90). responding the previous argument, prastiwi (2013:23), emphasizes that efl teachers should make use of efl teaching learning process as a way to serve a dual purpose; supporting mastery of the target language (l2) and fulfilling the obligation to introduce the local culture/content (c1) particularly within the young generations. hence, the term materials in elt expected are not limited only to the cultures of native english-speaking countries but should allow for local cultural content (richard, 2005:45) furthermore, local content-based materials revealed bring such a benefit contribution to elt especially in improving student‟s reading comprehension. utami, nitiasih and artini (2014:98) found that involving culture or local content in reading materials can effectively help students to gain more understanding toward the content, since it closes to their daily life. in line with the previous arguments, malone (2013:20) states thatthe alternative way that can be used by efl teacher to help the students become life-long readers is by providing the students with information or reading materials which are relevant to students‟ life, 2019. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (1):1-16 3 heritage and culture, such as the story from the local content dealing with local people, object and events. in contrast with what was expected, although the use of local contentbased material is highly recommended and stated in the curriculum, the number of local content-based material is still limited in indonesia. according to pitaloka (2014:12), there were some problems in the english text-books used in indonesia which are concerned with the limitation of local content-based materials and the inappropriate readability of the texts used. in line with pitaloka‟s findings (2014:45), through instructional analysis, the writer found that, the english teachers of smp negeri 11 lubuklinggau only used one english course book that lack of local content-based material, moreover, that textbook was also offering the reading comprehension test which providing the descriptive texts with readability levels was irrelevant to the students‟ reading level as indicated at level 3. the results of analyses above clearly reflect the quality of the instructional reading materials in smp n 11 lubuklinggau which was regarded still ineffective and encountering some problems dealing with students reading literacy. waugh and gronlund (2013:34) point that reading assessment (including texts and comprehension questions) is much needed in elt, while it is used as a tool in determining to which students are achieving the intended learning outcomes of reading instruction. meanwhile, as nonfiction genre, descriptive text regarded important to be introduced to the young learners as soon as possible, because it is clearly recognized that when students learn nonfiction genres they actively engage with the world outside themselves (borner, 1995:90). as the native of lubuklinggau, the writer, therefore, was encouraged to develop descriptive texts completed by comprehension questions with the theme of which were focused on lubuklinggau local content. according to central bureau of statistics of lubuklinggau (2013), lubuklinggau has some districts which have great potential in the field of agriculture, especially in the terms of plantation, horticultural and other agriculture subsectors, the existence of this sector is not only quite important in meeting the needs of food for lubuklinggau community, but also give an important contribution in improving the economy sector (lubuklinggau, 2013). as an attempt of preserving local identity, the mayor of lubuklinggau‟s regulation number 31 year 2014 emphasizes that the local content product of lubuklinggau must be preserved, promoted and protected intensively in supporting the development of lubuklinggau city. responding the idea of local content promotion and the factual condition of reading material in indonesia, therefore, the aim of this study was to develop local content-based instructional graded reading materials with the theme of which was focused on agricultural product of lubuklinggau which were valid, 2019. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (1):1-16 4 practical, and effective for reading level three students. furthermore, the developed product expected could be effectively exposed to the young generation and would not be vanished from its existence as a part of precious local content products of indonesia in this globalization era. literature review material development materials can be developed by government, private publishers, researchers, or teachers. tomlinson (2012:93) asserts that materials development can be defined as all the processes carried out by practitioners who intend to produce and/or employ materials for language learning in which the processes include materials evaluation, their adaptation, design, production, exploitation and research. ideally, all of these processes should be taken into consideration and should be collaborated for the purpose of developing language-learning materials. richards (2005:76) states that effective instructional materials in language teaching are shaped by considering three factors: teacher, learner, and contextual variables. considering this argument, in planning a new textbook or course book series the publisher is normally providing the writer with a profile of the target teachers, learners, and teaching context in order to enable the writer to tailor the materials to the target audience (tomlinson, 2011:92). responding the previous explanation, the teachers are expected can develop learning material which is according to the students‟ real live. reading comprehension one of the priority purpose of teaching english as a foreign language to indonesian peopleis that they can read in order to grasp the idea and to understand the book that is written in english.according to addison (1996:3), “reading is an active process in which readers shift sources of information (what they know and what the text says), elaborate meaning and strategies, check their interpretation (revising when appropriate) and use the social context to focus their response”. regarding that explanation, kellerman (1996:23) states if the students cannot read they will have low achievement, so they are on the road to academic failure. teaching students to read must be highest priority. the ability to read is crucial for all students in reaching both the academic and society success. cooper, warncke, and shipman (1998:24) divide reading achievement into five categories (1) meaning vocabulary in which the reader is concerned with learning the meaning of words he or she reads; (2) literal comprehension is concern with the information and idea that are explicitly stated in the selection; (3) inferential comprehension is concerned with drawing conclusion, generalizing or interpreting what is read; (4) applied comprehension is implicit schema that requires 2019. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (1):1-16 5 integration of new information into the readers‟ previous knowledge, from which new relationships emerge; and (5) critical reading requires reading with an inquiring mind and with active, creative looking for false statements. moreover, cooper, warncke, and shipman (1988:90) state that there are some reading skills which should be mastered by the students including the ability to answer question about main idea (mi), detail (d), sequence (sq), inference (if), reference (r), cause effect (c/e), and vocabulary (v). regarding the previous explanation, to measure students‟ reading comprehensions, all of reading skills above were all included or tested both in reading exercises and reading comprehension test in this study. local content definition of local content is difficult to find. ballantyne (2002:32) argues that there are some definitions of local content; some people define it as content for people in a certain locality, or content for people speaking a language or for people from a cultural tradition, others suggest it is a content that is relevant to, or consumed by a given society or community in which they live and work, finally in his study, he concludes that local content is the expression of the locally owned and adapted knowledge of community, and these communities may be defined by their location, culture, language, religion, ethnicity or area of interest. meanwhile, national resource governance institute (2015:60) defines local content as the value that an extraction project brings to the local, regional or national economy beyond the resource revenues consisting oil and gas, chemicals, information, metals, food, culture, transportation equipment, electrical, professional services, agriculture, and textiles. country can encourage its local content through requirements and targets written in national laws and individual contracts. local content gives such a benefit to the local communities especially in improving local economy. for example, in agriculture field, world bank (2003) explains that historically, indonesian agriculture has performed well; it did by focusing on the staple food crops such as rice, corn, sugar and soybeans, then these agriculture products contributed significantly to indonesia‟s growth, bringing with it significant increases in employment and a remarkable reduction of poverty. meanwhile, since developed products in this study are given to the eighth grade students in lubuklinggau therefore, developed graded reading material in this study containedlubuklinggau local content, the theme of which was focused on its agricultural products. local content-based in efl context teaching a language cannot be separated from teaching its culture. according to avruch (1998:6), “culture is that complex whole which includes 2019. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (1):1-16 6 knowledge, belief, art, morals, law, custom, and any other capabilities and habits” meanwhile, brown (2007:45) defines culture as something which is definitely an integral part of the interaction between language and thought. thus, in terms of elt, teachers have to teach english as the target language (l2) along with its culture (c2). there is another way to teach english (l2) which is by using local culture (c1). moreover, richards (2005:78) argues that the use of local cultural/content material in the teaching of english as a foreign language serves a dual purpose: supporting mastery of the target language (l2) while also enabling teachers to fulfill their obligation to teach about local culture (c1). actually, indonesian government already supports the implementation of local content material in education; it is by establishing the ministry of national education decrees number 22 and 23/2006. in this act, the government expect the local content can be incorporated into various school subjects either in curriculum of primary (basic) or in secondary education, unfortunately in this respect, the term of local content defines as curricular activities in order to develop competency adjusted with unique local characteristics and potential, including local advantages where the content cannot be clustered into the existing subjects (dharma, 2008:92). therefore, considering the explanations above, it could be concluded that local content-based materials has important role in education. it is beneficial, not only for improving students‟ reading comprehension, but also for enriching their local content knowledge. graded reading material macmillan education (2014:23) states that graded reading materials or graded readers are short books and audio books, encompassing both fiction and non-fiction genres which is written in various levels of reading, so the students will find the quick and easy to read. furthermore, levels in graded reading material are carefully graded from starter to upper intermediate to help the students choose the right material for their ability. in other words, it offers a wide and attractive range of short, learner-friendly books which can be read quickly, easily and enjoyably. moreover, nation and ming-tzu, (1999:356) point out that graded readers has long been recognized as a book or reading material which are specially written or adapted for second language learners. it involves severely restricting the vocabulary and controlling the grammatical structures that occur, and matching the length of text to the vocabulary and grammar controls. hence, reading graded readers can have several learning goals in elt. these include gaining skill and fluency in reading, establishing previously learned vocabulary and grammar, learning new vocabulary and grammar, and gaining pleasure from 2019. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (1):1-16 7 reading.typically, a graded reading scheme consists of a series of vocabulary and grammar levels with several readers available at each level of the scheme. a low proficiency learner would begin read this reading book at the lowest level of the scheme, and when reading at that level was comfortable, could move to the book at the next level. by considering the reading level of the eighth grade students, which were in level 3, therefore the writer wrote 5 passages which were covering 5 reading levels (1, 2, 3, 4, and 5). each reading passage was calculated in term of its readability level using online tool named automated readability index (i.e.: https://readability-score.com/). furthermore, those passages were graded from the lowest level to the highest one. research method the product in this study which consists of reading material and reading comprehension test was developed by using the procedure of developmental research proposed by akker (1999:67) consisted of analysis, design, evaluation, and revision. in analysis stage, the three main activities were conducted consisting of instructional analysis, students‟ needs analysis and students‟ reading level analysis. first, in instructional analysis, the writer analyzed the curriculum and the textbook used by the eighth grade students in smp n 11 lubuklinggau. next, in needs analysis, students‟ problems and needs toward their reading teaching and learning were determined through needs analyses sheet. finally, in reading level analysis, students‟ reading level was also determined by a group informal reading inventory: an instrument for the assessment of esl students‘reading performance developed by stark (1981:45). in design stage, the results of analysis were used as the guideline in developing local content-based instructional graded reading materials. then after the product was developed, in evaluation stage, developed product was analyzed and evaluated in terms of its validity, practicality and effectiveness (reading comprehension test) using the formative evaluation proposed by tessmer (1993:12) which consists of self-evaluation, expert review, one-to-one evaluation, small group evaluation, and field test. in expert review phase, two experts were involved to evaluate the validity of developed instructional reading materials in terms of its content (english) and construct (instructional design). meanwhile, 35 eighth grade students in smp n 11 lubuklinggau was then involved in three different evaluation phases; 3 students (1 student for each category of reading level, i.e.: low, medium, and high reading level) participating in one-to-one evaluation, 9 students (3 students for each category of reading level, i.e.: low, medium, and high reading level) https://readability-score.com/ 2019. linguistics, english education and art (leea) journal 3 (1):1-16 8 participating in small group evaluation and other 27 students participating in field test. three different questionnaires in form of likert scale (adapted from tessmer, 1993:45) consisted of questionnaire for expert of content, questionnaire for expert of construct, and questionnaire for students‟ responses were then used as the instrument of the study. the validity of the product was indicated by calculating the average score of the two questionnaires (content and construct) given by two experts in experts review phase. meanwhile, the practicality of the product was determined from the result of questionnaire given by the students in one-to-one and small group evaluation. all questionnaires in this study were interpreted into very high (3.26-4.00), high (2.52-3.25), low (1.76-2.50), and very low (1.00-1.75) with the interval of the scale was 1-4 (kubisxyn&borich, 1993). meanwhile, in field test phase, 27 students were involved. in the field test phase, the effectiveness of developed reading comprehension test was measured. it was done by administering developed reading comprehension test to the students. the test can be considered effective if 70% or more students reach average which was between 56 and 70 in the reading comprehension test. furthermore, the criterion related validity of the developed reading comprehension test was measured by calculating the coefficient correlation of the students‟ scores in comprehension test to which they obtained in standardized test (iri). the strength of the relationship between those two sets of scores was given by the pearson correlation (symbolized by r). the sign of the correlation coefficient was determined whether the correlation was positive or negative. meanwhile, the strength of the correlation was determined by the magnitude of the r value which was interpreted into low (0.00-0.30), moderate (0.31-0.60), strong (0.61-0.90, and very strong (0.91-1.00) (noble, 2014:67). in addition to the criterion related validity, the writer also measured the reliability (determined through cronbach alpha), items validity (determined through pearson product moment), index of difficulty and discrimination index of the developed reading test (determined through heaton‟s formula, 1989:45) statically by using spss 22. the test was may be considered reliable if the value of cronbach‟s alpha obtained is at 0.70 (hughes, 1989:34). moreover, the validity of each item of test was interpreted by following the criterion validity proposed by saad, carter, rothenberg, and enid, (1999:78) which was categorized into very beneficial (above .35), likely to be useful (.21 .35), depends on circumstances (.11 .20), unlikely to be useful (below .11). additionally, index of difficulty was interpreted into very difficult (fv 0.00), difficult (0.00